- 2.1 Alarm Indexes
- 2.2 Logical Objects
- 2.3 Trouble Characterizations
- 2.4 Safety Summary
- 2.5 Trouble-Clearing Procedures
- 2.5.1 AIS
- 2.5.2 AIS-L
- 2.5.3 AIS-P
- 2.5.4 ALS
- 2.5.5 ALS-DISABLED
- 2.5.6 AMPLI-INIT
- 2.5.7 APC-CORR-SKIPPED
- 2.5.8 APC-DISABLED
- 2.5.9 APC-END
- 2.5.10 APC-OUT-OF-RANGE
- 2.5.11 APC-WRONG-GAIN
- 2.5.12 APSB
- 2.5.13 APSCM
- 2.5.14 APSIMP
- 2.5.15 APS-INV-PRIM
- 2.5.16 APSMM
- 2.5.17 APS-PRIM-FAC
- 2.5.18 APS-PRIM-SEC-MISM
- 2.5.19 AS-CMD
- 2.5.20 AS-MT
- 2.5.21 AU-AIS
- 2.5.22 AU-LOP
- 2.5.23 AUTOLSROFF
- 2.5.24 AUTORESET
- 2.5.25 AUTOSW-AIS
- 2.5.26 AUTOSW-AIS-SNCP
- 2.5.27 AUTOSW-LOP (STSMON)
- 2.5.28 AUTOSW-LOP-SNCP
- 2.5.29 AUTOSW-PDI
- 2.5.30 AUTOSW-PDI-SNCP
- 2.5.31 AUTOSW-SDBER
- 2.5.32 AUTOSW-SDBER-SNCP
- 2.5.33 AUTOSW-SFBER
- 2.5.34 AUTOSW-SFBER-SNCP
- 2.5.35 AUTOSW-UNEQ (STSMON)
- 2.5.36 AUTOSW-UNEQ-SNCP (VCMON-HP)
- 2.5.37 AWG-DEG
- 2.5.38 AWG-FAIL
- 2.5.39 AWG-OVERTEMP
- 2.5.40 AWG-WARM-UP
- 2.5.41 BAT-FAIL
- 2.5.42 BKUPMEMP
- 2.5.43 BPV
- 2.5.44 CARLOSS (EQPT)
- 2.5.45 CARLOSS (FC)
- 2.5.46 CARLOSS (GE)
- 2.5.47 CARLOSS (ISC)
- 2.5.48 CARLOSS (TRUNK)
- 2.5.49 CASETEMP-DEG
- 2.5.50 CHANLOSS
- 2.5.51 CLDRESTART
- 2.5.52 COMM-FAIL
- 2.5.53 CONTBUS-DISABLED
- 2.5.54 CONTBUS-IO-A
- 2.5.55 CONTBUS-IO-B
- 2.5.56 CTNEQPT-MISMATCH
- 2.5.57 DATAFLT
- 2.5.58 DBOSYNC
- 2.5.59 DCU-LOSS-FAIL
- 2.5.60 DISCONNECTED
- 2.5.61 DSP-COMM-FAIL
- 2.5.62 DSP-FAIL
- 2.5.63 DUP-IPADDR
- 2.5.64 DUP-NODENAME
- 2.5.65 DUP-SHELF-ID
- 2.5.66 EHIBATVG
- 2.5.67 ELWBATVG
- 2.5.68 ENCAP-MISMATCH-P
- 2.5.69 EOC
- 2.5.70 EOC-L
- 2.5.71 EQPT
- 2.5.72 EQPT-DIAG
- 2.5.73 EQPT-MISS
- 2.5.74 ERFI-P-CONN
- 2.5.75 ERFI-P-SRVR
- 2.5.76 EXCCOL
- 2.5.77 EXT
- 2.5.78 FAILTOSW (2R, EQPT, ESCON, FC, GE, ISC, OCN/STMN, TRUNK, OTS)
- 2.5.79 FAILTOSW (TRUNK)
- 2.5.80 FAILTOSW-HO
- 2.5.81 FAILTOSW-PATH
- 2.5.82 FAN
- 2.5.83 FAPS
- 2.5.84 FAPS-CONFIG-MISMATCH
- 2.5.85 FC-NO-CREDITS
- 2.5.86 FDI
- 2.5.87 FE-FRCDWKSWBK-SPAN
- 2.5.88 FE-FRCDWKSWPR-SPAN
- 2.5.89 FE-MANWKSWBK-SPAN
- 2.5.90 FE-MANWKSWPR-SPAN
- 2.5.91 FEC-MISM
- 2.5.92 FEPRLF
- 2.5.93 FIBERTEMP-DEG
- 2.5.94 FORCED-REQ
- 2.5.95 FORCED-REQ-SPAN (2R, ESCON, FC, GE, ISC, OCN/STMN, OTS)
- 2.5.96 FORCED-REQ-SPAN (TRUNK)
- 2.5.97 FP-LINK-LOSS
- 2.5.98 FRCDSWTOINT
- 2.5.99 FRCDSWTOPRI
- 2.5.100 FRCDSWTOSEC
- 2.5.101 FRCDSWTOTHIRD
- 2.5.102 FRNGSYNC
- 2.5.103 FSTSYNC
- 2.5.104 FTA-MISMATCH
- 2.5.105 GAIN-HDEG
- 2.5.106 GAIN-HFAIL
- 2.5.107 GAIN-LDEG
- 2.5.108 GAIN-LFAIL
- 2.5.109 GCC-EOC
- 2.5.110 GE-OOSYNC (FC, GE, ISC)
- 2.5.111 GE-OOSYNC (TRUNK)
- 2.5.112 GFP-CSF
- 2.5.113 GFP-LFD
- 2.5.114 GFP-UP-MISMATCH
- 2.5.115 HELLO
- 2.5.116 HIBATVG
- 2.5.117 HI-CCVOLT
- 2.5.118 HI-LASERBIAS
- 2.5.119 HI-LASERTEMP
- 2.5.120 HI-RXPOWER
- 2.5.121 HITEMP
- 2.5.122 HI-TXPOWER
- 2.5.123 HLDOVRSYNC
- 2.5.124 HP-DEG
- 2.5.125 HP-ENCAP-MISMATCH
- 2.5.126 HP-EXC
- 2.5.127 HP-PLM
- 2.5.128 HP-RFI
- 2.5.129 HP-TIM
- 2.5.130 HP-UNEQ
- 2.5.131 I-HITEMP
- 2.5.132 ILK-FAIL
- 2.5.133 IMPROPRMVL
- 2.5.134 INHSWPR
- 2.5.135 INHSWWKG
- 2.5.136 INCOMPATIBLE-SEND-PDIP
- 2.5.137 INCOMPATIBLE-SW
- 2.5.138 INTRUSION-PSWD
- 2.5.139 INVMACADR
- 2.5.140 ISIS-ADJ-FAIL
- 2.5.141 LASER-APR
- 2.5.142 LASERBIAS-DEG
- 2.5.143 LASERBIAS-FAIL
- 2.5.144 LASEREOL
- 2.5.145 LASERTEMP-DEG
- 2.5.146 LMP-FAIL
- 2.5.147 LMP-SD
- 2.5.148 LMP-SF
- 2.5.149 LMP-UNALLOC
- 2.5.150 LOCKOUT-REQ
- 2.5.151 LOCKOUT-REQ (2R, EQPT, ESCON, FC, GE, ISC)
- 2.5.152 LOCKOUT-REQ (TRUNK)
- 2.5.153 LOF (BITS)
- 2.5.154 LOF (TRUNK)
- 2.5.155 LOGBUFR90
- 2.5.156 LOGBUFROVFL
- 2.5.157 LO-LASERBIAS
- 2.5.158 LO-LASERTEMP
- 2.5.159 LOM
- 2.5.160 LOP-P
- 2.5.161 LO-RXPOWER
- 2.5.162 LOS (2R)
- 2.5.163 LOS (BITS)
- 2.5.164 LOS (ESCON)
- 2.5.165 LOS (ISC)
- 2.5.166 LOS (OTS)
- 2.5.167 LOS (TRUNK)
- 2.5.168 LOS-O
- 2.5.169 LOS-P (AOTS, OMS, OTS)
- 2.5.170 LOS-P (OCH)
- 2.5.171 LOS-P (TRUNK)
- 2.5.172 LOS-RAMAN (OTS)
- 2.5.173 LO-TXPOWER
- 2.5.174 LPBKCRS
- 2.5.175 LPBKFACILITY (ESCON)
- 2.5.176 LPBKFACILITY (FC)
- 2.5.177 LPBKFACILITY (GE)
- 2.5.178 LPBKFACILITY (ISC)
- 2.5.179 LPBKFACILITY (TRUNK)
- 2.5.180 LPBKTERMINAL (ESCON)
- 2.5.181 LPBKTERMINAL (FC)
- 2.5.182 LPBKTERMINAL (GE)
- 2.5.183 LPBKTERMINAL (ISC)
- 2.5.184 LPBKTERMINAL (TRUNK)
- 2.5.185 LWBATVG
- 2.5.186 MAN-REQ
- 2.5.187 MANRESET
- 2.5.188 MANSWTOINT
- 2.5.189 MANSWTOPRI
- 2.5.190 MANSWTOSEC
- 2.5.191 MANSWTOTHIRD
- 2.5.192 MANUAL-REQ-SPAN (2R, ESCON, FC, GE, ISC, OCN/STMN, OTS)
- 2.5.193 MANUAL-REQ-SPAN (TRUNK)
- 2.5.194 MEA (AIP)
- 2.5.195 MEA (EQPT)
- 2.5.196 MEA (FAN)
- 2.5.197 MEA (PPM)
- 2.5.198 MEA (SHELF)
- 2.5.199 MEM-GONE
- 2.5.200 MEM-LOW
- 2.5.201 MFGMEM
- 2.5.202 MS-AIS
- 2.5.203 MS-DEG
- 2.5.204 MS-EOC
- 2.5.205 MS-EXC
- 2.5.206 MS-RFI
- 2.5.207 MT-OCHNC
- 2.5.208 NON-CISCO-PPM
- 2.5.209 NOT-AUTHENTICATED
- 2.5.210 OCHNC-INC
- 2.5.211 OCHTERM-INC
- 2.5.212 ODUK-1-AIS-PM
- 2.5.213 ODUK-2-AIS-PM
- 2.5.214 ODUK-3-AIS-PM
- 2.5.215 ODUK-4-AIS-PM
- 2.5.216 ODUK-AIS-PM
- 2.5.217 ODUK-BDI-PM
- 2.5.218 ODUK-LCK-PM
- 2.5.219 ODUK-OCI-PM
- 2.5.220 ODUK-SD-PM
- 2.5.221 ODUK-SF-PM
- 2.5.222 ODUK-TIM-PM
- 2.5.223 OPEN-SLOT
- 2.5.224 OPTNTWMIS
- 2.5.225 OPWR-HDEG
- 2.5.226 OPWR-HFAIL
- 2.5.227 OPWR-LDEG
- 2.5.228 OPWR-LFAIL
- 2.5.229 OSRION
- 2.5.230 OTUK-AIS
- 2.5.231 OTUK-BDI
- 2.5.232 OTUK-IAE
- 2.5.233 OTUK-LOF
- 2.5.234 OTUK-SD
- 2.5.235 OTUK-SF
- 2.5.236 OTUK-TIM
- 2.5.237 OUT-OF-SYNC
- 2.5.238 PARAM-MISM
- 2.5.239 PDI-P
- 2.5.240 PEER-NORESPONSE
- 2.5.241 PMI
- 2.5.242 PORT-FAIL
- 2.5.243 PROTNA
- 2.5.244 PROV-MISMATCH
- 2.5.245 PTIM
- 2.5.246 PWR-FAIL-A
- 2.5.247 PWR-FAIL-B
- 2.5.248 PWR-FAIL-RET-A
- 2.5.249 PWR-FAIL-RET-B
- 2.5.250 PWR-PROT-ON
- 2.5.251 RFI
- 2.5.252 RFI-L
- 2.5.253 RFI-P
- 2.5.254 RLS
- 2.5.255 ROUTE-OVERFLOW
- 2.5.256 RS-EOC
- 2.5.257 RS-TIM
- 2.5.258 SD (TRUNK)
- 2.5.259 SD-L
- 2.5.260 SD-L (TRUNK)
- 2.5.261 SD-P
- 2.5.262 SDBER-EXCEED-HO
- 2.5.263 SF (TRUNK)
- 2.5.264 SF-L
- 2.5.265 SF-L (TRUNK)
- 2.5.266 SF-P
- 2.5.267 SFTWDOWN
- 2.5.268 SHELF-COMM-FAIL
- 2.5.269 SH-IL-VAR-DEG-HIGH
- 2.5.270 SH-IL-VAR-DEG-LOW
- 2.5.271 SHUTTER-OPEN
- 2.5.272 SIGLOSS
- 2.5.273 SNTP-HOST
- 2.5.274 SPANLEN-OUT-OF-RANGE
- 2.5.275 SPAN-NOT-MEASURED
- 2.5.276 SQUELCHED
- 2.5.277 SSM-DUS
- 2.5.278 SSM-FAIL
- 2.5.279 SSM-LNC
- 2.5.280 SSM-OFF
- 2.5.281 SSM-PRC
- 2.5.282 SSM-PRS
- 2.5.283 SSM-RES
- 2.5.284 SSM-SMC
- 2.5.285 SSM-ST2
- 2.5.286 SSM-ST3
- 2.5.287 SSM-ST3E
- 2.5.288 SSM-ST4
- 2.5.289 SSM-STU
- 2.5.290 SSM-TNC
- 2.5.291 SW-MISMATCH
- 2.5.292 SWTOPRI
- 2.5.293 SWTOSEC
- 2.5.294 SWTOTHIRD
- 2.5.295 SYNC-FREQ
- 2.5.296 SYNCLOSS
- 2.5.297 SYNCPRI
- 2.5.298 SYNCSEC
- 2.5.299 SYNCTHIRD
- 2.5.300 SYSBOOT
- 2.5.301 TEMP-MISM
- 2.5.302 TIM
- 2.5.303 TIM-MON
- 2.5.304 TIM-P
- 2.5.305 TIM-S
- 2.5.306 TRAIL-SIGNAL-FAIL
- 2.5.307 UNC-WORD
- 2.5.308 UNEQ-P
- 2.5.309 UNQUAL-PPM
- 2.5.310 UNREACHABLE-TARGET-POWER
- 2.5.311 UT-COMM-FAIL
- 2.5.312 UT-FAIL
- 2.5.313 VOA-DISABLED
- 2.5.314 VOA-HDEG
- 2.5.315 VOA-HFAIL
- 2.5.316 VOA-LDEG
- 2.5.317 VOA-LFAIL
- 2.5.318 VOLT-MISM
- 2.5.319 WKSWPR (2R, EQPT, ESCON, FC, GE, ISC, OTS)
- 2.5.320 WKSWPR (TRUNK)
- 2.5.321 WTR (2R, ESCON, FC, GE, ISC)
- 2.5.322 WTR (TRUNK)
- 2.5.323 WVL-MISMATCH
- 2.8.1 Node and Ring Identification, Change, Visibility, and Termination
- 2.8.2 Protection Switching, Lock Initiation, and Clearing
- Initiate a 1+1 Protection Port Force Switch Command
- Initiate a 1+1 Manual Switch Command
- Initiate a 1:1 Card Switch Command
- Clear a 1+1 Force or Manual Switch Command
- Initiate a Lock-On Command
- Initiate a Card or Port Lockout Command
- Clear a Lock-On or Lockout Command
- Initiate a Lockout on a BLSR Protect Span
- Clear a BLSR External Switching Command
- 2.8.3 CTC Card Resetting and Switching
- 2.8.4 Physical Card Reseating, Resetting, and Replacement
- 2.8.5 Generic Signal and Circuit Procedures
- 2.8.6 Air Filter and Fan Procedures
- 2.8.7 Interface Procedures
Alarm Troubleshooting
This chapter gives a description, severity, and troubleshooting procedure for each commonly encountered Cisco DWDM alarm and condition. Tables 2-1 through 2-5 provide lists of DWDM alarms organized by severity. Table 2-6 provides a list of alarms organized alphabetically. Table 2-7 gives definitions of all DWDM alarm logical objects, which are the basis of the alarm profile list in Table 2-8. For a comprehensive list of all conditions and instructions for using TL1 commands, refer to the Cisco ONS SONET TL1 Command Guide.
An alarm's troubleshooting procedure applies to both the Cisco Transport Controller (CTC) and TL1 version of that alarm. If the troubleshooting procedure does not clear the alarm, log into the Technical Support Website at http://www.cisco.com/techsupport for more information or call the Cisco Technical Assistance Center (1-800-553-2447).
Alarms can occur even in those cards that are not explicitly mentioned in the Alarm sections. When an alarm is raised, refer to its clearing procedure.
For more information about alarm profiles, refer to the "Manage Alarms" chapter in the Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Procedure Guide.
Note 
Unless otherwise noted, ONS 15454 refers to the ANSI and ETSI versions of the platform.
2.1 Alarm Indexes
The following tables group alarms and conditions by their default severities in the ONS DWDM system. These severities are the same whether they are reported in the CTC Alarms window severity (SEV) column or in TL1.
Note The CTC default alarm profile contains some alarms or conditions that are not currently implemented but are reserved for future use.
Note The CTC default alarm profile in some cases contains two severities for one alarm (for example, MJ/MN). The platform default severity comes first (in this example, MJ), but the alarm can be demoted to the second severity in the presence of a higher-ranking alarm. This is in accordance with Telcordia GR-474.
2.1.1 Critical Alarms (CR)
Table 2-1 alphabetically lists Critical (CR) DWDM alarms.
2.1.2 Major Alarms (MJ)
Table 2-2 alphabetically lists Major (MJ) DWDM alarms.
2.1.3 Minor Alarms (MN)
Table 2-3 alphabetically lists Minor (MN) DWDM alarms.
2.1.4 NA Conditions
Table 2-4 alphabetically lists Not Alarmed (NA) DWDM conditions.
2.1.5 NR Conditions
Table 2-5 alphabetically lists Not Reported (NR) DWDM conditions.
2.1.6 Alarms and Conditions Listed By Alphabetical Entry
Table 2-6 alphabetically lists all DWDM alarms and conditions.
2.2 Logical Objects
The CTC alarm profile list organizes all alarms and conditions according to the logical objects they are raised against. These logical objects represent physical objects such as cards, logical objects such as circuits, or transport and signal monitoring entities such as the SONET or ITU-T G.709 optical overhead bits. One alarm can appear in multiple entries. It can be raised against multiple objects. For example, the loss of signal (LOS) alarm can be raised against the optical signal (OC-N) or the optical transport layer overhead (OTN) as well as other objects. Therefore, both OCN: LOS and OTN: LOS appear in the list (as well as the other objects).
Alarm profile list objects are defined in Table 2-7.
Note Alarm logical object names can appear as abbreviated versions of standard terms used in the system and the documentation. For example, the "OCN" logical object refers to the OC-N signal. Logical object names or industry-standard terms are used within the entries as appropriate.
2.2.1 Alarm Logical Objects
Table 2-7 lists all logical alarm objects used in this chapter.
2.2.2 Alarm List by Logical Object Type
Table 2-8 lists all Release 8.5 DWDM alarms and logical objects as they are given in the system alarm profile. The list entries are organized by logical object name and then by alarm or condition name. Where appropriate, the alarm entries also contain troubleshooting procedures.
Note In a mixed network containing different types of nodes (for example, ONS 15310-CL, ONS 15454, and ONS 15600), the initially displayed alarm list in the node view (single-shelf mode) or shelf view (multishelf mode) Provisioning > Alarm Profiles tabs > Alarm Profile Editor tab lists all conditions that are applicable to all nodes in the network. However, when you load the default severity profile from a node, only applicable alarms will display severity levels. Nonapplicable alarms can display "use default" or "unset."
Note In some cases this list does not follow alphabetical order, but it does reflect the order shown in CTC.
2.3 Trouble Characterizations
The ONS DWDM system reports trouble by utilizing standard alarm and condition characteristics, standard severities following the rules in Telcordia GR-253-CORE, and graphical user interface (GUI) state indicators.These notifications are described in the following paragraphs.
The ONS System uses standard Telcordia categories to characterize levels of trouble. The system reports trouble notifications as alarms and status or descriptive notifications (if configured to do so) as conditions in the CTC Alarms window. Alarms typically signify a problem that the user needs to remedy, such as a loss of signal. Conditions do not necessarily require troubleshooting.
Note Unless otherwise specified in this chapter, "ONS 15454" refers to both ANSI and ETSI versions of the platform.
Note For a description of CTC-view terminology, refer to the "Cisco Transport Controller Operation" chapter in the Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Reference Manual.
2.3.1 Alarm Characteristics
The ONS DWDM system uses standard alarm entities to identify what is causing trouble. All alarms stem from hardware, software, environment, or operator-originated problems whether or not they affect service. Current alarms for the network, CTC session, node, or card are listed in the Alarms tab. (In addition, cleared alarms are also found in the History tab.)
2.3.2 Condition Characteristics
Conditions include any problem detected on an ONS DWDM shelf. They can include standing or transient notifications. A snapshot of all current raised, standing conditions on the network, node, or card can be retrieved in the CTC Conditions window or using TL1's set of RTRV-COND commands. (In addition, some but not all cleared conditions are also found in the History tab.)
For a comprehensive list of all conditions, refer to the Cisco ONS SONET TL1 Command Guide. For information about transients, see Chapter 3 "Transient Conditions."
Note When an entity is put in the OOS,MT administrative state, the ONS 15454 suppresses all standing alarms on that entity. You can retrieve alarms and events on the Conditions tab. You can change this behavior for the LPBKFACILITY and LPBKTERMINAL alarms. To display these alarms on the Alarms tab, set the NODE.general.ReportLoopbackConditionsOnPortsInOOS-MT to TRUE on the NE Defaults tab.
2.3.3 Severity
The ONS DWDM system uses Telcordia-devised standard severities for alarms and conditions: Critical (CR), Major (MJ), Minor (MN), Not Alarmed (NA) and Not Reported (NR). These are described below:
•A Critical (CR) alarm generally indicates severe, Service-Affecting (SA) trouble that needs immediate correction. Loss of traffic on an STS-1, which can hold 28 DS-1 circuits, would be a Critical (CR), Service-Affecting (SA) alarm.
•A Major (MJ) alarm is a serious alarm, but the trouble has less impact on the network. For example, loss of traffic on more than five DS-1 circuits is Critical (CR), but loss of traffic on one to four DS-1 circuits is Major (MJ).
•Minor (MN) alarms generally are those that do not affect service. For example, the automatic protection switching (APS) byte failure (APSB) alarm indicates that line terminating equipment (LTE) detects a byte failure on the signal that could prevent traffic from properly executing a traffic switch.
•Not Alarmed (NA) conditions are information indicators, such as for free-run synchronization state (FRNGSYNC) or a forced-switch to primary (FRCSWTOPRI) timing event. They could or could not require troubleshooting, as indicated in the entries.
•Not Reported (NR) conditions occur as a secondary result of another event. For example, the alarm indication signal (AIS), with severity NR, is inserted by a downstream node when an LOS (CR or MJ) alarm occurs upstream. These conditions do not in themselves require troubleshooting, but are to be expected in the presence of primary alarms.
Severities can be customized for an entire network or for single nodes, from the network level down to the port level by changing or downloading customized alarm profiles. These custom severities are subject to the standard severity-demoting rules given in Telcordia GR-474-CORE. Procedures for customizing alarm severities are located in the "Manage Alarms" chapter in the Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Procedure Guide.
2.3.4 Service Effect
Service-Affecting (SA) alarms—those that interrupt service—could be Critical (CR), Major (MJ), or Minor (MN) severity alarms. Service-Affecting (SA) alarms indicate service is affected. Non-Service-Affecting (NSA) alarms always have a Minor (MN) default severity.
2.3.5 State
The Alarms or History tab State (ST) column indicate the disposition of the alarm or condition as follows:
•A raised (R) event is one that is active.
•A cleared (C) event is one that is no longer active.
•A transient (T) event is one that is automatically raised and cleared in CTC during system changes such as user login, logout, loss of connection to node/shelf view, etc. Transient events do not require user action. These are listed in Chapter 3 "Transient Conditions."
2.4 Safety Summary
This section covers safety considerations designed to ensure safe operation of the ONS DWDM system. Personnel should not perform any procedures in this chapter unless they understand all safety precautions, practices, and warnings for the system equipment. Some troubleshooting procedures require installation or removal of cards; in these instances users should pay close attention to the following caution.
Hazardous voltage or energy could be present on the backplane when the system is operating. Use caution when removing or installing cards.
Some troubleshooting procedures require installation or removal of OC-192 cards; in these instances users should pay close attention to the following warnings.
 |
Warning Use of controls, adjustments, or performing procedures other than those specified could result in hazardous radiation exposure. Statement 1057
|
|
Warning Class 1 laser product. Statement 1008
|
|
Warning Do not reach into a vacant slot or chassis while you install or remove a module or a fan. Exposed circuitry could constitute an energy hazard. Statement 206
|
2.5 Trouble-Clearing Procedures
This section list alarms alphabetically and includes some conditions commonly encountered when troubleshooting alarms. The severity, description, and troubleshooting procedure accompany each alarm and condition.
Note When you check the status of alarms for cards, ensure that the alarm filter icon in the lower right corner of the GUI is not indented. If it is, click it to turn it off. When you are done checking for alarms, you can click the alarm filter icon again to turn filtering back on. For more information about alarm filtering, refer to the "Manage Alarms" chapter in the Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Procedure Guide.
Note When checking alarms, ensure that alarm suppression is not enabled on the card or port. For more information about alarm suppression, refer to the "Manage Alarms" chapter in the Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Procedure Guide.
Note When an entity is put in the OOS,MT administrative state, the ONS 15454 suppresses all standing alarms on that entity. All alarms and events appear on the Conditions tab. You can change this behavior for the LPBKFACILITY and LPBKTERMINAL alarms. To display these alarms on the Alarms tab, set the NODE.general.ReportLoopbackConditionsOnPortsInOOS-MT to TRUE on the NE Defaults tab.
2.5.1 AIS
Default Severity: Not Reported (NR), Non-Service-Affecting (NSA)
Logical Objects: BITS, FUDC, MSUDC
The Alarm Indication Signal (AIS) condition indicates that this node is detecting an alarm indication signal in the incoming signal SONET overhead.
Generally, any AIS is a special SONET signal that communicates to the receiving node when the transmit node does not send a valid signal. AIS is not considered an error. It is raised by the receiving node on each input when it detects the AIS instead of a real signal. In most cases when this condition is raised, an upstream node is raising an alarm to indicate a signal failure; all nodes downstream from it only raise some type of AIS. This condition clears when you resolved the problem on the upstream node.
Clear the AIS Condition
Step 1 Determine whether there are alarms such as LOS on the upstream nodes and equipment or if there are OOS,MT (or Locked,maintenance), or OOS,DSBLD (or Locked,disabled) ports.
Step 2 Clear the upstream alarms using the applicable procedures in this chapter.
Step 3 If the condition does not clear, log into the Technical Support Website at http://www.cisco.com/techsupport for more information or call Cisco TAC (1-800-553-2447).
2.5.2 AIS-L
Default Severity: Not Reported (NR), Non-Service-Affecting (NSA)
logical Objects: OCN, TRUNK
The AIS Line condition indicates that this node is detecting line-level AIS in the incoming signal. This alarm is secondary to another alarm occurring simultaneously in an upstream node.
This condition can also be raised in conjunction with the "TIM-S" alarm if AIS-L is enabled. (For more information about the TIM-S alarm, refer to the "Alarm Troubleshooting" chapter in the Cisco ONS 15454 Troubleshooting Guide.
Note ONS 15454 DS-3 terminal (inward) loopbacks do not transmit an AIS in the direction away from the loopback. Instead of AIS, a continuance of the signal transmitted into the loopback is provided. A DS3/EC1-48 card can be provisioned to transmit AIS for a terminal loopback.
Clear the AIS-L Condition
Step 1 Complete the "Clear the AIS Condition" procedure.
Step 2 If the condition does not clear, log into the Technical Support Website at http://www.cisco.com/techsupport for more information or call Cisco TAC (1-800-553-2447).
2.5.3 AIS-P
Default Severity: Not Reported (NR), Non-Service-Affecting (NSA)
Logical Object: STSMON, STSTRM
The AIS Path condition means that this node is detecting AIS in the incoming path. This alarm is secondary to another alarm occurring simultaneously in an upstream node.
Clear the AIS-P Condition
Step 1 Complete the "Clear the AIS Condition" procedure.
Step 2 If the condition does not clear, log into the Technical Support Website at http://www.cisco.com/techsupport for more information or call Cisco TAC (1-800-553-2447).
2.5.4 ALS
Default Severity: Not Alarmed (NA), Non-Service-Affecting (NSA)
Logical Objects: 2R, AOTS, ESCON, FC, GE, ISC, OCN, TRUNK
The Automatic Laser Shutdown (ALS) condition occurs when an amplifier card (OPT-BST, or OPT-PRE, OPT-AMP-C, or OMP-AMP-17-C) is switched on. The turn-on process lasts approximately nine seconds, and the condition clears after approximately 10 seconds.
Note ALS is an informational condition and does not require troubleshooting.
2.5.5 ALS-DISABLED
Default Severity: Not Alarmed (NA), Non-Service-Affecting (NSA)
Logical Object: EQPT
The Automatic Laser Shutdown (ALS) condition occurs when a DWDM Optical Preamplifier or Optical Booster (OPT-BST) Amplifier card's ALS is changed to Disabled from any other state (such as Enabled) by user command.
Clear the ALS-DISABLED Condition
Step 1 In node view (single-shelf mode) or shelf view (multishelf mode), double-click the OPT-BST, or OPT-PRE, OPT-AMP-C, or OMP-AMP-17-C card to display the card view.
Step 2 Click the Maintenance > ALS tabs.
Step 3 In the ALS Mode column, change the entry from Disabled to your required state.
Step 4 If the condition does not clear, log into the Technical Support Website at http://www.cisco.com/techsupport for more information or call Cisco TAC (1-800-553-2447).
2.5.6 AMPLI-INIT
Default Severity: Not Alarmed (NA), Non-Service-Affecting (NSA)
Logical Object: AOTS
The Amplifier Initialized condition occurs when an amplifier card (OPT-BST or OPT-PRE) is not able to calculate gain. This condition typically accompanies the "APC-DISABLED" alarm on page 2-29.
Note For basic information about amplifier cards, refer to the "Card Reference" chapter of the Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Reference Manual. For information abut gain, refer to the "Network Reference" chapter in the same manual. For information about changing their settings, refer to the "Change DWDM Card Settings" chapter in the Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Procedure Guide.
Clear the AMPLI-INIT Condition
Step 1 Complete the "Delete a Circuit" procedure on the most recently created circuit.
Step 2 Recreate this circuit using the procedures in the "Create Channels and Circuits" chapter of the Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Procedure Guide.
Step 3 If the condition does not clear, log onto http://www.cisco.com/tac for more information or call TAC (1-800-553-2447).
2.5.7 APC-CORR-SKIPPED
Default Severity: Minor (MN), Non-Service-Affecting (NSA)
Logical Objects: AOTS, OCH, OMS, OTS
The Automatic Power Control (APC) Correction Skipped condition occurs when the actual power level of a DWDM channel exceeds the expected setting by 3 dBm or more. APC compares actual power levels with previous power levels every hour or after any channel allocation is performed. If the power difference to be compensated by APC exceeds the range of + 3 dBm or -3 dBm compared with the previous value set, APC is designed not to correct the level and the APC-CORR-SKIPPED condition is raised.
For more information about APC, refer to the "Network Reference" chapter in the Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Reference Manual, and the "System Restart after a Fiber Cut" section.
The APC Correction Skipped alarm strongly limits network management (for example, a new circuit cannot be turned into IS). The Force APC Correction button helps to restore normal conditions by clearing the APC Correction Skipped alarm. For more information about the Force APC Correction button, refer to the "Managing APC" section in "Network Reference" chapter of the Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Reference Manual.
2.5.8 APC-DISABLED
Default Severity: Minor (MN), Non-Service-Affecting (NSA)
Logical Objects: NE, SHELF, AOTS, OTS, OMS, OCH, EQPT
The APC Disabled alarm occurs when the information related to the number of DWDM channels is not reliable. The condition can occur when any of the following related alarms also occur: the "EQPT" alarm on page 2-72, the "IMPROPRMVL" alarm on page 2-109, or the "MEA (EQPT)" alarm on page 2-157. If the condition occurs with the creation of the first circuit, delete and recreate the circuit. (Refer to the "Create Channels and Circuits" chapter of the Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Procedure Guide for information about this.) For more information about APC, refer to the "Network Reference" chapter in the Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Reference Manual.
APC Disabled alarm is raised in the following conditions:
•When you manually disable APC in a given domain to prevent unexpected power regulations during maintenance or troubleshooting.
•When an anomalous event impacting optical regulation occurs.
APC Disabled alarm is disabled in the following conditions:
•An EQPT alarm raised by any of the MSTP units in any of the domain nodes.
•A MEA alarm raised by any of the MSTP equipped cards in any of the domain nodes.
•An IMPROPRMVL alarm is raised by any of the equipped cards in any of the domain nodes.
•Gain Degrade, Power Degrade, Power Fail Alarm is raised by the output port of any Amplifier in any of domain nodes.
•A VOA degrade or fail alarm is raised by any by any of the equipped cards in any of the domain nodes.
•Signalling protocol detects that one of the APC instances in any of the domain nodes is no more reachable
•Not all nodes belonging to domain are set in Metro-Core (e.g. one is configured as Not-DWDM).
Note The MEA and IMPROPRMVL alarms does not disable APC when raised on OSCM, OSC-CSM, or MXP/TXP cards.
Clear the APC-DISABLED Alarm
Step 1 Complete the appropriate procedure to clear the main alarm:
Step 2 If the condition does not clear, complete the "Delete a Circuit" procedure and then recreate it using procedures in the "Create Channels and Circuits" chapter in the Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Procedure Guide.
Step 3 If the condition does not clear, log into the Technical Support Website at http://www.cisco.com/techsupport for more information or call Cisco TAC (1-800-553-2447).
2.5.9 APC-END
Default Severity: Not Alarmed (NA), Non-Service-Affecting (NSA)
Logical Object: NE
The APC Terminated on Manual Request condition is raised when APC terminates after it is manually launched from CTC or TL1. APC-END is an informational condition that is raised and cleared spontaneously by the system and is not visible in the CTC Condition window. It is visible only by retrieving it in the Conditions or History tabs. For more information about APC, refer to the "Network Reference" chapter in the Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Reference Manual.
Note APC-END is an informational condition and does not require troubleshooting.
2.5.10 APC-OUT-OF-RANGE
Default Severity: Minor (MN), Non-Service-Affecting (NSA)
Logical Objects: AOTS, OCH, OMS, OTS
The APC Out of Range condition is raised on amplifier cards (OPT-PRE BST , OPT-BST-L, OPT-PRE, OPT-AMP-17-C, OPT-AMP-C, OPT-RAMP-C, OPT-AMP-L, and OPT-BST-E); demultiplexer cards (32-DMX, 40-DMX-C, and 32-DMX-L) having a single variable optical attenuator (VOA); and optical add/drop multiplexer cards (AD-1C-xx.x, AD-2C-xx.x, AD-4C-xx.x, AD-1B-xx.x, and AD-4B-xx.x) when the requested gain or attenuation setpoint cannot be set because it exceeds the port parameter range. For example, this condition is raised when APC attempts to set the OPT-BST gain higher than 20 dBm (the card's maximum setpoint) or to set the attenuation on the express VOA lower than 0 dBm (its minimum setpoint).
Note A common cause of an amplifier trying to attain a value higher than the maximum setpoint or an attenuator trying to attain a value lower than the minimum setpoint is the low input power.
Note For general information about DWDM cards, refer to the "Card Reference" chapter of the Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Reference Manual. For more information about APC, refer to the "Network Reference" chapter in the same manual. For information about changing their settings, refer to the "Change DWDM Card Settings" chapter in the Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Procedure Guide.
Clear the APC-OUT-OF-RANGE Alarm
Step 1 There are various root causes for the APC-OUT-OF-RANGE condition. To determine the correct root cause, complete the network-level troubleshooting procedures and node level problems located in Node Level (Intranode) Problems of Chapter 1 "General Troubleshooting."
Step 2 If the condition does not clear, log into the Technical Support Website at http://www.cisco.com/techsupport for more information or call Cisco TAC (1-800-553-2447).
2.5.11 APC-WRONG-GAIN
Default Severity: Not Alarmed (NA), Non-Service-Affecting (NSA)
Logical Object: AOTS
The APC-WRONG-GAIN condition is raised on the amplifier card (OMP-AMP-17-C), when the actual gain of the card (17dB) does not match the expected gain calculated by APC. There is a margin of +1 or -1 dB before the condition is raised.
Note The APC-WRONG-GAIN condition indicates a system issue and not the card problem.
Clear the APC-WRONG-GAIN Alarm
The condition can be cleared by recovering the power at the input port:
Step 1 Check the incoming fiber connection and clean them.
Step 2 Check the regulation points (VOA and amplifiers) along the optical path upstream of the OMP-AMP-17-C card.
Step 3 If the condition does not clear, log onto http://www.cisco.com/tac for more information or call TAC (1-800-553-2447).
2.5.12 APSB
Default Severity: Minor (MN), Non-Service-Affecting (NSA)
Logical Object: OCN, STMN
The APS Channel Byte Failure alarm occurs when LTE detects protection switching byte failure or an invalid switching code in the incoming APS signal. Some older SONET not manufactured by Cisco send invalid APS codes if they are configured in a 1+1 protection group with newer SONET nodes, such as the ONS 15454. These invalid codes cause an APSB alarm on an ONS 15454.
Clear the APSB Alarm
Step 1 Use an optical test set to examine the incoming SONET overhead to confirm inconsistent or invalid K bytes. For specific procedures to use the test set equipment, consult the manufacturer. If corrupted K bytes are confirmed and the upstream equipment is functioning properly, the upstream equipment might not interoperate effectively with the ONS 15454.
Step 2 If the alarm does not clear and the overhead shows inconsistent or invalid K bytes, you could need to replace the upstream cards for protection switching to operate properly. Complete the "Physically Replace a Card" procedure.
Step 3 If the alarm does not clear, log into the Technical Support Website at http://www.cisco.com/techsupport for more information or call Cisco TAC (1-800-553-2447).
2.5.13 APSCM
Default Severity: Minor (MN), Non-Service-Affecting (NSA)
Logical Object: OCN, STMN
The APS Channel Mismatch alarm occurs when the ONS 15454 expects a working channel but receives a protect channel. In many cases, the working and protect channels are crossed and the protect channel is active. If the fibers are crossed and the working line is active, the alarm does not occur. The APSCM alarm occurs only on the ONS 15454 when bidirectional protection is used on OC-N cards in a 1+1 protection group configuration. The APSCM alarm does not occur in an optimized 1+1 protection configuration.
|
Warning Use of controls, adjustments, or performing procedures other than those specified could result in hazardous radiation exposure. Statement 1057
|
Clear the APSCM Alarm
Always use the supplied electrostatic discharge wristband when working with a powered ONS 15454. Plug the wristband cable into the ESD jack located on the lower-right edge of the shelf assembly.
Step 1 Verify that the working-card channel fibers are physically connected directly to the adjoining node's working-card channel fibers.
Step 2 If the fibers are correctly connected, verify that the protection-card channel fibers are physically connected directly to the adjoining node's protection-card channel fibers.
Step 3 If the alarm does not clear, log into the Technical Support Website at http://www.cisco.com/techsupport for more information or call Cisco TAC (1-800-553-2447) in order to report a Service-Affecting (SA) problem.
2.5.14 APSIMP
Default Severity: Minor (MN), Non-Service-Affecting (NSA)
Logical Object: OCN, STMN
The APS Invalid Code alarm occurs if a 1+1 protection group is not properly configured at both nodes to send or receive the correct APS byte. A node that is either configured for no protection or is configured for path protection or BLSR protection does not send the right K2 APS byte anticipated by a system configured for 1+1 protection. The 1+1 protect port monitors the incoming K2 APS byte and raises this alarm if it does not receive the byte.
The alarm is superseded by an APSCM or APSMM alarm, but not by an AIS condition. It clears when the port receives a valid code for 10 ms.
Clear the APSIMP Alarm
Step 1 Check the configuration of the other node in the 1+1 protection group. If the far end is not configured for 1+1 protection, create the group. For procedures, refer to the "Turn Up Node" chapter in the Cisco ONS 15454 Procedure Guide.
Step 2 If the other end of the group is properly configured or the alarm does not clear after you have provisioned the group correctly, verify that the working ports and protect ports are cabled correctly.
Step 3 Ensure that both protect ports are configured for SONET.
Step 4 If the alarm does not clear, log into the Technical Support Website at http://www.cisco.com/techsupport for more information or call Cisco TAC (1-800-553-2447).
2.5.15 APS-INV-PRIM
Default Severity: Minor (MN), Non-Service Affecting (NSA)
Logical Object: OCN
The Optimized 1+1 APS Primary Facility condition occurs on OC-N cards in an optimized 1+1 protection system if the incoming primary section header does not indicate whether it is primary or secondary.
Note APS-INV-PRIM is an informational condition and does not require troubleshooting. If the APS switch is related to other alarms, troubleshoot these alarms as necessary using the procedures in this chapter.
2.5.16 APSMM
Default Severity: Minor (MN), Non-Service-Affecting (NSA)
SONET Logical Object: STMN
An APS Mode Mismatch failure alarm occurs on OC-N cards when there is a mismatch of the protection switching schemes at the two ends of the span, such as being bidirectional at one end and unidirectional at the other. Each end of a span must be provisioned the same way: bidirectional and bidirectional, or unidirectional and unidirectional. APSMM can also occur if third-party equipment is provisioned as 1:N and the ONS 15454 is provisioned as 1+1.
If one end is provisioned for 1+1 protection switching and the other is provisioned for path protection protection switching, an APSMM alarm occurs in the ONS 15454 that is provisioned for 1+1 protection switching.
Clear the APSMM Alarm
Step 1 For the reporting ONS 15454, display node view and verify the protection scheme provisioning:
a. Click the Provisioning > Protection tabs.
b. Click the 1+1 protection group configured for the OC-N cards.
The chosen protection group is the protection group optically connected (with data communications channel, or DCC, connectivity) to the far end.
c. Click Edit.
d. Record whether the Bidirectional Switching check box is checked.
Step 2 Click OK in the Edit Protection Group dialog box.
Step 3 Log into the far-end node and verify that the OC-N 1+1 protection group is provisioned.
Step 4 Verify that the Bidirectional Switching check box matches the checked or unchecked condition of the box recorded in Step 1. If not, change it to match.
Step 5 Click Apply.
Step 6 If the alarm does not clear, log into the Technical Support Website at http://www.cisco.com/techsupport for more information or call Cisco TAC (1-800-553-2447).
2.5.17 APS-PRIM-FAC
Default Severity: Not Alarmed (NA), Non-Service Affecting (NSA)
Logical Object: OCN
The Optimized 1+1 APS Invalid Primary Section condition occurs on OC-N cards in an optimized 1+1 protection system if there is an APS status switch between the primary and secondary facilities to identify which port is primary.
Note APS-PRIM-FAC is an informational condition and does not require troubleshooting. If the APS switch is related to other alarms, troubleshoot these alarms as necessary using the procedures in this chapter.
Clear the APS-PRIM-FAC Condition
Step 1 This condition clears when the card receives a valid primary section indication (1 or 2).
Step 2 If the alarm does not clear, log into the Technical Support Website at http://www.cisco.com/techsupport for more information or call Cisco TAC (1-800-553-2447).
2.5.18 APS-PRIM-SEC-MISM
Default Severity: Minor (MN), Non-Service Affecting (NSA)
Logical Object: OCN
The Optimized 1+1 APS Primary Section Mismatch condition occurs on OC-N cards in an optimized 1+1 protection system if there is a mismatch between the primary section of the local node facility and the primary section of the remote-node facility.
Clear the APS-PRIM-SEC-MISM Alarm
Step 1 Ensure that the local node and remote-node ports are correctly provisioned the same way. For more information about optimized 1+1 configurations, refer to the "Turn Up Node" chapter in the Cisco ONS 15454 Procedure Guide.
Step 2 If the alarm does not clear, log into the Technical Support Website at http://www.cisco.com/techsupport for more information or call Cisco TAC (1-800-553-2447).
2.5.19 AS-CMD
Default Severity: Not Alarmed (NA), Non-Service-Affecting (NSA)
Logical Objects: 2R, AOTS, BPLANE, EQPT, ESCON, FC, GE, ISC, NE, OCH, OCN/STMN, OMS, OTS, PPM, PWR, SHELF, TRUNK
The Alarms Suppressed by User Command condition applies to the network element (NE object), backplane (BPLANE object), a single MXP or TXP card, or a port on one of these cards. It occurs when alarms are suppressed for that object and its subordinate objects. For example, suppressing alarms on a card also suppresses alarms on its ports.
Note For more information about suppressing alarms, refer to the "Manage Alarms" chapter in the Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Procedure Guide.
Note This condition is not raised for multiservice transport platform (MSTP) cards such as amplifiers, multiplexers, or demultiplexers.
Clear the AS-CMD Condition
Step 1 For all nodes, in node view (single-shelf mode) or shelf view (multishelf mode), click the Conditions tab.
Step 2 Click Retrieve. If you have already retrieved conditions, look under the Object column and Eqpt Type column and note what entity the condition is reported against, such as a port, slot, or shelf.
•If the condition is reported against a slot and card, alarms were either suppressed for the entire card or for one of the ports. Note the slot number and continue with Step 3.
•If the condition is reported against the backplane, go to Step 7.
•If the condition is reported against the NE object, go to Step 8.
Step 3 Determine whether alarms are suppressed for a port and if so, raise the suppressed alarms:
a. Double-click the card to open the card view.
b. Click the Provisioning > Alarm Profiles > Alarm Behavior tabs and complete one of the following substeps:
•If the Suppress Alarms column check box is checked for a port row, deselect it and click Apply.
•If the Suppress Alarms column check box is not checked for a port row, from the View menu choose Go to Previous View.
Step 4 If the AS-CMD condition is reported for a card and not an individual port, in node view (single-shelf mode) or shelf view (multishelf mode), click the Provisioning > Alarm Profiles > Alarm Behavior tabs.
Step 5 Locate the row number for the reported card slot.
Step 6 Click the Suppress Alarms column check box to deselect the option for the card row.
Step 7 If the condition is reported for the backplane, the alarms are suppressed for cards such as the ONS 15454 AIP that are not in the optical or electrical slots. To clear the alarm, complete the following steps:
a. Click the Provisioning > Alarm Profiles > Alarm Behavior tabs.
b. In the backplane row, uncheck the Suppress Alarms column check box.
c. Click Apply.
Step 8 If the condition is reported for the shelf, cards and other equipment are affected. To clear the alarm, complete the following steps:
a. In node view (single-shelf mode) or shelf view (multishelf mode), click the Provisioning > Alarm Profiles > Alarm Behavior tabs if you have not already done so.
b. Click the Suppress Alarms check box located at the bottom of the window to deselect the option.
c. Click Apply.
Step 9 If the condition does not clear, log into the Technical Support Website at http://www.cisco.com/techsupport for more information or call Cisco TAC (1-800-553-2447).
2.5.20 AS-MT
Default Severity: Not Alarmed (NA), Non-Service-Affecting (NSA)
Logical Objects: 2R, AOTS, EQPT, ESCON, FC, GE, ISC, OCH, OCN/STMN, OMS, OTS, PPM, SHELF, TRUNK
The Alarms Suppressed for Maintenance Command condition applies to MXP or TXP cards and occurs when a client or trunk port is placed in the Out-of-Service and Management, Maintenance (OOS-MA,MT or Locked,enabled, loopback & maintenance) service state for loopback testing operations.
While provisioning traffic between two MXP-MR-10DME, MXP-MR-2.5G, or MXPP-MR-2.5G cards, putting the trunk port (09) of the card OOS-MT (initially IS) results in the AS-MT alarm being reported on both trunk and client port. This is because all the GFP interfaces derive their state from the trunk state if the trunk is not IS-NR. If the Trunk port state is IS-NR, then all the GFP interfaces derive their state from the corresponding client port. When the trunk is moved to AS-MT, which is not IS, the GFP of the client port also moves to the AS-MT state. The FAC of the client does not change state.
Clear the AS-MT Condition
Step 1 Complete the "Clear an MXP, TXP, GE-XP, 10GE-XP, and ADM-10G Card Loopback Circuit" procedure.
Step 2 If the condition does not clear, log into the Technical Support Website at http://www.cisco.com/techsupport for more information or call Cisco TAC (1-800-553-2447).
2.5.21 AU-AIS
Default Severity: Not Reported (NR), Non-Service-Affecting (NSA)
Logical Object: VCMON-HP, VCTRM-HP
An AU AIS condition applies to the administration unit, which consists of the virtual container (VC) capacity and pointer bytes (H1, H2, and H3) in the SDH frame.
Generally, any AIS is a special SDH signal that communicates to the receiving node when the transmit node does not send a valid signal. AIS is not considered an error. It is raised by the receiving node on each input when it detects the AIS instead of a real signal. In most cases when this condition is raised, an upstream node is raising an alarm to indicate a signal failure; all nodes downstream from it only raise some type of AIS. This condition clears when you resolved the problem on the upstream node.
Clear the AU-AIS Condition
Step 1 Complete the "Clear the AIS Condition" procedure.
Step 2 If the condition does not clear, complete the "Clear the APSB Alarm" procedure.
Step 3 If the condition does not clear, log into the Technical Support Website at http://www.cisco.com/techsupport for more information or log into http://www.cisco.com/warp/public/687/Directory/DirTAC.shtml to obtain a directory of toll-free Technical Support numbers for your country.
2.5.22 AU-LOP
Default Severity: Critical (CR), Service-Affecting (SA)
Logical Objects: VCMON-HP, VCTRM-HP
An AU-LOP alarm indicates that the SDH high order path overhead section of the administration unit has detected a loss of path. AU-LOP occurs when there is a mismatch between the expected and provisioned circuit size. For the TXP card, an AU-LOP is raised if a port is configured for an SDH signal but receives a SDH signal instead. (This information is contained in the H1 byte bits 5 and 6.)
|
Warning Use of controls, adjustments, or performing procedures other than those specified could result in hazardous radiation exposure. Statement 1057
|
Note For more information about MXP and TXP cards, refer to the Cisco ONS 15454 SDH Reference Manual.
Clear the AU-LOP Alarm
Step 1 In node view, click the Circuits tab and view the alarmed circuit.
Step 2 Verify that the correct circuit size is listed in the Size column. If the size is different from what is expected, such as a VC4-4c instead of a VC4, this causes the alarm.
Step 3 If you have been monitoring the circuit with optical test equipment, a mismatch between the provisioned circuit size and the size expected by the test set can cause this alarm. Ensure that the test set monitoring is set up for the same size as the circuit provisioning. For specific procedures to use the test set equipment, consult the manufacturer.
Step 4 If you have not been using a test set, or if the test set is correctly set up, the error is in the provisioned CTC circuit size. Complete the "Delete a Circuit" procedure.
Step 5 Recreate the circuit for the correct size. For procedures, refer to the "Create Circuits and Tunnels" chapter in the Cisco ONS 15454 Procedure Guide.
Step 6 If the alarm does not clear, log into the Technical Support Website at http://www.cisco.com/techsupport for more information or log into http://www.cisco.com/warp/public/687/Directory/DirTAC.shtml to obtain a directory of toll-free Technical Support numbers for your country in order to report a Service-Affecting (SA) problem.
2.5.23 AUTOLSROFF
Default Severity: Critical (CR), Service-Affecting (SA)
Logical Object: STMN
The Auto Laser Shutdown alarm occurs when the STM-64 card temperature exceeds 194 degrees F (90 degrees C). The internal equipment automatically shuts down the STM-64 laser when the card temperature rises to prevent the card from self-destructing.
|
Warning Use of controls, adjustments, or performing procedures other than those specified could result in hazardous radiation exposure. Statement 1057
|
Clear the AUTOLSROFF Alarm
Step 1 View the temperature displayed on the ONS 15454 LCD front panel (Figure 2-2).
Figure 2-2 shows the shelf LCD panel.
Figure 2-1 Shelf LCD Panel
Step 2 If the temperature of the shelf exceeds 194 degrees F (90 degrees C), the alarm should clear if you solve the ONS 15454 temperature problem. Complete the "Clear the HITEMP Alarm" procedure.
Step 3 If the temperature of the shelf is under 194 degrees F (90 degrees C), the HITEMP alarm is not the cause of the AUTOLSROFF alarm. Complete the "Physically Replace a Card" procedure for the OC-192 card.
Note When you replace a card with the identical type of card, you do not need to make any changes to the database.
Step 4 If card replacement does not clear the alarm, log into the Technical Support Website at http://www.cisco.com/techsupport for more information or log into http://www.cisco.com/warp/public/687/Directory/DirTAC.shtml to obtain a directory of toll-free Technical Support numbers for your country in order to report a Service-Affecting (SA) problem.
2.5.24 AUTORESET
Default Severity: Minor (MN), Non-Service-Affecting (NSA)
Logical Object: EQPT
The Automatic System Reset alarm occurs when you change an IP address or perform any other operation that causes an automatic card-level reboot. AUTORESET typically clears after a card reboots (up to ten minutes).
Resets performed during a software upgrade also prompt the condition. This condition clears automatically when the card finishes resetting. If the alarm does not clear, complete the following procedure.
Clear the AUTORESET Alarm
Step 1 Determine whether there are additional alarms that could have triggered an automatic reset. If there are, troubleshoot these alarms using the applicable section of this chapter.
Step 2 If the card automatically resets more than once a month with no apparent cause, complete the "Physically Replace a Card" procedure.
Step 3 If the alarm does not clear, log into the Technical Support Website at http://www.cisco.com/techsupport for more information or call Cisco TAC (1-800-553-2447).
2.5.25 AUTOSW-AIS
Default Severity: Not Reported (NR), Non-Service-Affecting (NSA)
Logical Object: STSMON, VT-MON
The Automatic Path Protection Switch Caused by an AIS condition indicates that automatic path protection switching occurred because of an AIS condition. If the path protection is configured for revertive switching, it reverts to the working path after the fault clears. The AIS also clears when the upstream trouble is cleared.
Note This condition is only reported if the path protection is set up for revertive switching.
Generally, any AIS is a special SONET signal that communicates to the receiving node when the transmit node does not send a valid signal. AIS is not considered an error. It is raised by the receiving node on each input when it detects the AIS instead of a real signal. In most cases when this condition is raised, an upstream node is raising an alarm to indicate a signal failure; all nodes downstream from it only raise some type of AIS. This condition clears when you resolved the problem on the upstream node.
Clear the AUTOSW-AIS Condition
Step 1 Complete the "Clear the AIS Condition" procedure.
Step 2 If the condition does not clear, log into the Technical Support Website at http://www.cisco.com/techsupport for more information or call Cisco TAC (1-800-553-2447).
2.5.26 AUTOSW-AIS-SNCP
Default Severity: Not Reported (NR), Non-Service-Affecting (NSA)
Logical Object: VCMON-HP, VCMON-LP
The Automatic path protection Switch Caused by an AIS condition indicates that automatic path protection protection switching occurred because of the TU-AIS condition. If the path protection ring is configured for revertive switching, it switches back to the working path after the fault clears. The AUTOSW-AIS-path protection clears when you clear the primary alarm on the upstream node.
Note This condition is only reported if the SNCP is set up for revertive switching.
Generally, any AIS is a special SONET signal that communicates to the receiving node when the transmit node does not send a valid signal. AIS is not considered an error. It is raised by the receiving node on each input when it detects the AIS instead of a real signal. In most cases when this condition is raised, an upstream node is raising an alarm to indicate a signal failure; all nodes downstream from it only raise some type of AIS. This condition clears when you resolved the problem on the upstream node.
Clear the AUTOSW-AIS-path protection Condition
Step 1 Complete the "Clear the AIS Condition" procedure.
Step 2 If the condition does not clear, log into the Technical Support Website at http://www.cisco.com/techsupport for more information or log into http://www.cisco.com/warp/public/687/Directory/DirTAC.shtml to obtain a directory of toll-free Technical Support numbers for your country.
2.5.27 AUTOSW-LOP (STSMON)
Default Severity: Not Alarmed (NA), Non-Service-Affecting (NSA)
Logical Object: STSMON
The Automatic Path Protection Switch Caused by LOP condition for the STS monitor (STSMON) indicates that automatic path protection switching occurred because of the "LOP-P" alarm on page 2-130. If the path protection is configured for revertive switching, it reverts to the working path after the fault clears.
Note This condition is only reported if the path protection is set up for revertive switching.
Clear the AUTOSW-LOP (STSMON) Condition
Step 1 Complete the "Clear the LOP-P Alarm" procedure.
Step 2 If the condition does not clear, log into the Technical Support Website at http://www.cisco.com/techsupport for more information or call Cisco TAC (1-800-553-2447).
2.5.28 AUTOSW-LOP-SNCP
Default Severity: Not Alarmed (NA), Non-Service-Affecting (NSA)
Logical Object: VCMON-HP, VCMON-LP
An Automatic path protection Switch Caused by LOP alarm indicates that an automatic path protection protection switching occurred because of the "AU-LOP" alarm, page 2-38. If the path protection ring is configured for revertive switching, it switches back to the working path after the fault clears.
Note This condition is only reported if the SNCP is set up for revertive switching.
Clear the AUTOSW-LOP-SNCP Alarm
Step 1 Complete the "Clear the AU-LOP Alarm" procedure.
Step 2 If the alarm does not clear, log into the Technical Support Website at http://www.cisco.com/techsupport for more information or log into http://www.cisco.com/warp/public/687/Directory/DirTAC.shtml to obtain a directory of toll-free Technical Support numbers for your country.
2.5.29 AUTOSW-PDI
Default Severity: Not Alarmed (NA), Non-Service-Affecting (NSA)
Logical Object: STSMON, VT-MON
The Automatic Path Protection Switch Caused by Payload Defect Indication (PDI) condition indicates that automatic path protection switching occurred because of a "PDI-P" alarm on page 2-185. If the path protection is configured for revertive switching, it reverts to the working path after the fault clears.
Note This condition is only reported if the path protection is set up for revertive switching.
Clear the AUTOSW-PDI Condition
Step 1 Complete the "Clear the PDI-P Condition" procedure.
Step 2 If the condition does not clear, log into the Technical Support Website at http://www.cisco.com/techsupport for more information or call Cisco TAC (1-800-553-2447).
2.5.30 AUTOSW-PDI-SNCP
Default Severity: Not Alarmed (NA), Non-Service-Affecting (NSA)
Logical Object: VCMON-HP, VCMON-LP
The Automatic path protection Switch Caused by Payload Defect Indication (PDI) condition indicates that automatic path protection protection switching occurred because of a PDI alarm. If the path protection is configured for revertive switching, it reverts to the working path after the fault clears.
Note This condition is only reported if the SNCP is set up for revertive switching.
Clear the AUTOSW-PDI-SNCP Condition
Step 1 Complete the "Clear the PDI-P Condition" section.
Step 2 If the condition does not clear, log into the Technical Support Website at http://www.cisco.com/techsupport for more information or log into http://www.cisco.com/warp/public/687/Directory/DirTAC.shtml to obtain a directory of toll-free Technical Support numbers for your country.
2.5.31 AUTOSW-SDBER
Default Severity: Not Alarmed (NA), Non-Service-Affecting (NSA)
Logical Object: STSMON, VT-MON
The Automatic Path Protection Switch Caused by Signal Degrade Bit Error Rate (SDBER) condition indicates that a "SD-P" condition on page 2-202 caused automatic path protection switching to occur. If the path protection is configured for revertive switching, the path protection reverts to the working path when the SD-P is resolved.
Note This condition is only reported if the path protection is set up for revertive switching.
Clear the AUTOSW-SDBER Condition
Step 1 Complete the "Clear the SD-P Condition" procedure.
Step 2 If the condition does not clear, log into the Technical Support Website at http://www.cisco.com/techsupport for more information or call Cisco TAC (1-800-553-2447).
2.5.32 AUTOSW-SDBER-SNCP
Default Severity: Not Alarmed (NA), Non-Service-Affecting (NSA)
Logical Object: VCMON-HP, VCMON-LP
The Automatic path protection Switch Caused by Signal Degrade Bit Error Rate (SDBER) condition indicates that a signal degrade caused automatic path protection protection switching to occur. If the path protection ring is configured for revertive switching, it reverts to the working path when the SD is resolved.
Note This condition is only reported if the SNCP is set up for revertive switching.
Clear the AUTOSW-SDBER-SNCP Condition
Step 1 Complete the "Clear the SD (TRUNK) Condition" procedure.
Step 2 If the condition does not clear, log into the Technical Support Website at http://www.cisco.com/techsupport for more information or log into http://www.cisco.com/warp/public/687/Directory/DirTAC.shtml to obtain a directory of toll-free Technical Support numbers for your country.
2.5.33 AUTOSW-SFBER
Default Severity: Not Alarmed (NA), Non-Service-Affecting (NSA)
Logical Object: STSMON, VT-MON
The Automatic USPR Switch Caused by Signal Fail Bit Error Rate (SFBER) condition indicates that a "SF-P" condition on page 2-205 caused automatic path protection switching to occur. If the path protection is configured for revertive switching, the path protection reverts to the working path when the SF-P is resolved.
Note This condition is only reported if the path protection is set up for revertive switching.
Clear the AUTOSW-SFBER Condition
Step 1 Complete the "Clear the SF-P Condition" procedure.
Step 2 If the condition does not clear, log into the Technical Support Website at http://www.cisco.com/techsupport for more information or call Cisco TAC (1-800-553-2447).
2.5.34 AUTOSW-SFBER-SNCP
Default Severity: Not Alarmed (NA), Non-Service-Affecting (NSA)
Logical Object: VCMON-HP, VCMON-LP
The Automatic path protection Switch Caused by Signal Fail Bit Error Rate (SFBER) condition indicates that a signal fail caused automatic path protection protection switching to occur. If the path protection ring is configured for revertive switching, it reverts to the working path when the SF is resolved.
Note This condition is only reported if the SNCP is set up for revertive switching.
Clear the AUTOSW-SFBER-SNCP Condition
Step 1 Complete the "Clear the SF (TRUNK) Condition" procedure.
Step 2 If the condition does not clear, log into the Technical Support Website at http://www.cisco.com/techsupport for more information or log into http://www.cisco.com/warp/public/687/Directory/DirTAC.shtml to obtain a directory of toll-free Technical Support numbers for your country.
2.5.35 AUTOSW-UNEQ (STSMON)
Default Severity: Not Alarmed (NA), Non-Service-Affecting (NSA)
Logical Object: STSMON
The Automatic Path Protection Switch Caused by Unequipped condition indicates that an "UNEQ-P" alarm on page 2-226, caused automatic path protection switching to occur. If the path protection is configured for revertive switching, it reverts to the working path after the fault clears.
Note This condition is only reported if the path protection is set up for revertive switching.
Clear the AUTOSW-UNEQ (STSMON) Condition
Step 1 Complete the "Clear the UNEQ-P Alarm" procedure.
Step 2 If the condition does not clear, log into the Technical Support Website at http://www.cisco.com/techsupport for more information or call Cisco TAC (1-800-553-2447).
2.5.36 AUTOSW-UNEQ-SNCP (VCMON-HP)
Default Severity: Not Alarmed (NA), Non-Service-Affecting (NSA)
Logical Object: VCMON-HP
The Automatic path protection Switch Caused by an Unequipped condition indicates that an HP-UNEQ alarm caused automatic path protection protection switching to occur (see the "HP-UNEQ" alarm, page 2-106). If the path protection ring is configured for revertive switching, it reverts to the working path after the fault clears.
|
Warning Class 1 laser product. Statement 1008
|
|
Warning Class 1M laser radiation when open. Do not view directly with optical instruments. Statement 1053
|
|
Warning Use of controls, adjustments, or performing procedures other than those specified could result in hazardous radiation exposure. Statement 1057
|
Note This condition is only reported if the SNCP is set up for revertive switching.
Clear the AUTOSW-UNEQ-SNCP (VCMON-HP) Condition
Step 1 Complete the "Clear the HP-UNEQ Alarm" procedure.
Step 2 If the alarm does not clear, log into the Technical Support Website at http://www.cisco.com/techsupport for more information or log into http://www.cisco.com/warp/public/687/Directory/DirTAC.shtml to obtain a directory of toll-free Technical Support numbers for your country.
2.5.37 AWG-DEG
Default Severity: Minor (MN), Non-Service-Affecting (NSA)
Logical Object: OTS
The Arrayed Waveguide Gratings (AWG) Degrade alarm occurs when a 32MUX-O, 40MUX, 32WSS-O, 40WSSC-C, 32DMX-O, 32DMX, or 40DMX card heater-control circuit degrades. The heat variance can cause slight wavelength drift. The card does not need to be replaced immediately, but it should be at the next opportunity.
Note For General information about 32MUX-O, 40MUX, 32WSS-O, 40WSSC-C, 32DMX-O, 32DMX, and 40DMX cards, refer to the "Card Reference" chapter of the Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Reference Manual. For more information about changing their settings, refer to the "Change DWDM Card Settings" chapter in the Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Procedure Guide.
Clear the AWG-DEG Alarm
Step 1 For the alarmed 32MUX-O, 40MUX, 32WSS-O, 40WSSC-C, 32DMX-O, 32DMX, or 40DMX card, complete the "Physically Replace a Card" procedure at the next opportunity.
Step 2 If the alarm does not clear, log into the Technical Support Website at http://www.cisco.com/techsupport for more information or call Cisco TAC (1-800-553-2447).
2.5.38 AWG-FAIL
Default Severity: Critical (CR), Service-Affecting (SA)
Logical Object: OTS
The AWG Failure alarm occurs when a 32MUX-O, 40MUX, 32WSS-O, 40WSSC-C, 32DMX-O, 32DMX, or 40DMX card heater-control circuit completely fails. The circuit failure disables wavelength transmission. The card must be replaced to restore traffic.
Note For general information about 32MUX-O, 40MUX, 32WSS-O, 40WSSC-C, 32DMX-O, 32DMX, and 40DMX cards, refer to the "Card Reference" chapter of the Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Reference Manual. For information about changing their settings, refer to the "Change DWDM Card Settings" chapter in the Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Procedure Guide.
Clear the AWG-FAIL Alarm
Step 1 For the alarmed 32MUX-O, 40MUX, 32WSS-O, 40WSSC-C, 32DMX-O, 32DMX, or 40DMX card, complete the "Physically Replace a Card" procedure.
Step 2 If the alarm does not clear, log into the Technical Support Website at http://www.cisco.com/techsupport for more information or call Cisco TAC (1-800-553-2447) to report a Service-Affecting (SA) problem.
2.5.39 AWG-OVERTEMP
Default Severity: Critical (CR), Service-Affecting (SA)
Logical Object: OTS
The AWG Over Temperature alarm is raised if a 32MUX-O, 40MUX, 32WSS-O, 40WSSC-C, 32DMX-O, 32DMX, or 40DMX card having an AWG-FAIL alarm is not replaced and its heater-control circuit temperature exceeds 212 degrees F (100 degrees C). The card goes into protect mode and the heater is disabled.
Note For general information about these cards, refer to the "Card Reference" chapter in the Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Reference Manual. For information about changing their settings, refer to the "Change DWDM Card Settings" chapter in the Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Procedure Guide.
Clear the AWG-OVERTEMP Alarm
Step 1 Complete the "Clear the AWG-FAIL Alarm" procedure.
Step 2 If the alarm does not clear, log into the Technical Support Website at http://www.cisco.com/techsupport for more information or call Cisco TAC (1-800-553-2447) to report a Service-Affecting (SA) problem.
2.5.40 AWG-WARM-UP
Default Severity: Not Alarmed (NA), Non-Service-Affecting (NSA)
Logical Object: OTS
The AWG Warm-Up condition occurs when a 32MUX-O, 40MUX, 32WSS-O, 40WSSC-C, 32DMX-O, 32DMX, or 40DMX card heater-control circuit is attaining its operating temperature during startup. The condition lasts approximately 10 minutes but can vary somewhat from this period due to environmental temperature.
Note AWG-WARM-UP is an informational condition and does not require troubleshooting.
2.5.41 BAT-FAIL
Default Severity: Major (MJ), Service-Affecting (SA)
Logical Object: PWR
The Battery Fail alarm occurs when one of the two power supplies (A or B) is not detected. This could be because the supply is removed or is not operational. The alarm does not distinguish between the individual power supplies, so onsite information about the conditions is necessary for troubleshooting.
Clear the BAT-FAIL Alarm
Step 1 At the site, determine which battery is not present or operational.
Step 2 Remove the power cable from the faulty supply. For procedures, refer to the "Install the Shelf and Common Control Cards" chapter in the Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Procedure Guide. Reverse the power cable installation procedure.
Step 3 If the alarm does not clear, log into the Technical Support Website at http://www.cisco.com/techsupport for more information or call Cisco TAC (1-800-553-2447) in order to report a Service-Affecting (SA) problem.
2.5.42 BKUPMEMP
Default Severity: Critical (CR), Service-Affecting (SA)
Logical Object: EQPT
The Primary Nonvolatile Backup Memory Failure alarm refers to a problem with the TCC2/TCC2P card flash memory. The alarm occurs when the TCC2/TCC2P card is in use and has one of four problems:
•Flash manager fails to format a flash partition.
•Flash manager fails to write a file to a flash partition.
•Problem at the driver level.
•Code volume fails cyclic redundancy checking (CRC, which is a method to verify for errors in data transmitted to the TCC2/TCC2P card).
The BKUPMEMP alarm can also cause the "EQPT" alarm, page 2-72. If the EQPT alarm is caused by BKUPMEMP, complete the following procedure to clear the BKUPMEMP and the EQPT alarm.
A software update on a standby TCC2/TCC2P card can take up to 30 minutes.
Clear the BKUPMEMP Alarm
Step 1 Verify that both TCC2/TCC2P cards are powered and enabled by confirming lighted ACT/SBY LEDs on the TCC2/TCC2P cards.
Step 2 Determine whether the active or standby TCC2/TCC2P card has the alarm.
Step 3 If both TCC2/TCC2P cards are powered and enabled, reset the TCC2/TCC2P card where the alarm is raised. If the card is the active TCC2/TCC2P card, complete the "Reset an Active TCC2/TCC2P Card and Activate the Standby Card" procedure. If the card is the standby TCC2/TCC2P card:
a. Right-click the standby TCC2/TCC2P card in CTC.
b. Choose Reset Card from the shortcut menu.
c. Click Yes in the Are You Sure dialog box. The card resets, the FAIL LED blinks on the physical card.
d. Wait ten minutes to verify that the card you reset completely reboots.
Step 4 If the TCC2/TCC2P card you reset does not reboot successfully, or the alarm has not cleared, call Cisco TAC (1-800-553-2447). If the Cisco TAC technician tells you to reseat the card, complete the "Remove and Reinsert (Reseat) the Standby TCC2/TCC2P Card" procedure. If the Cisco TAC technician tells you to remove the card and reinstall a new one, follow the "Physically Replace a Card" procedure.
2.5.43 BPV
Default Severity: Minor (MN), Non-Service-Affecting (NSA)
Logical Object: BITS
The 64K Clock Bipolar Density Violation alarm is raised on the TCC2P card if there is a frequency variation in the 8K BITS clock.
The TCC2P card contains an 8K clock and a 64K clock. Each has some bipolar variation, which is normal. This alarm is raised on the 8K clock if that variation discontinues. The BPV alarm is demoted by an LOF or LOS against the BITS clock.
Note This alarm is not raised on the TCC2 card.
Clear the BPV Alarm
Step 1 Reestablish a normal BITS input signal to clear the alarm. Clear any alarms on the incoming signal or against the BITS timing sources.
Step 2 If the alarm does not clear, log into the Technical Support Website at http://www.cisco.com/techsupport for more information or call Cisco TAC (1-800-553-2447) in order to report a Service-Affecting (SA) problem.
2.5.44 CARLOSS (EQPT)
Default Severity: Major (MJ), Service-Affecting (SA)
Logical Object: EQPT
A Carrier Loss on the LAN Equipment alarm generally occurs on MXP, TXP, or ADM-10G cards when the ONS system and the workstation hosting CTC do not have a TCP/IP connection. The problem involves the LAN or data circuit used by the RJ-45 (LAN) connector on the TCC2/TCC2P card or the LAN backplane pin connection. This CARLOSS alarm does not involve an Ethernet circuit connected to an Ethernet port. The problem is in the connection and not CTC or the node.
On TXP_MR_10G, TXP_MR_2.5G, TXPP_MR_2.5G, and MXP_2.5G_10G cards, CARLOSS is also raised against trunk ports when ITU-T G.709 encapsulation is turned off.
A TXP_MR_2.5G card can raise a CARLOSS alarm when the payload is incorrectly configured for the 10 Gigabit Ethernet or 1 Gigabit Ethernet payload data types.
|
Warning Use of controls, adjustments, or performing procedures other than those specified could result in hazardous radiation exposure. Statement 1057
|
Note For more information about provisioning MXP or TXP PPMs (also called SFPs), refer to the "Turn Up a Node" chapter of the Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Procedure Guide. For PPM (SFP) specifications, refer to the "Hardware Specifications" appendix in the Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Reference Manual. For more information about MRC-12 and OC192-XFP/STM64-XFP cards, refer to the "Optical Cards" chapter in the Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual.
Note For more information about Ethernet cards, refer to the Ethernet Card Software Feature and Configuration Guide for the Cisco ONS 15454, Cisco ONS 15454 SDH, and Cisco ONS 15327.
Clear the CARLOSS (EQPT) Alarm
Step 1 If the reporting card is an MXP or TXP card in an ONS 15454 node, verify the data rate configured on the PPM (also called SFP):
a. In node view (single-shelf mode) or shelf view (multishelf mode), double-click the reporting MXP or TXP card.
b. Click the Provisioning > Pluggable Port Modules tabs.
c. View the Pluggable Port Modules area port listing in the Actual Equipment Type column and compare this with the contents of the Selected PPM area Rate column for the MXP or TXP multirate port.
d. If the rate does not match the actual equipment, you must delete and recreate the selected PPM. Select the PPM (SFP), click Delete, then click Create and choose the correct rate for the port rate.
Note For more information about provisioning PPMs (SFPs), refer to the "Turn Up a Node" chapter of the Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Procedure Guide. For PPM (SFP) specifications, refer to the "Hardware Specifications" appendix in the Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Reference Manual.
Step 2 If the reporting card is an OC-N/STM-N card, verify connectivity by pinging the ONS system that is reporting the alarm by completing the "1.6.8 Verify PC Connection to the ONS 15454 (ping)" procedure.
Step 3 If the ping is successful, it demonstrates that an active TCP/IP connection exists. Restart CTC:
a. Exit from CTC.
b. Reopen the browser.
c. Log into CTC.
Step 4 Using optical test equipment, verify that proper receive levels are achieved. (For instructions about using optical test equipment, refer to the manufacturer documentation.)
Always use the supplied electrostatic discharge wristband when working with a powered ONS system. Plug the wristband cable into the ESD jack located on the lower-right edge of the shelf assembly.
Step 5 Verify that the optical LAN cable is properly connected and attached to the correct port. For more information about fiber connections and terminations, refer to the "Turn Up a Node" chapter in the Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Procedure Guide.
Step 6 If the fiber cable is properly connected and attached to the port, verify that the cable connects the card to another Ethernet device and is not misconnected to an OC-N/STM-N card.
Step 7 If you are unable to establish connectivity, replace the fiber cable with a new known-good cable. To do this, refer to the "Turn Up a Node" chapter in the Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Procedure Guide.
Step 8 If you are unable to establish connectivity, perform standard network or LAN diagnostics. For example, trace the IP route, verify cable continuity, and troubleshoot any routers between the node and CTC. To verify cable continuity, follow site practices.
Step 9 If the alarm does not clear, log into the Technical Support Website at http://www.cisco.com/techsupport for more information or call Cisco TAC (1-800-553-2447) in order to report a Service-Affecting (SA) problem.
2.5.45 CARLOSS (FC)
Default Severity: Major (MJ), Service-Affecting (SA)
Logical Object: FC
The Carrier Loss for Fibre Channel (FC) alarm occurs on the client port of a TXP_MR_10G, TXP_MR_10E, TXP_MR_10E_C, TXP_MR_10E_L, TXP_MR_2.5G, TXPP_MR_2.5G, MXP_MR_2.5G, MXPP_MR_2.5G, MXP_MR_10DME_C, MXP_MR_10DME_L, supporting 1-Gb Fibre Channel (FC1G), 2-Gb FC (FC2G), or 10Gb Fiber Channel (10G Fiber Channel) traffic. The loss can be due to a misconfiguration, fiber cut, or client equipment problem.
Note For general information about MXP and TXP cards, refer to the "Card Reference" chapter in the Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Reference Manual. For information about provisioning them, refer to the "Provision Transponder and Muxponder Cards" chapter in the Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Procedure Guide.
Clear the CARLOSS (FC) Alarm
Step 1 Complete the "Clear the CARLOSS (GE) Alarm" procedure.
Step 2 If the alarm does not clear, log into the Technical Support Website at http://www.cisco.com/techsupport for more information or call Cisco TAC (1-800-553-2447) in order to report a Service-Affecting (SA) problem.
2.5.46 CARLOSS (GE)
Default Severity: Major (MJ), Service-Affecting (SA)
Logical Object: GE
The Carrier Loss for Gigabit Ethernet (GE) alarm occurs on the client port of a TXP_MR_10G, TXP_MR_10E, TXP_MR_10E_C, TXP_MR_10E_L, TXP_MR_2.5G, TXPP_MR_2.5G, MXP_MR_2.5G, MXPP_MR_2.5G, MXP_MR_10DME_C, MXP_MR_10DME_L, GE-XP, 10GE-XP, or ADM-10G cards supporting 1-Gbps or 10-Gbps traffic. The loss can be due to a misconfiguration, fiber cut, or client equipment problem.
Note For general information about MXP and TXP cards, refer to the "Card Reference" chapter in the Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Reference Manual. For information about provisioning them, refer to the "Provision Transponder and Muxponder Cards" chapter in the Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Procedure Guide.
Clear the CARLOSS (GE) Alarm
Step 1 Ensure that the GE client is correctly configured:
a. In node view (single-shelf mode) or shelf view (multishelf mode), double-click the card to open the card view.
b. Click the Provisioning > Pluggable Port Modules tabs.
c. View the Pluggable Port Modules area port listing in the Actual Equipment Type column and compare this with the client equipment. If no PPM (SFP) is provisioned, refer to the "Turn Up a Node" chapter in the Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Procedure Guide. PPM (SFP) specifications are listed in the "Hardware Specifications" appendix in the Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Reference Manual.
d. If a PPM (SFP) has been created, view the contents of the Selected PPM area Rate column for the MXP or TXP MR card and compare this rate with the client equipment data rate. In this case, the rate should be ONE_GE or 10G Ethernet. If the PPM (SFP) rate is differently provisioned, select the PPM (SFP), click Delete, then click Create and choose the correct rate for the equipment type.
Note For information about installing provisioning PPMs (SFPs), refer to the "Turn Up a Node" chapter in the Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Procedure Guide.
Step 2 If there is no PPM (SFP) misprovisioning, check for a fiber cut. An LOS alarm would also be present. If there is an alarm, complete the "Clear the LOS (OCN/STMN) Alarm" procedure located in Chapter 2, "Alarm Troubleshooting," of the Cisco ONS 15454 Troubleshooting Guide or Cisco ONS 15454SDH Troubleshooting Guide.
Step 3 If there is no fiber cut or provisioning error, check the client-side equipment for any transmission errors on the line.
Step 4 If the alarm does not clear, log into the Technical Support Website at http://www.cisco.com/techsupport for more information or call Cisco TAC (1-800-553-2447) in order to report a Service-Affecting (SA) problem.
2.5.47 CARLOSS (ISC)
Default Severity: Major (MJ), Service-Affecting (SA)
Logical Object: ISC
The Carrier Loss for Inter-Service Channel (ISC) alarm occurs on the client port of a TXP_MR_10G, TXP_MR_10E, TXP_MR_10E_C, TXP_MR_10E_L, TXP_MR_2.5G, TXPP_MR_2.5G, MXP_MR_2.5G, and MXPP_MR_2.5G supporting ISC traffic. The loss can be due to a misconfiguration, fiber cut, or client equipment problem.
Note For general information about MXP and TXP cards, refer to the "Card Reference" chapter in the Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Reference Manual. For information about provisioning them, refer to the "Provision Transponder and Muxponder Cards" chapter in the Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Procedure Guide.
Clear the CARLOSS (ISC) Alarm
Step 1 Complete the "Clear the CARLOSS (GE) Alarm" procedure.
Step 2 If the alarm does not clear, log into the Technical Support Website at http://www.cisco.com/techsupport for more information or call Cisco TAC (1-800-553-2447) in order to report a Service-Affecting (SA) problem.
2.5.48 CARLOSS (TRUNK)
Default Severity: Major (MJ), Service-Affecting (SA)
Logical Object: TRUNK
A Carrier Loss alarm is raised on the optical Trunk-RX port of a TXP_MR_10G, TXP_MR_10E, TXP_MR_10E_C, TXP_MR_10E_L, TXP_MR_2.5G, TXPP_MR_2.5G, MXP_MR_2.5G, and MXPP_MR_2.5G when the Ethernet payload is lost. This alarm only occurs when ITU-T G.709 encapsulation is disabled.
Note For general information about TXP cards and their monitoring capabilities, refer to the "Card Reference" chapter in the Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Reference Manual. For information about provisioning them, refer to the "Provision Transponder and Muxponder Cards" chapter in the Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Procedure Guide.
Clear the CARLOSS (TRUNK) Alarm
Step 1 Check for any upstream equipment failures:
•Verify that the far-end TXP or MXP is generating the signal to be received by the alarmed card.
•Verify that the Trunk-Tx port is not reporting any performance monitoring (PM) problems.
•Verify that the Client-Rx port is not reporting any PM problems that could cause the CARLOSS in this card.
Note For more information about performance monitoring, refer to the "Performance Monitoring" chapter of the Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Reference Manual.
Step 2 If there is no cause upstream, verify cabling continuity from the transmitting port of the DWDM card (AD-xC-xx.x-xx.x, 32DMX-O, 32DMX, or 40DMX) connected to the TXP receiving port reporting this alarm.
Step 3 If a patch panel is used, ensure that the LC-LC adapter managing the connection is in good working order.
Step 4 If the continuity is good, clean the fiber according to site practice. If none exists, complete the fiber cleaning procedure in the "Maintain the Node" chapter in the Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Procedure Guide.
Step 5 If the signal is valid, ensure that the transmit and receive outputs from the patch panel to your equipment are properly connected (that is, the correct wavelength is coming from the patch panel). For more information about fiber connections and terminations, refer to the "Turn Up a Node" chapter in the Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Procedure Guide.
Step 6 If the correct port is in service but the alarm has not cleared, use an optical test set to confirm that a valid signal exists on the input port of the alarmed TXP. For specific procedures to use the test set equipment, consult the manufacturer. Test the line as close to the receiving card as possible.
Step 7 If the alarm does not clear, complete the "Physically Replace a Card" procedure for the reporting card.
Step 8 If the alarm does not clear, log into the Technical Support Website at http://www.cisco.com/techsupport for more information or call Cisco TAC (1-800-553-2447) in order to report a Service-Affecting (SA) problem.
2.5.49 CASETEMP-DEG
Default Severity: Minor (MN), Non-Service-Affecting (NSA)
Logical Object: AOTS
The Case Temperature Degrade alarm is raised when a DWDM card temperature sensor detects an out-of-range external temperature at the shelf level. The working range for DWDM cards is from 23 degrees F (-5 degrees C) to 149 degrees F (65 degrees C).
Note For specific temperature and environmental information about each DWDM card, refer to the "Hardware Specifications" appendix in the Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Reference Manual.
Clear the CASETEMP-DEG Alarm
Step 1 Determine whether the air filter needs replacement. Complete the "Inspect, Clean, and Replace the Reusable Air Filter" procedure.
Step 2 If the filter is clean, complete the "Remove and Reinsert a Fan-Tray Assembly" procedure.
Step 3 If the fan does not run or the alarm persists, complete the "Replace the Fan-Tray Assembly" procedure. The fan should run immediately when correctly inserted.
Step 4 If the alarm does not clear, log into the Technical Support Website at http://www.cisco.com/techsupport for more information or call Cisco TAC (1-800-553-2447).
2.5.50 CHANLOSS
Default Severity: Not Alarmed (NA), Non-Service-Affecting (NSA)
Logical Object: OCN
The SONET Section Layer DCC Termination Failure condition occurs when the ONS 15454 receives unrecognized data in the section layer DCC bytes.
|
Warning Use of controls, adjustments, or performing procedures other than those specified may result in hazardous radiation exposure. Statement 1057
|
Clear the CHANLOSS Condition
Step 1 In the absence of other alarms, determine whether the alarmed port is connected to another vendor's equipment. If so, you can mask the alarm on this path using a custom alarm profile. For more information about custom profiles, refer to the "Manage Alarms" chapter in the Cisco ONS 15454 Procedure Guide.
Step 2 If alternate vendor equipment is not the cause of the alarm, complete the "Reset a Card in CTC" procedure for the traffic card.
Always use the supplied electrostatic discharge wristband when working with a powered ONS 15454. Plug the wristband cable into the ESD jack located on the lower-right edge of the shelf assembly.
Step 3 If the alarm does not clear, complete the "Physically Replace a Card" procedure.
Step 4 If the alarm does not clear, log into the Technical Support Website at http://www.cisco.com/techsupport for more information or call Cisco TAC (1-800-553-2447).
2.5.51 CLDRESTART
Default Severity: Not Alarmed (NA), Non-Service-Affecting (NSA)
Logical Object: EQPT
The Cold Restart condition occurs when a card is physically removed and inserted, replaced, or when the ONS 15454 power is initialized.
Clear the CLDRESTART Condition
Step 1 Complete the "Remove and Reinsert (Reseat) the Standby TCC2/TCC2P Card" procedure.
Step 2 If the condition fails to clear after the card reboots, complete the "Remove and Reinsert (Reseat) Any Card" procedure.
Step 3 If the condition does not clear, complete the "Physically Replace a Card" procedure for the card.
Step 4 If the condition does not clear, log into the Technical Support Website at http://www.cisco.com/techsupport for more information or call Cisco TAC (1-800-553-2447).
2.5.52 COMM-FAIL
Default Severity: Minor (MN), Non-Service-Affecting (NSA)
Logical Object: EQPT
The Plug-In Module (card) Communication Failure indicates that there is a communication failure between the TCC2/TCC2P and the traffic card. The failure could indicate a broken card interface.
Clear the COMM-FAIL Alarm
Step 1 Complete the "Remove and Reinsert (Reseat) Any Card" procedure" for the reporting card.
Step 2 If the alarm does not clear, complete the "Physically Replace a Card" procedure" for the card.
Step 3 If the condition does not clear, log into the Technical Support Website at http://www.cisco.com/techsupport for more information or call Cisco TAC (1 800 553-2447).
2.5.53 CONTBUS-DISABLED
Default Severity: Critical (CR), Service-Affecting (SA)
Logical Object: EQPT
The CONTBUS-DISABLED alarm is a function of the enhanced cell bus verification feature. This alarm occurs when a card is defective upon insertion into the chassis or when a card already present in the chassis becomes defective. (That is, the card fails the enhanced cell bus verification test.) The alarm persists as long as the defective card remains in the chassis. When the card is removed, CONTBUS-DISABLED will remain raised for a one-minute wait time. This wait time is designed as a guard period so that the system can distinguish this outage from a briefer card reset communication outage.
If no card is reinserted into the original slot during the wait time, the alarm clears. After this time, a different, nondefective card (not the original card) should be inserted.
When CONTBUS-DISABLED is raised, no message-oriented communication is allowed to or from this slot to the TCC2/TCC2P card (thus avoiding node communication failure).
CONTBUS-DISABLED clears only when the faulty card is removed for one minute. If any card at all is reinserted before the one-minute guard period expires, the alarm does not clear.
CONTBUS-DISABLED overrides the IMPROPRMVL alarm during the one-minute wait period, but afterward IMPROPRMVL can be raised because it is no longer suppressed. IMPROPRMVL is raised after CONTBUS-DISABLED clears if the card is in the node database. If CONTBUS-DISABLED has cleared but IMPROPRMVL is still active, inserting a card will clear the IMPROPRMVL alarm.
Clear the CONTBUS-DISABLED Alarm
Step 1 If the IMPROPRMVL alarm is raised, complete the "Physically Replace a Card" procedure. (For general information about card installation, refer to the "Install Cards and Fiber-Optic Cable" chapter of the Cisco ONS 15454 Procedure Guide.)
Step 2 If the condition does not clear, log into the Technical Support Website at http://www.cisco.com/techsupport for more information or log into http://www.cisco.com/warp/public/687/Directory/DirTAC.shtml to obtain a directory of toll-free Technical Support numbers for your country.
2.5.54 CONTBUS-IO-A
Default Severity: Minor (MN), Non-Service-Affecting (NSA)
Logical Object: EQPT
A TCCA to Shelf A Slot Communication Failure alarm occurs when the active Slot 7 TCC2/TCC2P card (TCC A) has lost communication with another card in the shelf. The other card is identified by the Object column in the CTC alarm window.
The CONTBUS-IO-A alarm can appear briefly when the ONS 15454 switches to the protect TCC2/TCC2P card. In the case of a TCC2/TCC2P card protection switch, the alarm clears after the other cards establish communication with the newly active TCC2/TCC2P card. If the alarm persists, the problem lies with the physical path of communication from the TCC2/TCC2P card to the reporting card. The physical path of communication includes the TCC2/TCC2P card, the other card, and the backplane.
Clear the CONTBUS-IO-A Alarm
Step 1 Ensure that the reporting card is physically present in the shelf. Record the card type. Click the Inventory tab and view the Eqpt Type column to reveal the provisioned type.
If the actual card type and the provisioned card type do not match, see the "MEA (EQPT)" alarm, page 2-157 for the reporting card.
Step 2 If the alarm object is any single card slot other than the standby Slot 11 TCC2/TCC2P card, perform a CTC reset of the object card. Complete the "Reset a Card in CTC" procedure. For the LED behavior, see the "Typical Traffic Card LED Activity During Reset" section.
Step 3 If the alarm object is the standby Slot 11 TCC2/TCC2P card, complete the "Reset a Card in CTC" procedure for it. The procedure is similar.
Wait ten minutes to verify that the card you reset completely reboots and becomes the standby card. (A reset standby card remains standby.)
Step 4 If CONTBUS-IO-A is raised on several cards at once, complete the "Reset an Active TCC2/TCC2P Card and Activate the Standby Card" procedure.
Wait ten minutes to verify that the card you reset completely reboots and becomes the standby card.
Step 5 Verify that the reset is complete and error-free and that no new related alarms appear in CTC. A green ACT/SBY LED indicates an active card. An amber ACT/SBY LED indicates a standby card.
Step 6 If the CTC reset does not clear the alarm, complete the "Remove and Reinsert (Reseat) Any Card" procedure for the reporting card.
Always use the supplied electrostatic discharge wristband when working with a powered ONS 15454. Plug the wristband cable into the ESD jack located on the middle-right outside edge of the shelf assembly.
Step 7 If the reset card has not rebooted successfully, or the alarm has not cleared, log into the Technical Support Website at http://www.cisco.com/techsupport for more information or log into http://www.cisco.com/warp/public/687/Directory/DirTAC.shtml to obtain a directory of toll-free TAC numbers for your country. If the Technical Support technician tells you to reseat the card, complete the "Remove and Reinsert (Reseat) the Standby TCC2/TCC2P Card" procedure. If the Technical Support technician tells you to remove the card and reinstall a new one, follow the "Physically Replace a Card" procedure.
2.5.55 CONTBUS-IO-B
Default Severity: Minor (MN), Non-Service-Affecting (NSA)
Logical Object: EQPT
A TCC B to Shelf Communication Failure alarm occurs when the active Slot 11 TCC2/TCC2P card (TCC B) has lost communication with another card in the shelf. The other card is identified by the Object column in the CTC alarm window.
The CONTBUS-IO-B alarm could appear briefly when the ONS 15454 switches to the protect TCC2/TCC2P card. In the case of a TCC2/TCC2P card protection switch, the alarm clears after the other cards establish communication with the newly active TCC2/TCC2P card. If the alarm persists, the problem lies with the physical path of communication from the TCC2/TCC2P card to the reporting card. The physical path of communication includes the TCC2/TCC2P card, the other card, and the backplane.
Clear the CONTBUS-IO-B Alarm
Step 1 Ensure that the reporting card is physically present in the shelf. Record the card type. Click the Inventory tab and view the Eqpt Type column to reveal the provisioned type.
If the actual card type and the provisioned card type do not match, see the "MEA (EQPT)" alarm, page 2-157 for the reporting card.
Step 2 If the alarm object is any single card slot other than the standby Slot 7 TCC2/TCC2P card, perform a CTC reset of the object card. Complete the "Reset a Card in CTC" procedure. For the LED behavior, see the "Typical Traffic Card LED Activity During Reset" section.
Step 3 If the alarm object is the standby Slot 7 TCC2/TCC2P card, complete the "Reset a Card in CTC" procedure for it. The procedure is similar.
Wait ten minutes to verify that the card you reset completely reboots and becomes the standby card. (A reset standby card remains standby.)
Step 4 If CONTBUS-IO-B is raised on several cards at once, complete the "Reset an Active TCC2/TCC2P Card and Activate the Standby Card" procedure.
Wait ten minutes to verify that the card you reset completely reboots and becomes the standby card.
Step 5 Verify that the reset is complete and error-free and that no new related alarms appear in CTC. A green ACT/SBY LED indicates an active card. An amber ACT/SBY LED indicates a standby card.
Step 6 If the CTC reset does not clear the alarm, complete the "Remove and Reinsert (Reseat) Any Card" procedure for the reporting card.
Always use the supplied electrostatic discharge wristband when working with a powered ONS 15454. Plug the wristband cable into the ESD jack located lower-right edge of the shelf assembly.
Step 7 If the reset card has not rebooted successfully, or the alarm has not cleared, log into the Technical Support Website at http://www.cisco.com/techsupport for more information or log into http://www.cisco.com/warp/public/687/Directory/DirTAC.shtml to obtain a directory of toll-free TAC numbers for your country. If the Technical Support technician tells you to reseat the card, complete the "Remove and Reinsert (Reseat) the Standby TCC2/TCC2P Card" procedure. If the Technical Support technician tells you to remove the card and reinstall a new one, follow the "Physically Replace a Card" procedure.
2.5.56 CTNEQPT-MISMATCH
Default Severity: Not Alarmed (NA), Non-Service-Affecting (NSA)
Logical Object: EQPT
The Connection Equipment Mismatch condition is raised when there is a mismatch between the cross-connect card preprovisioned in the slot and the card actually present in the shelf. For example, an XC-VXL card could be preprovisioned in Slot 10, but another card could be physically installed.
Note Cisco does not support configurations of unmatched cross-connect cards in Slot 8 and Slot 10, although this situation could briefly occur during the upgrade process.
Note The cross-connect card you are replacing should not be the active card. (It can be in SBY state or otherwise not in use.)
Note During an upgrade, this condition occurs and is raised as its default severity, Not Alarmed (NA). However, after the upgrade has occurred, if you wish to change the condition's severity so that it is Not Reported (NR), you can do this by modifying the alarm profile used at the node. For more information about modifying alarm severities, refer to the "Manage Alarms" chapter in the Cisco ONS 15454 Procedure Guide.
Clear the CTNEQPT-MISMATCH Condition
Step 1 Determine what kind of card is preprovisioned in the slot by completing the following steps:
a. In node view, click the Inventory tab.
b. View the slot's row contents in the Eqpt Type and Actual Eqpt Type columns.
The Eqpt Type column contains the equipment that is provisioned in the slot. The Actual Eqpt Type contains the equipment that is physically present in the slot. For example, Slot 8 could be provisioned for an XCVT card, which is shown in the Eqpt Type column, but a different cross-connect card could be physically present in the slot. (This card would be shown in the Actual Eqpt Type column.)
Step 2 Complete the "Physically Replace a Card" procedure for the mismatched card.
Step 3 If the condition does not clear, log into the Technical Support Website at http://www.cisco.com/techsupport for more information or log into http://www.cisco.com/warp/public/687/Directory/DirTAC.shtml to obtain a directory of toll-free Technical Support numbers for your country.
2.5.57 DATAFLT
Default Severity: Minor (MN), Non-Service-Affecting (NSA)
Logical Object: NE
The Software Data Integrity Fault alarm occurs when the TCC2/TCC2P card exceeds its flash memory capacity.
When the system reboots, the last configuration entered is not saved.
Clear the DATAFLT Alarm
Step 1 Complete the "Reset an Active TCC2/TCC2P Card and Activate the Standby Card" procedure.
Step 2 If the alarm does not clear, log into the Technical Support Website at http://www.cisco.com/techsupport for more information or call Cisco TAC (1-800-553-2447).
2.5.58 DBOSYNC
Default Severity: Major (MJ), Service-Affecting (SA)
Logical Object: NE
The Standby Database Out Of Synchronization alarm occurs when the standby TCC2/TCC2P card database does not synchronize with the active database on the active TCC2/TCC2P card.
If you reset the active TCC2/TCC2P card while this alarm is raised, you lose current provisioning.
Clear the DBOSYNC Alarm
Step 1 Save a backup copy of the active TCC2/TCC2P card database. Refer to the "Maintain the Node" chapter in the Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Procedure Guide.
Step 2 Make a minor provisioning change to the active database to see if applying a provisioning change clears the alarm:
a. In node view (single-shelf mode) or multishelf view (multishelf mode), click the Provisioning > General > General tabs.
b. In the Description field, make a small change such as adding a period to the existing entry.
The change causes a database write but does not affect the node state. The write could take up to a minute.
Step 3 If the alarm does not clear, log into the Technical Support Website at http://www.cisco.com/techsupport for more information or call Cisco TAC (1-800-553-2447).
2.5.59 DCU-LOSS-FAIL
Default Severity: Minor (MN), Non-Service-Affecting (NSA)
Logical Object: OTS
The DCU-LOSS-FAIL condition occurs when the DCU loss monitored value exceeds the board's maximum acceptable DCU loss.
Clear the DCU-LOSS-FAIL Condition
Step 1 Verify that the optical fibers connecting the board (OPT-PRE, OPT-PRE-L, or OPT-AMP-L) and the DCU unit are clean, correctly plugged in, and not damaged.
Step 2 If the condition does not clear, verify that appropriate DCU unit, according to the installation requirements, is connected to the board and is correctly working.
Step 3 If the condition still does not clear, verify that the optical power signal is present on the DCU-TX port.
Step 4 If the alarm is still present, log into the Technical Support Website at http://www.cisco.com/techsupport for more information or call Cisco TAC (1-800-553-2447).
2.5.60 DISCONNECTED
Default Severity: Minor (MN), Non-Service-Affecting (NSA)
Logical Object: SYSTEM
The Disconnected alarm is raised when CTC has been disconnected from the node. The alarm is cleared when CTC is reconnected to the node.
Clear the DISCONNECTED Alarm
Step 1 Restart the CTC application.
Step 2 If the alarm does not clear, log into the Technical Support Website at http://www.cisco.com/techsupport for more information or call TAC (1-800-553-2447).
2.5.61 DSP-COMM-FAIL
Default Severity: Major (MJ), Service-Affecting (SA)
Logical Object: TRUNK
The Digital Signal Processor (DSP) Communication Failure alarm indicates that there is a communication failure between an MXP or TXP card microprocessor and the on-board DSP chip that controls the trunk (or DWDM) port. This alarm typically occurs after a DSP code upgrade.
The alarm is temporary and does not require user action. The MXP or TXP card microprocessor attempts to restore communication with the DSP chip until the alarm is cleared. (For general information about MXP and TXP cards, refer to the "Card Reference" chapter of the Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Reference Manual.)
If the alarm is raised for an extended period, the MXP or TXP card raises the "DUP-IPADDR" alarm on page 2-65 and could affect traffic.
Note DSP-COMM-FAIL is an informational alarm and does not require troubleshooting.
2.5.62 DSP-FAIL
Default Severity: Major (MJ), Service-Affecting (SA)
Logical Object: TRUNK
The DSP Failure alarm indicates that a "DSP-COMM-FAIL" alarm, page 2-64, has persisted for an extended period on an MXP or TXP card. It indicates that the card is faulty.
Clear the DSP-FAIL Alarm
Step 1 Complete the "Physically Replace a Card" procedure for the reporting MXP or TXP card.
Step 2 If the alarm does not clear, log into the Technical Support Website at http://www.cisco.com/techsupport for more information or call Cisco TAC (1-800-553-2447) in order to report a service-affecting problem.
2.5.63 DUP-IPADDR
Default Severity: Minor (MN), Non-Service Affecting (NSA)
Logical Object: NE
The Duplicate IP Address alarm indicates that the alarmed node IP address is already in use within the same data communications channel (DCC) area. When this happens, CTC no longer reliably connects to either node. Depending on how the packets are routed, CTC could connect to either node (having the same IP address). If CTC has connected to both nodes before they shared the same address, it has two distinct NodeModel instances (keyed by the node ID portion of the MAC address).
Clear the DUP-IPADDR Alarm
Step 1 Isolate the alarmed node from the other node having the same address:
a. Connect to the alarmed node using the Craft port on the TCC2/TCC2P card.
b. Begin a CTC session.
c. In the login dialog box, uncheck the Network Discovery check box.
Step 2 In node view (single-shelf mode) or multishelf view (multishelf mode), click the Provisioning > Network > General tabs.
Step 3 In the IP Address field, change the IP address to a unique number.
Step 4 Click Apply.
Step 5 Restart any CTC sessions that are logged into either of the duplicate IP addresses. (For procedures to log in or log out, refer to the "Connect the PC and Log Into the GUI" chapter in the Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Procedure Guide.
Step 6 If the alarm does not clear, log into the Technical Support Website at http://www.cisco.com/techsupport for more information or call Cisco TAC (1-800-553-2447).
2.5.64 DUP-NODENAME
Default Severity: Minor (MN), Non-Service-Affecting (NSA)
Logical Object: NE
The Duplicate Node Name alarm indicates that the alarmed node alphanumeric name is already being used within the same DCC area.
Clear the DUP-NODENAME Alarm
Step 1 In node view (single-shelf mode) or multishelf view (multishelf mode), click the Provisioning > General > General tabs.
Step 2 In the Node Name field, enter a unique name for the node.
Step 3 Click Apply.
Step 4 If the alarm does not clear, log into the Technical Support Website at http://www.cisco.com/techsupport for more information or call Cisco TAC (1-800-553-2447).
2.5.65 DUP-SHELF-ID
Default Severity: Major (MJ), Service-Affecting (SA)
Logical Object: SHELF
The Duplicated Shelf Identifier alarm applies to a shelf that has multishelf management enabled when the TCC2/TCC2P detects that you have programmed an ID already in use by another shelf. For more information about provisioning an NC shelf or SS shelf for multishelf configurations, refer to the "Turn Up a Node" chapter in the Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Procedure Guide and "Node Reference" chapter in the Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Reference Manual.
Clear the DUP-SHELF-ID Alarm
Step 1 Unprovision the shelf ID of the duplicate shelf by completing the following steps:
a. In shelf view (multishelf mode) or multishelf view (multishelf mode), click the node controller Provisioning > General > Multishelf Config tabs.
b. Enter a new value in the Shelf ID field.
c. Click Apply.
Step 2 If the alarm does not clear, log into the Technical Support Website at http://www.cisco.com/techsupport for more information or call Cisco TAC (1-800-553-2447) in order to report a Service-Affecting (SA) problem.
2.5.66 EHIBATVG
Default Severity: Major (MJ), Service-Affecting (SA)
Logical Object: PWR
The Extreme High Voltage Battery alarm occurs in a -48 VDC environment when a battery lead input voltage exceeds the extreme high power threshold. This threshold, with a default value of -56.5 VDC, is user-provisionable. The alarm remains raised until the voltage remains under the threshold for 120 seconds. (For information about changing this threshold, refer to the "Turn Up Node" chapter in the Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Procedure Guide.)
Clear the EHIBATVG Alarm
Step 1 The problem is external to the ONS system. Troubleshoot the power source supplying the battery leads.
Step 2 If the alarm does not clear, log into the Technical Support Website at http://www.cisco.com/techsupport for more information or call Cisco TAC (1-800-553-2447) in order to report a Service-Affecting (SA) problem.
2.5.67 ELWBATVG
Default Severity: Major (MJ), Service-Affecting (SA)
Logical Object: PWR
The Extreme Low Voltage Battery alarm occurs in a -48 VDC environment when a battery lead input voltage falls below the extreme low power threshold. This threshold, with a default value of -40.5 VDC, is user-provisionable. The alarm remains raised until the voltage remains over the threshold for 120 seconds. (For information about changing this threshold, refer to the "Turn Up a Node" chapter in the Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Procedure Guide.
Clear the ELWBATVG Alarm
Step 1 The problem is external to the ONS system. Troubleshoot the power source supplying the battery leads.
Step 2 If the alarm does not clear, log into the Technical Support Website at http://www.cisco.com/techsupport for more information or call Cisco TAC (1-800-553-2447) in order to report a Service-Affecting (SA) problem.
2.5.68 ENCAP-MISMATCH-P
Default Severity: Critical (CR), Service-Affecting (SA)
Logical Object: STSTRM
The Encapsulation C2 Byte Mismatch Path alarm applies to ML-Series Ethernet cards or the CE-1000 card. It occurs when the first three following conditions are met and one of the last two is false:
•The received C2 byte is not 0x00 (unequipped).
•The received C2 byte is not a PDI value.
•The received C2 does not match the expected C2.
•The expected C2 byte is not 0x01 (equipped unspecified).
•The received C2 byte is not 0x01 (equipped unspecified).
For an ENCAP-MISMATCH-P to be raised, there is a mismatch between the received and expected C2 byte, with either the expected byte or received byte value being 0x01.
For example, an ENCAP-MISMATCH-P alarm is raised if a circuit created between two ML-Series or two CE-1000 cards has generic framing procedure (GFP) framing provisioned on one end and HDLC framing with LEX encapsulation provisioned on the other. The GFP framing card transmits and expects a C2 byte of 0x1B, while the HDLC framing card transmits and expects a C2 byte of 0x01.
A mismatch between the transmit and receive cards on any of the following parameters can cause the alarm:
•Mode (HDLC, GFP-F)
•Encapsulation (LEX, HDLC, PPP)
•CRC size (16 or 32)
•Scrambling state (on or off)
This alarm is demoted by a PLM-P condition or a PLM-V condition.
Note By default, an ENCAP-MISMATCH-P alarm causes an ML-Series or CE-1000 card data link to go down. This behavior can be modified using the command line interface (CLI) command in interface configuration mode: no pos trigger defect encap.
Note For more information about the ML-Series or CE-1000 Ethernet cards, refer to the Ethernet Card Software Feature and Configuration Guide for the Cisco ONS 15454, Cisco ONS 15454 SDH, and Cisco ONS 15327.
Clear the ENCAP-MISMATCH-P Alarm
Step 1 Ensure that the correct framing mode is in use on the receive card:
a. In node view, double-click the receive ML-Series or CE-1000 card to open the card view.
b. Click the Provisioning > Card tabs.
c. In the Mode drop-down list, ensure that the same mode (GFP or HDLC) is selected. If it is not, choose it and click Apply.
Step 2 Ensure that the correct framing mode is in use on the transmit card, and that it is identical to the receiving card:
a. In node view, double-click the transmit ML-Series or CE-1000 card to open the card view.
b. Click the Provisioning > Card tabs.
c. In the Mode drop-down list, ensure that the same mode (GFP or HDLC) is selected. If it is not, choose it and click Apply.
Step 3 If the alarm does not clear, use the CLI to ensure that the remaining settings are correctly configured on the ML-Series or CE-1000 card:
•Encapsulation
•CRC size
•Scrambling state
To open the interface, click the IOS tab and click Open IOS Command Line Interface (CLI). Refer to the Ethernet Card Software Feature and Configuration Guide for the Cisco ONS 15454, Cisco ONS 15454 SDH, and Cisco ONS 15327 entries on all three of these topics to obtain the full configuration command sequences.
Step 4 If the alarm does not clear, log into the Technical Support Website at http://www.cisco.com/techsupport for more information or call Cisco TAC (1-800-553-2447) in order to report a Service-Affecting (SA) problem.
2.5.69 EOC
Default Severity: Minor (MN), Non-Service-Affecting (NSA)
Logical Objects: OCN/STMN, TRUNK
The SONET DCC Termination Failure alarm occurs when the ONS system loses its DCC. Although this alarm is primarily SONET, it can apply to DWDM. For example, the OSCM card can raise this alarm on its OC-3 section overhead.
The SDCC consists of three bytes, D1 through D3, in the SONET overhead. The bytes convey information about operation, administration, maintenance, and provisioning (OAM&P). The ONS system uses the DCC on the SONET section layer to communicate network management information.
|
Warning Use of controls, adjustments, or performing procedures other than those specified could result in hazardous radiation exposure. Statement 1057
|
Note If a circuit shows a partial state when this alarm is raised, the logical circuit is in place. The circuit is able to carry traffic when the connection issue is resolved. You do not need to delete the circuit when troubleshooting this alarm.
Note For general information about OSCM or other DWDM cards, refer to the "Card Reference" chapter in the Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Reference Manual. For information about changing their settings, refer to the "Change DWDM Card Settings" chapter in the Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Procedure Guide. For more information about the SONET (ANSI) or SDH (ETSI) overhead, refer to the "SONET Topologies and Upgrades" chapter of the Cisco ONS 15454 Procedure Guide or the "SDH Topologies and Upgrades" chapter of the Cisco ONS 15454 SDH Procedure Guide.
Note The EOC alarm is raised on the DWDM trunk in MSTP systems. Its SDH (ETSI) counterpart, MS-EOC, is not raised against the trunk port.
Clear the EOC Alarm
Step 1 If the LOS (DS1) alarm or SF-L alarm is reported, complete the appropriate troubleshooting procedure in the "Alarm Troubleshooting" chapter of the Cisco ONS 15454 Troubleshooting Guide.
Always use the supplied electrostatic discharge wristband when working with a powered ONS system. Plug the wristband cable into the ESD jack located on the lower-right edge of the shelf assembly.
Step 2 If the alarm does not clear on the reporting node, verify the physical connections between the cards and that the fiber-optic cables are configured to carry SDCC traffic. For more information about fiber connections and terminations, refer to the "Turn Up a Node" chapter in the Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Procedure Guide.
Step 3 If the physical connections are correct and configured to carry DCC traffic, ensure that both ends of the fiber span have in-service (IS or Unlocked) ports. Verify that the ACT/SBY LED on each card is green.
Step 4 When the LEDs on the cards are correctly illuminated, complete the "Verify or Create Node Section DCC Terminations" procedure to verify that the DCC is provisioned for the ports at both ends of the fiber span.
Step 5 Repeat Step 4 at the adjacent nodes.
Step 6 If DCC is provisioned for the ends of the span, verify that the port is active and in service by completing the following steps:
a. Confirm that the card shows a green LED in CTC or on the physical card. A green ACT/SBY LED indicates an active card. An amber ACT/SBY LED indicates a standby card.
b. To determine whether the port is in service, in node view (single-shelf mode) or shelf view (multishelf mode), double-click the card in CTC to open the card view.
c. In card view, click the Provisioning > Line tabs.
d. Verify that the Admin State column lists the port as IS (or Unlocked).
e. If the Admin State column lists the port as OOS,MT (or Locked,maintenance) or OOS,DSBLD (or Locked,disabled), click the column and choose IS , or Unlocked. Click Apply.
Step 7 For all nodes, if the card is in service, use an optical test set to determine whether signal failures are present on fiber terminations. For specific procedures to use the test set equipment, consult the manufacturer.
Using an optical test set disrupts service on a card. It could be necessary to manually switch traffic carrying circuits over to a protection path. Refer to the
"Protection Switching, Lock Initiation, and Clearing" section for commonly used switching procedures.
Step 8 If no signal failures exist on terminations, measure power levels to verify that the budget loss is within the parameters of the receiver. Refer to the "Hardware Specifications" appendix in the Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Reference Manual for card power levels.
Step 9 If budget loss is within parameters, ensure that fiber connectors are securely fastened and properly terminated. For more information about cabling, refer to the "Turn Up a Node" chapter in the Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Procedure Guide.
Step 10 If fiber connectors are properly fastened and terminated, complete the "Reset an Active TCC2/TCC2P Card and Activate the Standby Card" procedure.
Wait ten minutes to verify that the card you reset completely reboots and becomes the standby card.
Resetting the active TCC2/TCC2P card switches control to the standby TCC2/TCC2P card. If the alarm clears when the ONS system node switches to the standby TCC2/TCC2P card, the user can assume that the previously active card is the cause of the alarm.
Step 11 If the TCC2/TCC2P card reset does not clear the alarm, delete the problematic SDCC termination:
a. From the View menu in card view, choose Go to Previous View if you have not already done so.
b. In node view (single-shelf mode) or multishelf view (multishelf mode), click the Provisioning > Comm Channels > SDCC tabs.
c. Highlight the problematic DCC termination.
d. Click Delete.
e. Click Yes in the Confirmation Dialog box.
Step 12 Recreate the SDCC termination. Refer to the "Turn Up a Node" chapter of the Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Procedure Guide for procedures.
Step 13 Verify that both ends of the DCC have been recreated at the optical ports.
Step 14 If the alarm has not cleared, call Cisco TAC (1-800-553-2447). If the Cisco TAC technician tells you to reseat the card, complete the "Remove and Reinsert (Reseat) the Standby TCC2/TCC2P Card" procedure. If the Cisco TAC technician tells you to remove the card and reinstall a new one, follow the "Physically Replace a Card" procedure.
2.5.70 EOC-L
Default Severity: Minor (MN), Non-Service-Affecting (NSA) for OCN/STMN
Logical Object: TRUNK
The Line DCC (LDCC) Termination Failure alarm occurs when the ONS system loses its line data communications channel (LDCC) termination. For example, the OSCM card can raise this alarm on its OC-3 line overhead.
The LDCC consists of nine bytes, D4 through D12, in the SONET overhead. The bytes convey information about OAM&P. The ONS system uses the LDCCs on the SONET line layer to communicate network management information.
|
Warning Use of controls, adjustments, or performing procedures other than those specified could result in hazardous radiation exposure. Statement 1057
|
Note If a circuit shows a partial status when the EOC or EOC-L alarm is raised, it occurs when the logical circuit is in place. The circuit is able to carry traffic when the DCC termination issue is resolved. You do not need to delete the circuit when troubleshooting this alarm.
Note For general information about OSCM or other DWDM cards, refer to the "Card Reference" chapter in the Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Reference Manual. For information about changing their settings, refer to the "Change DWDM Card Settings" chapter in the Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Procedure Guide. For more information about the SONET (ANSI) or SDH (ETSI) overhead, refer to the "SONET Topologies and Upgrades" chapter of the Cisco ONS 15454 Procedure Guide or the "SDH Topologies and Upgrades" chapter of the Cisco ONS 15454 SDH Procedure Guide.
Clear the EOC-L Alarm
Step 1 Complete the "Clear the EOC Alarm" procedure.
Step 2 If the alarm has not cleared, call Cisco TAC (1-800-553-2447). If the Cisco TAC technician tells you to reseat the card, complete the "Remove and Reinsert (Reseat) the Standby TCC2/TCC2P Card" procedure. If the Cisco TAC technician tells you to remove the card and reinstall a new one, follow the "Physically Replace a Card" procedure.
2.5.71 EQPT
Default Severity: Critical (CR), Service-Affecting (SA)
Logical Objects: AICI-AEP, AICI-AIE, EQPT, PPM
An Equipment Failure alarm indicates that a hardware failure has occurred on the reporting card. If the EQPT alarm occurs with a "BKUPMEMP" alarm, page 2-49, refer to the procedure to clear the alarm. (Clearing a BKUPMEMP alarm also clears an EQPT alarm.)
This alarm is also invoked if a diagnostic circuit detects a card application-specific integrated circuit (ASIC) failure. In this case, if the card is part of a protection group, an APS switch occurs. If the card is the protect card, switching is inhibited and a "PROTNA" alarm, page 2-189, is raised. The standby path generates a path-type alarm. For more information about provisioning PPMs (SFPs), refer to the "Turn Up a Node" chapter of the Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Procedure Guide.
Clear the EQPT Alarm
Step 1 If traffic is active on the alarmed port, you could need to switch traffic away from it. See the "Protection Switching, Lock Initiation, and Clearing" section for commonly used traffic-switching procedures.
Step 2 Complete the "Reset a Card in CTC" procedure for the reporting card.
Step 3 Verify that the reset is complete and error-free and that no new related alarms appear in CTC. Verify the LED status. A green ACT/SBY LED indicates an active card. An amber ACT/SBY LED indicates a standby card.
Step 4 If the CTC reset does not clear the alarm, complete the "Remove and Reinsert (Reseat) Any Card" procedure for the reporting card.
Step 5 If the physical reseat of the card fails to clear the alarm, complete the "Physically Replace a Card" procedure for the reporting card.
Step 6 If the alarm does not clear, log into the Technical Support Website at http://www.cisco.com/techsupport for more information or call Cisco TAC (1-800-553-2447) in order to report a Service-Affecting (SA) problem.
2.5.72 EQPT-DIAG
Default Severity: Critical (CR), Service-Affecting (SA)
Logical Object: EQPT
An Equipment-Diagnostic Failure alarm indicates that a software or hardware failure has occurred on the reporting card. This alarm can be raised against a traffic card or a cross-connect card.
Clear the EQPT-DIAG Alarm
Step 1 If traffic is active on the alarmed card, you could need to switch traffic away from it. Refer to the "Protection Switching, Lock Initiation, and Clearing" section for procedures.
Step 2 Complete the "Remove and Reinsert (Reseat) Any Card" procedure for the alarmed card
Step 3 If the alarm does not clear, complete the "Physically Replace a Card" procedure if it is raised against a traffic card, or complete the "2.8.5 Generic Signal and Circuit Procedures" procedure if the alarm is raised against the cross-connect card.
Step 4 If the alarm does not clear, log into the Technical Support Website at http://www.cisco.com/techsupport for more information or call Cisco TAC (1-800-553-2447).
2.5.73 EQPT-MISS
Default Severity: Critical (CR), Service-Affecting (SA)
Logical Object: FAN
The Replaceable Equipment or Unit Missing alarm is reported against the fan-tray assembly unit. It indicates that the replaceable fan-tray assembly is missing or is not fully inserted. It could also indicate that the ribbon cable connecting the AIP to the system board is bad.
Always use the supplied electrostatic discharge wristband when working with a powered ONS system. Plug the wristband cable into the ESD jack located on the lower-right edge of the shelf assembly.
Clear the EQPT-MISS Alarm
Step 1 If the alarm is reported against the fan, verify that the fan-tray assembly is present.
Step 2 If the fan-tray assembly is present, complete the "Replace the Fan-Tray Assembly" procedure.
Step 3 If no fan-tray assembly is present, obtain a fan-tray assembly and refer to the "Install the Fan-Tray Assembly," procedure in the "Install the Shelf and Common Control Cards" chapter of the Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Procedure Guide.
Step 4 If the alarm does not clear, replace the ribbon cable from the AIP to the system board with a known-good ribbon cable.
Step 5 If the alarm does not clear, log into the Technical Support Website at http://www.cisco.com/techsupport for more information or call Cisco TAC (1-800-553-2447) in order to report a Service-Affecting (SA) problem.
2.5.74 ERFI-P-CONN
Default Severity: Not Reported (NR), Non-Service-Affecting (NSA)
Logical Objects: STSMON, STSTRM
The Three-Bit (Enhanced) Remote Failure Indication (ERFI) Path Connectivity condition is triggered on DS-1, DS-3, or VT circuits when the "UNEQ-P" alarm on page 2-226 and the "TIM-P" alarm on page 2-223 are raised on the transmission signal.
Clear the ERFI-P-CONN Condition
Step 1 Clear the UNEQ-P alarm. This should clear the ERFI condition.
Step 2 If the condition does not clear, log into the Technical Support Website at http://www.cisco.com/techsupport for more information or call Cisco TAC (1-800-553-2447).
2.5.75 ERFI-P-SRVR
Default Severity: Not Reported (NR), Non-Service-Affecting (NSA)
Logical Object: STSMON, STSTRM
The Three-Bit ERFI Path Server condition is triggered on DS-1, DS-3, or VT circuits when the "AIS-P" condition, page 2-27 or the "LOP-P" alarm on page 2-130 is raised on the transmission signal.
Clear the ERFI-P-SRVR Condition
Step 1 Complete the "Clear the LOP-P Alarm" procedure. This should clear the ERFI condition.
Step 2 If the condition does not clear, log into the Technical Support Website at http://www.cisco.com/techsupport for more information or call Cisco TAC (1-800-553-2447).
2.5.76 EXCCOL
Default Severity: Minor (MN), Non-Service-Affecting (NSA)
Logical Object: EQPT
The Excess Collisions on the LAN alarm indicates that too many collisions are occurring between data packets on the network management LAN, and communications between the ONS system and CTC could be affected. The network management LAN is the data network connecting the workstation running the CTC software to the TCC2/TCC2P card. The problem causing the alarm is external to the ONS system.
Troubleshoot the network management LAN connected to the TCC2/TCC2P card for excess collisions. You might need to contact the system administrator of the network management LAN to accomplish the following steps.
Clear the EXCCOL Alarm
Step 1 Verify that the network device port connected to the TCC2/TCC2P card has a flow rate set to 10 Mb, half-duplex.
Step 2 If the port has the correct flow rate and duplex setting, troubleshoot the network device connected to the TCC2/TCC2P card and the network management LAN.
Step 3 If the alarm does not clear, log into the Technical Support Website at http://www.cisco.com/techsupport for more information or call Cisco TAC (1-800-553-2447).
2.5.77 EXT
Default Severity: Minor (MN), Non-Service-Affecting (NSA)
Logical Object: ENVALRM
A Failure Detected External to the NE alarm occurs because an environmental alarm is present. For example, a door could be open or flooding could have occurred.
Clear the EXT Alarm
Step 1 In node view (single-shelf mode) or shelf view (multishelf mode), double-click the AIC-I card to open the card view.
Step 2 Double-click the Maintenance > External Alarms tabs.
Step 3 Follow your standard operating procedure to remedy environmental conditions that cause alarms. The alarm clears when the situation is remedied.
Step 4 If the alarm does not clear, log into the Technical Support Website at http://www.cisco.com/techsupport for more information or call Cisco TAC (1-800-553-2447).
2.5.78 FAILTOSW (2R, EQPT, ESCON, FC, GE, ISC, OCN/STMN, TRUNK, OTS)
Default Severity: Not Alarmed (NA), Non-Service-Affecting (NSA)
Logical Objects: 2R, EQPT, ESCON, FC, GE, ISC, OCN/STMN, TRUNK, OTS
The Failure to Switch to Protection Facility condition for MXP and TXP client ports occurs in a Y-cable protection group when a working or protect facility switches to its companion port by using a MANUAL command. For example, if you attempt to manually switch traffic from an unused protect port to an in-service working port, the switch will fail (because traffic is already present on the working port) and you will see the FAILTOSW condition.
Note For more information about protection schemes, refer to the "Manage the Node" chapter of the Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Procedure Guide.
Clear the FAILTOSW (2R, EQPT, ESCON, FC, GE, ISC, OCN/STMN, TRUNK, OTS) Condition
Step 1 Look up and troubleshoot the higher-priority alarm. Clearing the higher-priority condition frees the card and clears the FAILTOSW.
Step 2 If the condition does not clear, replace the working card that is reporting the higher-priority alarm by following the "Physically Replace a Card" procedure. This card is the working facility using the protect facility and not reporting FAILTOSW.
Replacing the working card that is reporting the higher-priority alarm allows traffic to revert to the working slot and the card reporting the FAILTOSW to switch to the protect card.
Step 3 If the condition does not clear, log into the Technical Support Website at http://www.cisco.com/techsupport for more information or call Cisco TAC (1-800-553-2447).
2.5.79 FAILTOSW (TRUNK)
Default Severity: Not Alarmed (NA), Non-Service-Affecting (NSA)
Logical Object: TRUNK
The Failure to Switch to Protection Facility condition applies to MXP and TXP trunk ports in splitter protection groups and occurs when a working or protect trunk port switches to its companion port by using a MANUAL command.
Note For more information about protection schemes, refer to the "Manage the Node" chapter of the Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Procedure Guide.
Clear the FAILTOSW (TRUNK) Condition
Step 1 Look up and troubleshoot the higher-priority alarm. Clearing the higher-priority condition frees the card and clears the FAILTOSW.
Step 2 If the condition does not clear, replace the working card that is reporting the higher-priority alarm by following the "Physically Replace a Card" procedure. This card is the working facility using the protect facility and not reporting FAILTOSW.
Replacing the working card that is reporting the higher-priority alarm allows traffic to revert to the working slot and the card reporting the FAILTOSW to switch to the protect card.
Step 3 If the condition does not clear, log into the Technical Support Website at http://www.cisco.com/techsupport for more information or call Cisco TAC (1-800-553-2447).
2.5.80 FAILTOSW-HO
Default Severity: Not Alarmed (NA), Non-Service-Affecting (NSA)
Logical Object: VCMON-HP
The High-Order Path Failure to Switch to Protection condition occurs when a high-order path circuit fails to switch to the working or protect electrical circuit using the MANUAL command.
Clear the FAILTOSW-HO Condition
Step 1 Complete the "Clear the FAILTOSW (2R, EQPT, ESCON, FC, GE, ISC, OCN/STMN, TRUNK, OTS) Condition" procedure.
Step 2 If the condition does not clear, log into the Cisco Technical Support Website at http://www.cisco.com/techsupport for more information or log into http://www.cisco.com/warp/public/687/Directory/DirTAC.shtml to obtain a directory of toll-free Technical Support numbers for your country.
2.5.81 FAILTOSW-PATH
Default Severity: Not Alarmed (NA), Non-Service-Affecting (NSA)
Logical Object: STSMON, VT-MON
The Fail to Switch to Protection Path condition occurs when the working circuit does not switch to the protection circuit on a path protection configuration. Common causes of the FAILTOSW-PATH alarm include a missing or defective protect port, a lockout set on one of the path protection nodes, or path-level alarms that would cause a path protection switch to fail including the "AIS-P" condition on page 2-27, the "LOP-P" alarm on page 2-130, the "SD-P" condition, page 2-202, the "SF-P" condition on page 2-205, and the "UNEQ-P" alarm on page 2-226.
The "SD-L" condition on page 2-201, or the "SF-L" condition on page 2-204 can also occur on the failed path.
Clear the FAILTOSW-PATH Condition in a Path Protection Configuration
Step 1 Look up and clear the higher-priority alarm. Clearing this alarm frees the standby card and clears the FAILTOSW-PATH condition. If the "AIS-P" condition on page 2-27, the "LOP-P" alarm on page 2-130, the "UNEQ-P" alarm on page 2-226, the "SF-P" condition on page 2-205, the "SD-P" condition, page 2-202, the "SD-L" condition on page 2-201, or the "SF-L" condition on page 2-204 are also occurring on the reporting port, complete the applicable alarm clearing procedure.
Note A higher-priority alarm is an alarm raised on the working electrical card using the 1:N card protection group. The working DS-N card is reporting an alarm but not reporting a FAILTOSW condition.
Step 2 If the condition does not clear, replace the active OC-N card that is reporting the higher-priority alarm. Complete the "Physically Replace a Card" procedure. Replacing the active OC-N card that is reporting the higher-priority alarm allows traffic to revert to the active slot. Reverting frees the standby card, which can then take over traffic from the card reporting the lower-priority alarm and the FAILTOSW-PATH condition.
Step 3 If the condition does not clear, log into the Technical Support Website at http://www.cisco.com/techsupport for more information or call Cisco TAC (1-800-553-2447).
2.5.82 FAN
Default Severity: Critical (CR), Service-Affecting (SA)
Logical Object: FAN
The Fan Failure alarm indicates a problem with the fan-tray assembly. When the fan-tray assembly is not fully functional, the temperature of the ONS system can rise above its normal operating range.
The fan-tray assembly contains six fans and needs a minimum of five working fans to properly cool the shelf. However, even with five working fans, the fan-tray assembly could need replacement because a sixth working fan is required for extra protection against overheating.
Always use the supplied electrostatic discharge wristband when working with a powered ONS system. Plug the wristband cable into the ESD jack located on the lower-right edge of the shelf assembly.
Clear the FAN Alarm
Step 1 Determine whether the air filter needs replacement. Complete the "Inspect, Clean, and Replace the Reusable Air Filter" procedure.
Step 2 If the filter is clean, complete the "Remove and Reinsert a Fan-Tray Assembly" procedure.
Step 3 If the fan does not run or the alarm persists, complete the "Replace the Fan-Tray Assembly" procedure. The fan should run immediately when correctly inserted.
Step 4 If the replacement fan-tray assembly does not operate correctly, log into the Technical Support Website at http://www.cisco.com/techsupport for more information or call Cisco TAC to report a Service-Affecting (SA) problem (1-800-553-2447).
2.5.83 FAPS
Default Severity: Not Alarmed (NA), Non-Service-Affecting (NSA)
Logical Objects: TRUNK
The Fast Automatic Protection Switching condition is applicable to GEXP/10GEXP cards. This condition occurs when the protection port, on the master card, switches from blocking to forwarding state.
Clear the FAPS Alarm
Step 1 When the cause of switching disappears, the protection port switches from the forwarding to the blocking state, and the FAPS alarm clears.
Step 2 If the alarm does not clear even after the protection port switches back to the blocking state, log into the Technical Support Website at http://www.cisco.com/techsupport for more information or call Cisco TAC (1 800 553-2447).
2.5.84 FAPS-CONFIG-MISMATCH
Default Severity: Not Alarmed (NA), Non-Service-Affecting (NSA)
Logical Object: EQPT
The Fast Automatic Protection Switching (FAPS) Config Mismatch condition is raised when a GE-XP or 10GE-XP card that is provisioned as a master card in a FAPS ring, resets or when one of the master card's trunk port is not set to Blocking.
Clear the FAPS-CONFIG-MISMATCH Condition
Step 1 Check the configuration of the master card. Ensure that at least one of the trunk ports of the master card is in the blocking state and the FAPS ring is complete.
Step 2 If the condition does not clear, log into the Technical Support Website at http://www.cisco.com/techsupport for more information or call Cisco TAC (1-800-553-2447).
2.5.85 FC-NO-CREDITS
Default Severity: Major (MJ), Service-Affecting (SA)
Logical Objects: Client port
The Fibre Channel Distance Extension Credit Starvation alarm occurs on storage access networking (SAN) Fibre Channel/Fiber Connectivity (FICON) DWDM cards when the congestion prevents the GFP transmitter from sending frames to the DWDM card port. For example, the alarm can be raised when an operator configures a card to autodetect framing credits but the card is not connected to an interoperable FC-SW-standards-based Fibre Channel/FICON port.
FC-NO-CREDITS is raised only if transmission is completely prevented. (If traffic is slowed but still passing, this alarm is not raised.)
Clear the FC-NO-CREDITS Alarm
Step 1 If the port is connected to a Fibre Channel/FICON switch, make sure it is configured for interoperation mode using the manufacturer's instructions.
Step 2 If the port is not connected to a switch, turn off Autodetect Credits by completing the following steps:
a. Double-click the DWDM card.
b. Click the Provisioning > Port > General tabs.
c. Under Admin State, click the cell and choose OOS,MT (or Locked,maintenance).
d. Click Apply.
e. Click the Provisioning > Port > Distance Extension tabs.
f. Uncheck the Autodetect Credits column check box.
g. Click Apply.
h. Click the Provisioning > Port > General tabs.
i. Under Admin State, click the cell and choose IS , or Unlocked.
j. Click Apply.
Step 3 Program the Credits Available value based on the buffers available on the connected equipment by completing the following steps:
Note The NumCredits entry must be provisioned to a value smaller than or equal to the receive buffers or credits available on the connected equipment.
a. Double-click the DWDM card.
b. Click the Provisioning > Port > Distance Extension tabs.
c. Enter a new value in the Credits Available column.
d. Click Apply.
Step 4 If the replacement fan-tray assembly does not operate correctly, log into the Technical Support Website at http://www.cisco.com/techsupport for more information or call Cisco TAC to report a Service-Affecting (SA) problem (1-800-553-2447).
2.5.86 FDI
Default Severity: Not Alarmed (NA), Non-Service-Affecting (NSA)
Logical Objects: OCH, OCH-TERM, OMS, OTS, EQPT
The Forward Defect Indication (FDI) condition is part of MSTP network-level alarm correlation in R7.0. It is raised at the far end when the OCH optical payload is missing due to an optical channel signal (LOS), light (LOS-P), or optical power (OPWR-LFAIL) alarm root cause.
An LOS, LOS-P, or OPWR-LFAIL alarm on an MSTP circuit causes multiple alarms for each channel. Correlation simplifies troubleshooting by reporting a single alarm for multiple alarms having one root cause, then demoting the root alarms so that they are only visible in the Conditions window (showing their original severity.)
FDI clears when the optical channel is working on the aggregated or single-channel optical port.
Note Network-level alarm correlation is only supported for MSTP communication alarms. It is not supported for equipment alarms.
Clear the FDI Condition
Step 1 Clear the root-cause service-affecting alarm by using one of the following procedures, as appropriate:
•"Clear the LOS (OTS) Alarm" procedure
•"Clear the LOS (TRUNK) Alarm" procedure
•"Clear the LOS-P (OCH) Alarm" procedure
•"Clear the LOS-P (AOTS, OMS, OTS) Alarm" procedure
•"Clear the LOS-P (TRUNK) Alarm" procedure
•"Clear the OPWR-LFAIL Alarm" procedure
Step 2 If the condition does not clear, log into the Technical Support Website at http://www.cisco.com/techsupport for more information or call Cisco TAC (1-800-553-2447).
2.5.87 FE-FRCDWKSWBK-SPAN
Default Severity: Not Alarmed (NA), Non-Service-Affecting (NSA)
Logical Object: STMN
The Far End Forced Switch Back to Working-Span condition is raised on a far-end 1+1 protect port when it is Force switched to the working port.
Note WKSWBK-type conditions apply only to nonrevertive circuits.
Clear the FE-FRCDWKSWBK-SPAN Condition
Step 1 Complete the "Clear a 1+1 Force or Manual Switch Command" procedure for the far-end port.
Step 2 If the condition does not clear, log into the Technical Support Website at http://www.cisco.com/techsupport for more information or log into http://www.cisco.com/warp/public/687/Directory/DirTAC.shtml to obtain a directory of toll-free Technical Support numbers for your country.
2.5.88 FE-FRCDWKSWPR-SPAN
Default Severity: Not Alarmed (NA), Non-Service-Affecting (NSA)
Logical Object: STMN
The Far End Working Facility Forced to Switch to Protection Span condition occurs from a far-end node when a span on a four-fiber BLSR is forced from working to protect using the Force Span command. This condition is only visible on the network view Conditions tab. The port where the Force Switch occurred is indicated by an "F" on the network view detailed circuit map. This condition is accompanied by WKSWPR.
Clear the FE-FRCDWKSWPR-SPAN Condition
Step 1 To troubleshoot an FE condition, determine which node and card link directly to the card reporting the FE alarm. For example, an FE-AIS condition from the OC-48 card in Slot 12 of Node 1 could link to the main AIS condition from an OC-48 card in Slot 6 of Node 2.
Step 2 Log into the node that links directly to the card reporting the FE condition.
Step 3 Clear the main alarm.
Step 4 If the FE-FRCDWKSWPR-SPAN condition does not clear, complete the "Clear a BLSR External Switching Command" procedure.
Step 5 If the condition does not clear, log into the Cisco Technical Support Website at http://www.cisco.com/techsupport for more information or log into http://www.cisco.com/warp/public/687/Directory/DirTAC.shtml to obtain a directory of toll-free Technical Support numbers for your country.
2.5.89 FE-MANWKSWBK-SPAN
Default Severity: Not Alarmed (NA), Non-Service-Affecting (NSA)
Logical Object: STMN
The Far End Manual Switch Back to Working—Span condition occurs when a far-end span is Manual switches back to working.
Note WKSWBK-type conditions apply only to nonrevertive circuits.
Clear the FE-MANWKSWBK-SPAN Condition
Step 1 To troubleshoot the FE condition, determine which node and card is linked directly to the card reporting the FE condition. For example, an FE condition on a card in Slot 12 of Node 1 could relate to a main alarm from a card in Slot 6 of Node 2.
Step 2 Log into the node that is linked directly to the card reporting the FE condition.
Step 3 Complete the "Clear a BLSR External Switching Command" procedure.
Step 4 If the condition does not clear, log into the Technical Support Website at http://www.cisco.com/techsupport for more information or log into http://www.cisco.com/warp/public/687/Directory/DirTAC.shtml to obtain a directory of toll-free Technical Support numbers for your country.
2.5.90 FE-MANWKSWPR-SPAN
Default Severity: Not Alarmed (NA), Non-Service-Affecting (NSA)
Logical Object: STMN
The Far-End Span Manual Switch Working Facility to Protect condition occurs when a four-fiber BLSR span is switched from working to protect at the far-end node using the Manual Span command. This condition is only visible on the network view Conditions tab and is accompanied by WKSWPR. The port where the Manual Switch occurred is indicated by an "M" on the network view detailed circuit map.
Clear the FE-MANWKSWPR-SPAN Condition
Step 1 To troubleshoot an FE condition, determine which node and card link directly to the card reporting the FE alarm. For example, an FE condition on a card in Slot 12 of Node 1 could link to the main condition from a card in Slot 6 of Node 2.
Step 2 Log into the node that links directly to the card reporting the FE condition.
Step 3 Complete the "Clear a BLSR External Switching Command" alarm, page 2-240.
Step 4 If the condition does not clear, log into the Cisco Technical Support Website at http://www.cisco.com/techsupport for more information or log into http://www.cisco.com/warp/public/687/Directory/DirTAC.shtml to obtain a directory of toll-free Technical Support numbers for your country.
2.5.91 FEC-MISM
Default Severity: Major (MJ), Service-Affecting (SA)
Logical Object: TRUNK
The Forward Error Correction (FEC) Mismatch alarm applies to all cards featuring FEC/E-FEC capability: TXP_MR_10G, TXP_MR_10E, TXP_MR_10E_C, TXP_MR_10E_L, TXP_MR_2.5G, TXPP_MR_2.5G, MXP_10G, MXP_MR_10E, ADM-10G, and OTU2_XP. FEC-MISMATCH is reported only on the card configured in Standard FEC mode or with FEC disabled. A card configured in enhanced FEC mode will report an "OTUK-LOF" alarm on page 2-181.
The alarm is related to ITU-T G.709 encapsulation and is only raised against a trunk port.
Note For general information about MXP and TXP cards and their monitoring capabilities, refer to the "Card Reference" chapter in the Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Reference Manual. For information about provisioning them, refer to the "Provision Transponder and Muxponder Cards" chapter in the Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Procedure Guide.
Clear the FEC-MISM Alarm
Step 1 In node view (single-shelf mode) or shelf view (multishelf mode), double-click the TXP_MR_10G, TXP_MR_10E, TXP_MR_10E_C, TXP_MR_10E_L, TXP_MR_2.5G, TXPP_MR_2.5G, MXP_MR_10G, MXP_MR_10E, ADM-10G, and OTU2_XP card.
Step 2 Click the Provisioning > OTN > OTN Lines tabs.
Step 3 In the FEC column, click Enable to activate the FEC feature. This causes a different OTN frame to be transmitted. Alternately, in the E-FEC column (TXP_MR_10E and MXP_MR_10E), click Enable to activate the Enhanced FEC feature.
Step 4 Verify that the far-end card is configured the same way by repeating Step 1 through Step 3.
Step 5 If the alarm does not clear, log into the Technical Support Website at http://www.cisco.com/techsupport for more information or call Cisco TAC (1-800-553-2447) in order to report a Service-Affecting (SA) problem.
2.5.92 FEPRLF
Default Severity: Minor (MN), Non-Service-Affecting (NSA)
Logical Object: OCN
The Far-End Protection Line Failure alarm occurs when there was an "SF (TRUNK)" condition on page 2-204 condition on the protect card's APS channel coming into the node.
Note The FEPRLF alarm occurs on the ONS 15454 only when bidirectional protection is used on optical (traffic) cards in a 1+1 protection group configuration.
Clear the FEPRLF Alarm on an BLSR
Step 1 To troubleshoot the FE alarm, determine which node and card is linked directly to the card reporting the FE alarm. For example, an FE alarm or condition on a card in Slot 16 of Node 1 could relate to a main alarm from a card in Slot 16 in Node 2.
Step 2 Log into the node that is linked directly to the card reporting the FE alarm.
Step 3 Clear the main alarm. Refer to the appropriate alarm section in this chapter for procedures.
Step 4 If the alarm does not clear, log into the Cisco Technical Support Website at http://www.cisco.com/techsupport for more information or log into http://www.cisco.com/warp/public/687/Directory/DirTAC.shtml to obtain a directory of toll-free Technical Support numbers for your country.
2.5.93 FIBERTEMP-DEG
Default Severity: Minor (MN), Non-Service-Affecting (NSA)
Logical Object: AOTS
The Fiber Temperature Degrade alarm occurs when a DWDM card internal heater-control circuit fails. Degraded temperature can cause some signal drift. The card should be replaced at the next opportunity.
Note For general information about DWDM cards, refer to the "Card Reference" chapter in the Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Reference Manual. For information about changing their settings, refer to the "Change DWDM Card Settings" chapter in the Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Procedure Guide.
Clear the FIBERTEMP-DEG Alarm
Step 1 For the alarmed card, complete the "Physically Replace a Card" procedure at the next opportunity.
Step 2 If the alarm does not clear, log into the Technical Support Website at http://www.cisco.com/techsupport for more information or call Cisco TAC (1-800-553-2447).
2.5.94 FORCED-REQ
Default Severity: Not Alarmed (NA), Non-Service-Affecting (NSA)
Logical Object: EQPT, ML1000, ML100T, MLFX, STSMON, VT-MON
The Force Switch Request on Facility or Port condition occurs when you enter the Force command on a port to force traffic from a working port to a protect port or protection span (or from a protect port to a working port or span). You do not need to clear the condition if you want the Force switch to remain.
FORCED-REQ is raised for an IEEE 802.17b-based RPR span if the force was requested in the Cisco IOS CLI using the "rpr-ieee protection request force-switch {east | west}" command. It clears from the RPR-IEEE span when you remove the switch in the CLI. For the IEEE 802.17b-based RPR interface, FORCED-REQ is suppressed by the RPR-PASSTHR alarm. It also suppresses the following alarms:
•MAN-REQ (for an ML-Series object)
•RPR-SF
•RPR-SD
•WTR (for an ML-Series object)
Clear the FORCED-REQ Condition
Step 1 Complete the "Clear a 1+1 Force or Manual Switch Command" procedure.
Step 2 If the condition is raised on an IEEE 802.17b-based RPR span, enter the following command in the CLI in RPR-IEEE interface configuration mode:
router(config-if)#no rpr-ieee protection request force-switch {east | west}
Step 3 If the condition does not clear, log into the Cisco Technical Support Website at http://www.cisco.com/techsupport for more information or log into http://www.cisco.com/warp/public/687/Directory/DirTAC.shtml to obtain a directory of toll-free Technical Support numbers for your country.
2.5.95 FORCED-REQ-SPAN (2R, ESCON, FC, GE, ISC, OCN/STMN, OTS)
Default Severity: Not Alarmed (NA), Non-Service-Affecting (NSA)
Logical Objects: 2R, ESCON, FC, GE, ISC, OCN/STMN, OTS
The Force Switch Request Span condition applies to Y-cable-protected TXP configurable clients (OC-3, OC-12/STM-4,OC-48/STM-16, OC-192/STM-64, FC, ESCON, or FICON). If traffic is present on a working port and you use the FORCE command to prevent it from switching to the protect port (indicated by "FORCED TO WORKING"), FORCED-REQ-SPAN indicates this force switch. In this case, the force is affecting not only the facility, but the span.
Note For more information about protection schemes, refer to the "Manage the Node" chapter of the Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Procedure Guide.
2.5.96 FORCED-REQ-SPAN (TRUNK)
Default Severity: Not Alarmed (NA), Non-Service-Affecting (NSA)
Logical Object: TRUNK
The Force Switch Request Span condition applies to MXP and TXP trunk ports in splitter protection groups. If traffic is present on a working port and you use the FORCE command to prevent it from switching to the protect port (indicated by "FORCED TO WORKING"), FORCED-REQ-SPAN indicates this force switch. In this case, the force is affecting not only the facility, but the span.
Note For more information about protection schemes, refer to the "Manage the Node" chapter of the Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Procedure Guide.
2.5.97 FP-LINK-LOSS
Default Severity: Minor (MN), Non-Service-Affecting (NSA)
Logical Object: EQPT
The Front Port Link Loss condition occurs when a LAN cable is not connected to the front port of the TCC2/TCC2P card.
Clear the FP-LINK-LOSS Condition
Step 1 Connect a LAN cable to the front port of the TCC2/TCC2P card.
Step 2 If the condition does not clear, log into the Technical Support Website at http://www.cisco.com/techsupport for more information or call Cisco TAC (1-800-553-2447).
2.5.98 FRCDSWTOINT
Default Severity: Not Alarmed (NA), Non-Service-Affecting (NSA)
Logical Object: NE-SREF
The Force Switch to Internal Timing condition occurs when the user issues a Force command to switch to an internal timing source.
Note FRCDSWTOINT is an informational condition and does not require troubleshooting.
2.5.99 FRCDSWTOPRI
Default Severity: Not Alarmed (NA), Non-Service-Affecting (NSA)
Logical Objects: EXT-SREF, NE-SREF
The Force Switch to Primary Timing Source condition occurs when the user issues a Force command to switch to the primary timing source.
Note FRCDSWTOPRI is an informational condition and does not require troubleshooting.
2.5.100 FRCDSWTOSEC
Default Severity: Not Alarmed (NA), Non-Service-Affecting (NSA)
Logical Objects: EXT-SREF, NE-SREF
The Force Switch to Second Timing Source condition occurs when the user issues a Force command to switch to the second timing source.
Note FRCDSWTOSEC is an informational condition and does not require troubleshooting.
2.5.101 FRCDSWTOTHIRD
Default Severity: Not Alarmed (NA), Non-Service-Affecting (NSA)
Logical Objects: EXT-SREF, NE-SREF
The Force Switch to Third Timing Source condition occurs when the user issues a Force command to switch to a third timing source.
Note FRCDSWTOTHIRD is an informational condition and does not require troubleshooting.
2.5.102 FRNGSYNC
Default Severity: Not Alarmed (NA), Non-Service-Affecting (NSA)
Logical Object: NE-SREF
The Free Running Synchronization Mode condition occurs when the reporting ONS system is in free-run synchronization mode. External timing sources have been disabled and the node is using its internal clock, or the node has lost its designated building integrated timing supply (BITS) timing source. After the 24-hour holdover period expires, timing slips could begin to occur on an ONS system node relying on an internal clock.
Note If the ONS system is configured to operate from its internal clock, disregard the FRNGSYNC condition.
Clear the FRNGSYNC Condition
Step 1 If the ONS system is configured to operate from an external timing source, verify that the BITS timing source is valid. Common problems with a BITS timing source include reversed wiring and bad timing cards. Refer to the "Timing" chapter in the Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual for more information.
Step 2 If the BITS source is valid, clear alarms related to the failures of the primary and secondary reference sources, such as the "SYNCPRI" alarm on page 2-219 and the "SYNCSEC" alarm on page 2-219.
Step 3 If the condition does not clear, log into the Technical Support Website at http://www.cisco.com/techsupport for more information or call Cisco TAC (1-800-553-2447).
2.5.103 FSTSYNC
Default Severity: Not Alarmed (NA), Non-Service-Affecting (NSA)
Logical Object: NE-SREF
A Fast Start Synchronization Mode condition occurs when the node is choosing a new timing reference. The previous timing reference has failed.
The FSTSYNC alarm disappears after approximately 30 seconds. If the condition does not clear, log into the Technical Support Website at http://www.cisco.com/techsupport for more information or call Cisco TAC (1-800-553-2447).
Note FSTSYNC is an informational condition. It does not require troubleshooting.
2.5.104 FTA-MISMATCH
Default Severity: Not Alarmed (NA), Non-Service-Affecting (NSA)
Logical Object: EQPT
The Fan Tray Mismatch condition is raised on the ADM-10G card and OTU2_XP. It indicates that an unsupported version of the fan tray assembly (15454-FTA3 or 15454-FTA2) is installed in the shelf. The ADM-10G and OTU2_XP card must be installed in a shelf that has FTA version 4 or higher.
Clear the FTA-MISMATCH Condition
Step 1 Obtain the correct fan tray assembly (15454-FTA4 or higher), and replace the existing FTA with the new one by following the "Replace the Fan-Tray Assembly" procedure.
Step 2 If the condition does not clear, log into the Technical Support Website at http://www.cisco.com/techsupport for more information or call Cisco TAC (1-800-553-2447).
2.5.105 GAIN-HDEG
Default Severity: Minor (MN), Non-Service-Affecting (NSA)
Logical Object: AOTS
The Gain High Degrade alarm is raised on an amplifier card (OPT-BST, OPT-PRE, or OPT-AMP-x-C) when the amplifier reaches the Gain High Degrade Threshold. (This value is automatically provisioned with the gain setpoint, but the alarm threshold is 2 dBm higher than the setpoint. The card should be replaced at the first opportunity.
Note This alarm is applicable only when the amplifier working mode is set to Control Gain.
Note For general information about DWDM amplifier cards, refer to the "Card Reference" chapter in the Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Reference Manual. For information about control gain, refer to the "Node Reference" chapter in the same manual. For information about changing their settings, refer to the "Change DWDM Card Settings" chapter in the Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Procedure Guide.
Clear the GAIN-HDEG Alarm
Step 1 Verify that the LED is correctly illuminated on the physical card. A green ACT/SBY LED indicates an active card. A red ACT/SBY LED indicates a failed card.
Step 2 Complete "Reset a Card in CTC" procedure on the failing amplifier.
Step 3 If the alarm does not clear, identify all the OCHNC circuits applying to the failing card. Force all the protected circuits on the optical path that the faulty amplifier does not belong to. Switch the OCHNC administrative state of all these circuits to OOS,DSBLD (or Locked,disabled).
All remaining unprotected circuits will suffer for a traffic hit when you disable the circuits.
Step 4 Switch the administrative state of only one of the OCHNC circuits to IS,AINS (or Unlocked,automaticInService. This forces the amplifier to recalculate its gain setpoint and value.
Step 5 If the alarm does not clear and no other alarms exist that could be the source of the GAIN-HDEG alarm, or if clearing an alarm did not clear the GAIN-HDEG, place all of the card ports in OOS,DSBLD (or Locked,disabled) administrative state.
Step 6 Complete the "Physically Replace a Card" procedure for the reporting card.
Note Before disconnecting any optical amplifier card fiber for troubleshooting, ensure that the optical amplifier card is unplugged.
Step 7 If the alarm does not clear, log into the Technical Support Website at http://www.cisco.com/techsupport for more information or call Cisco TAC (1-800-553-2447).
2.5.106 GAIN-HFAIL
Default Severity: Critical (CR), Service-Affecting (SA)
Logical Object: AOTS
The Gain High Degrade alarm is raised on an amplifier card (OPT-BST, OPT-PRE, or OPT-AMP-x-C) when the amplifier reaches the Gain High Degrade Threshold. (This value is automatically provisioned with the gain setpoint, but the alarm threshold is 5 dBm higher than the setpoint.) If the alarm cannot be cleared, the card must be replaced.
Note This alarm is applicable only when the amplifier working mode is set to Control Gain.
Note For general information about DWDM cards, refer to the "Card Reference" chapter in the Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Reference Manual. For information about control gain, refer to the "Node Reference" chapter in the same manual. For information about changing their settings, refer to the "Change DWDM Card Settings" chapter in the Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Procedure Guide.
Clear the GAIN-HFAIL Alarm
Step 1 For the alarmed card, complete the "Clear the GAIN-HDEG Alarm" procedure.
Step 2 If the alarm does not clear, log into the Technical Support Website at http://www.cisco.com/techsupport for more information or call Cisco TAC (1-800-553-2447) to report a Service-Affecting (SA) problem.
2.5.107 GAIN-LDEG
Default Severity: Minor (MN), Non-Service-Affecting (NSA)
Logical Object: AOTS
The Gain High Degrade alarm is raised on an amplifier card (OPT-BST, OPT-PRE, or OPT-AMP-x-C) when the amplifier does not reach Gain High Degrade Threshold. (This value is automatically provisioned with the gain setpoint, but the alarm threshold is 2 dBm lower than the setpoint.) The card should be replaced at the first opportunity.
Note This alarm is applicable only when the amplifier working mode is set to Control Gain.
Note For general information about DWDM amplifier cards, refer to the "Card Reference" chapter in the Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Reference Manual. For information about control gain, refer to the "Node Reference" chapter in the same manual. For information about changing their settings, refer to the "Change DWDM Card Settings" chapter in the Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Procedure Guide.
Clear the GAIN-LDEG Alarm
Step 1 For the alarmed card, complete the "Clear the GAIN-HDEG Alarm" procedure.
Step 2 If the alarm does not clear, log into the Technical Support Website at http://www.cisco.com/techsupport for more information or call Cisco TAC (1-800-553-2447).
2.5.108 GAIN-LFAIL
Default Severity: Critical (CR), Service-Affecting (SA)
Logical Object: AOTS
The Gain High Degrade alarm is raised on an amplifier card (OPT-BST, OPT-PRE, or OPT-AMP-x-C) when the amplifier does not reach Gain High Degrade Threshold. (This value is automatically provisioned with the gain setpoint, but the alarm threshold is 5 dBm lower than the setpoint. If the alarm cannot be cleared, the card must be replaced.
Note This alarm is applicable only when the amplifier working mode is set to Control Gain.
Note For general information about DWDM amplifier cards, refer to the "Card Reference" chapter in the Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Reference Manual. For information about control gain, refer to the "Node Reference" chapter in the same manual. For information about changing their settings, refer to the "Change DWDM Card Settings" chapter in the Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Procedure Guide.
Clear the GAIN-LFAIL Alarm
Step 1 For the alarmed card, complete the "Clear the GAIN-HDEG Alarm" procedure.
Step 2 If the alarm does not clear, log into the Technical Support Website at http://www.cisco.com/techsupport for more information or call Cisco TAC (1-800-553-2447).
2.5.109 GCC-EOC
Default Severity: Minor (MN), Non-Service-Affecting (NSA)
Logical Object: TRUNK, EQPT
The GCC Embedded Operation Channel Failure alarm applies to the optical transport network (OTN) communication channel for TXP_MR_10G, TXP_MR_2.5G, TXPP_MR_2.5G, TXP_MR_10E, TXP_MR_10E_C, TXP_MR_10E_L, MXP_2.5G_10G, MXP_2.5G_10E, ADM-10G, and OTU2_XP cards. The GCC-EOC alarm is raised when the channel cannot operate.
This alarm applies to trunk ports only when ITU-T G.709 encapsulation is enabled and a general communication channel (GCC) has been provisioned between the two TXP/MXP cards.
Note For more information about GCC circuits, please refer to the "Create Channels and Circuits" chapter in the Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Procedure Guide.
Clear the GCC-EOC Alarm
Step 1 Complete the "Clear the EOC Alarm" procedure.
Step 2 If the alarm does not clear, log into the Technical Support Website at http://www.cisco.com/techsupport for more information or call Cisco TAC (1-800-553-2447).
2.5.110 GE-OOSYNC (FC, GE, ISC)
Default Severity: Critical (CR), Service-Affecting (SA)
Logical Objects: FC, GE, ISC
The Gigabit Ethernet Out of Synchronization alarm applies to TXP_MR_10G,TXP_MR_10E, TXP_MR_10E_C, TXP_MR_10E_L, TXP_MR_2.5G,TXPP_MR_2.5G,MXP_MR_2.5G, MXPP_MR_2.5G, GE-XP, 10GE, and ADM-10G cards when the Ethernet signal incoming on the Client-Rx port is out of synchronization.
Note For general information about MXP and TXP cards, refer to the "Card Reference" chapter in the Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Reference Manual. For information about provisioning them, refer to the "Provision Transponder and Muxponder Cards" chapter in the Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Procedure Guide.
Clear the GE-OOSYNC (FC, GE, ISC) Alarm
Step 1 Ensure that the incoming signal from the Client-Rx port is provisioned with the correct physical-layer protocol (Ethernet).
Step 2 Ensure that the line is provisioned with the correct line speed (10G or 1G Ethernet).
Step 3 Verify that the optical power and the optical signal-to-noise range (OSNR) of the incoming Client-Rx port optical signal are within the accepted ranges. You can find XFP/SFP ranges in the "Hardware Specifications" appendix of the Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Reference Manual.
Step 4 If the alarm does not clear, log into the Technical Support Website at http://www.cisco.com/techsupport for more information or call Cisco TAC (1-800-553-2447) in order to report a Service-Affecting (SA) problem.
2.5.111 GE-OOSYNC (TRUNK)
Default Severity: Critical (CR), Service-Affecting (SA)
Logical Objects: TRUNK
The Gigabit Ethernet Out of Synchronization alarm applies to TXP_MR_10G,TXP_MR_10E, TXP_MR_10E_C, TXP_MR_10E_L, TXP_MR_2.5G,TXPP_MR_2.5G,MXP_MR_2.5G, MXPP_MR_2.5G, GE-XP, 10GE, and ADM-10G cards only when the ITU-T G.709 encapsulation framer is disabled.
Note For general information about MXP and TXP cards, refer to the "Card Reference" chapter in the Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Reference Manual. For information about provisioning them, refer to the "Provision Transponder and Muxponder Cards" chapter in the Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Procedure Guide.
Clear the GE-OOSYNC (TRUNK) Alarm
Step 1 Verify that ITU-T G.709 encapsulation is disabled:
a. In node view (single-shelf mode) or shelf view (multishelf mode), double-click the card to display the card view.
b. Click the Provisioning > OTN > OTN Lines tabs.
c. If the G.709 OTN column says Enable, choose Disable from the drop-down list.
d. Click Apply.
Step 2 For the TRUNK-RX port, double-click the card and click the Performance > OTN PM > FEC PM tabs. If post-FEC errors are present, troubleshoot this problem first. If not, move to next step.
Step 3 Verify the status of far-end TXP/MXP connected to the faulty near-end card. Look for any alarms reported by the Client-Rx port of far-end card. If these alarms exist, troubleshoot them.
Step 4 If the alarm does not clear, log into the Technical Support Website at http://www.cisco.com/techsupport for more information or call Cisco TAC (1-800-553-2447) in order to report a Service-Affecting (SA) problem.
2.5.112 GFP-CSF
Default Severity: Major (MJ), Service-Affecting (SA)
Logical Object: CEMR, CE1000, CE100T, FCMR, GFP-FAC, ML1000, ML100T, MLFX
The GFP Client Signal Fail Detected alarm is a secondary alarm raised on local GFP data ports when a remote Service-Affecting (SA) alarm causes invalid data transmission. The alarm is raised locally on CE-100T-8, CE-1000-4, CE-MR-10, FC_MR-4, ML100T, ML1000, ML100X-8, ML-MR-10, MXP_MR_25G, and MXPP_MR_25G GFP data ports and does not indicate that a Service-Affecting (SA) failure is occurring at the local site, but that a CARLOSS, LOS, or SYNCLOSS alarm caused by an event such as a pulled receive cable is affecting a remote data port's transmission capability. This alarm can be demoted when a facility loopback is placed on the FC_MR-4 port.
Note For more information about provisioning MXP or TXP cards, refer to the Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Reference Manual. For more information about Ethernet cards, refer to the Ethernet Card Software Feature and Configuration Guide for the Cisco ONS 15454, Cisco ONS 15454 SDH, and Cisco ONS 15327.
Clear the GFP-CSF Alarm
Step 1 Clear the Service-Affecting (SA) alarm at the remote data port.
Step 2 If the GFP-CSF alarm does not clear, log into the Technical Support Website at http://www.cisco.com/techsupport for more information or call Cisco TAC (1-800-553-2447) to report a Service-Affecting (SA) problem.
2.5.113 GFP-LFD
Default Severity: Major (MJ), Service-Affecting (SA)
Logical Object: CEMR, CE1000, CE100T, FCMR, GFP-FAC, ML1000, ML100T, MLFX
The GFP Loss of Frame Delineation alarm applies to Fibre Channel, FICON GFP, and Ethernet ports. This alarm occurs if there is a faulty SONET connection, if SONET path errors cause GFP header errors in the check sum calculated over payload length (PLI/cHEC) combination, or if the GFP source port sends an invalid PLI/cHEC combination. This loss causes traffic stoppage.
Note For more information about Ethernet cards, refer to the Ethernet Card Software Feature and Configuration Guide for the Cisco ONS 15454, Cisco ONS 15454 SDH, and Cisco ONS 15327.
Clear the GFP-LFD Alarm
Step 1 Look for and clear any associated SONET path errors such as LOS or the "AU-AIS" alarm on page 2-38 that originate at the transmit node.
Step 2 If the GFP-LFD alarm does not clear, log into the Technical Support Website at http://www.cisco.com/techsupport for more information or call Cisco TAC (1-800-553-2447) to report a Service-Affecting (SA) problem.
2.5.114 GFP-UP-MISMATCH
Default Severity: Major (MJ), Service-Affecting (SA)
Logical Object: CEMR, CE1000, CE100T, FCMR, GFP-FAC, ML1000, ML100T, MLFX
The GFP User Payload Mismatch is raised against Fibre Channel/FICON ports supporting GFP. It occurs when the received frame user payload identifier (UPI) does not match the transmitted UPI and all frames are dropped. The alarm is caused by a provisioning error, such as the port media type not matching the remote port media type. For example, the local port media type could be set to Fibre Channel—1 Gbps ISL or Fibre Channel—2 Gbps ISL and the remote port media type could be set to FICON—1 Gbps ISL or FICON—2 Gbps ISL.
Note For more information about Ethernet cards, refer to the Ethernet Card Software Feature and Configuration Guide for the Cisco ONS 15454, Cisco ONS 15454 SDH, and Cisco ONS 15327.
Clear the GFP-UP-MISMATCH Alarm
Step 1 Ensure that the transmit port and receive port are identically provisioned for distance extension by completing the following steps:
a. Double-click the card to open the card view.
b. Click the Provisioning > Port > Distance Extension tabs.
c. Check the check box in the Enable Distance Extension column.
d. Click Apply.
Step 2 Ensure that both ports are set for the correct media type. For each port, complete the following steps:
a. Double-click the card to open the card view (if you are not already in card view).
b. Click the Provisioning > Port > General tabs.
c. Choose the correct media type (Fibre Channel - 1Gbps ISL, Fibre Channel - 2 Gbps ISL, FICON - 1 Gbps ISL, or FICON - 2 Gbps ISL) from the drop-down list.
d. Click Apply.
Step 3 If the GFP-UP-MISMATCH alarm does not clear, log into the Technical Support Website at http://www.cisco.com/techsupport for more information or call Cisco TAC (1-800-553-2447) to report a Service-Affecting (SA) problem.
2.5.115 HELLO
Default Severity: Minor (MN), Non-Service-Affecting (NSA)
Logical Object: OCN
The Open Shortest Path First (OSPF) Hello alarm is raised when the two end nodes cannot bring an OSPF neighbor up to the full state. Typically, this problem is caused by an area ID mismatch, and/or OSPF HELLO packet loss over the DCC.
Clear the HELLO Alarm
Step 1 Ensure that the area ID is correct on the missing neighbor by completing the following steps:
a. In node view, click the Provisioning > Network > OSPF tabs.
b. Ensure that the IP address in the Area ID column matches the other nodes.
c. If the address does not match, click the incorrect cell and correct it.
d. Click Apply.
Step 2 If the alarm does not clear, log into the Technical Support Website at http://www.cisco.com/techsupport for more information or log into http://www.cisco.com/warp/public/687/Directory/DirTAC.shtml to obtain a directory of toll-free Technical Support numbers for your country.
2.5.116 HIBATVG
Default Severity: Major (MJ), Service-Affecting (SA)
Logical Object: PWR
The High Voltage Battery alarm occurs in a -48 VDC environment when a battery lead input voltage exceeds the high power threshold. This threshold, with a default value of -52 VDC, is user-provisionable. The alarm remains raised until the voltage remains under the threshold for 120 seconds.
Clear the HIBATVG Alarm
Step 1 The problem is external to the ONS system. Troubleshoot the power source supplying the battery leads.
Step 2 If the alarm does not clear, log into the Technical Support Website at http://www.cisco.com/techsupport for more information or call Cisco TAC (1-800-553-2447) in order to report a Service-Affecting (SA) problem.
2.5.117 HI-CCVOLT
Default Severity: Not Alarmed (NA), Non-Service-Affecting (NSA)
Logical Object: BITS
The 64K Composite Clock High NE Voltage alarm occurs when the 64K signal peak voltage exceeds 1.1 VDC.
Clear the HI-CCVOLT Condition
Step 1 Lower the source voltage to the clock.
Step 2 If the condition does not clear, add more cable length or add a 5 dBm attenuator to the cable.
Step 3 If the alarm does not clear, log into the Technical Support Website at http://www.cisco.com/techsupport for more information or call Cisco TAC (1-800-553-2447) in order to report a Service-Affecting (SA) problem.
2.5.118 HI-LASERBIAS
Default Severity: Minor (MN), Non-Service-Affecting (NSA)
Logical Objects: 2R, EQPT, ESCON, FC, GE, ISC, OCN/STMN, PPM, TRUNK
The Equipment High Transmit Laser Bias Current alarm is raised against TXP_MR_10G, TXP_MR_2.5G, TXPP_MR_2.5G, TXP_MR_10E, TXP_MR_10E_C, TXP_MR_10E_L, MXP_2.5G_10G, OC192-XFP, ADM-10G, and OTU2_XP card laser performance. The alarm indicates that the card laser has reached the maximum laser bias tolerance.
Laser bias typically starts at about 30 percent of the manufacturer maximum laser bias specification and increases as the laser ages. If the HI-LASERBIAS alarm threshold is set at 100 percent of the maximum, the laser usability has ended. If the threshold is set at 90 percent of the maximum, the card is still usable for several weeks or months before it needs to be replaced.
Note For general information about MXP and TXP cards, refer to the "Card Reference" chapter in the Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Reference Manual. Specific hardware values are listed in the "Hardware Specifications" appendix of the same manual.
Clear the HI-LASERBIAS Alarm
Step 1 Complete the "Physically Replace a Card" procedure. Replacement is not urgent and can be scheduled during a maintenance window.
Removing an active card can cause a traffic hit. To avoid this, perform an external switch if a switch has not already occurred. See the
"Protection Switching, Lock Initiation, and Clearing" section for commonly used traffic-switching procedures.
Step 2 If the alarm does not clear, log into the Technical Support Website at http://www.cisco.com/techsupport for more information or call Cisco TAC (1-800-553-2447).
2.5.119 HI-LASERTEMP
Default Severity: Minor (MN), Non-Service-Affecting (NSA)
Logical Objects: EQPT, OCN/STMN, PPM
The Equipment High Laser Optical Transceiver Temperature alarm applies to the TXP, MXP, and ADM-10G cards. HI-LASERTEMP occurs when the internally measured transceiver temperature exceeds the card setting by 35.6 degrees F (2 degrees C). A laser temperature change affects the transmitted wavelength.
When the TXP or MXP card raises this alarm, the laser is automatically shut off. The LOS (OCN/STMN) alarm is raised at the far-end node and the "DUP-IPADDR" alarm, page 2-65, is raised at the near end. (For instructions to clear either of these alarms, you can also refer to the "Alarm Troubleshooting" chapter in the Cisco ONS 15454 Troubleshooting Guide or Cisco ONS 15454SDH Troubleshooting Guide.)
Note For information about MXP and TXP cards and PPMs (SFPs), refer to the "Card Reference" chapter in the Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Reference Manual. For information about provisioning them, refer to the "Turn Up a Node" chapter in the Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Procedure Guide.
Clear the HI-LASERTEMP Alarm
Step 1 In node view (single-shelf mode) or shelf view (multishelf mode), double-click the TXP or MXP card to open the card view.
Step 2 Click the Performance > Optics PM > Current Values tabs.
Step 3 Verify the card laser temperature levels. Maximum, minimum, and average laser temperatures are shown in the Current column entries in the Laser Temp rows.
Step 4 Complete the "Reset a Card in CTC" procedure for the MXP or TXP card.
Step 5 If the alarm does not clear, complete the "Physically Replace a Card" procedure for the reporting MXP or TXP card.
Step 6 If the alarm does not clear, log into the Technical Support Website at http://www.cisco.com/techsupport for more information or call Cisco TAC (1-800-553-2447).
2.5.120 HI-RXPOWER
Default Severity: Minor (MN), Non-Service-Affecting (NSA)
Logical Objects: 2R, ESCON, FC, GE, ISC, OCN/STMN, TRUNK, EQPT
The Equipment High Receive Power alarm is an indicator of the optical signal power that is transmitted to the TXP_MR_10G, TXP_MR_2.5G, TXPP_MR_2.5G, TXP_MR_10E, TXP_MR_10E_C, TXP_MR_10E_L, MXP_2.5G_10G, OC192-XFP, GE-XP, 10GE-XP, ADM-10G, or OTU2_XP card. HI-RXPOWER occurs when the measured optical power of the received signal exceeds the threshold. The threshold value is user-provisionable.
Note For general information about MXP and TXP cards and their power levels, refer to the "Card Reference" chapter in the Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Reference Manual. For information about provisioning them, refer to the "Provision Transponder and Muxponder Cards" chapter in the Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Procedure Guide.
Clear the HI-RXPOWER Alarm
Step 1 Check the PM of the TRUNK-RX port. Verify that received power is above the optics threshold:
a. In node view (single-shelf mode) or shelf view (multishelf mode), double-click the card to display the card view.
b. For the TRUNK-RX port, double-click the card and click the Performance > Optics PM > Historical PM tabs, choose the port in the Port drop-down list, and click Refresh.
c. Compare the refreshed PM values with the threshold (ensuring that it is above the threshold value) by clicking the Performance > Optics PM > Current Values tabs.
d. Ensure that a proper threshold has been provisioned for the receive value. (Refer to the "Provision Transponder and Muxponder Cards" chapter in the Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Procedure Guide.) If an incorrect threshold has been set, adjust it to a value within the allowed limits. If instead the alarm condition does not clear, move to next step.
Step 2 Verify that the Trunk-Rx port is cabled correctly, and clean the fiber connecting the faulty TXP/MXP to the Drop port of the DWDM card (32DMX, 32DMX-O, 40DMX, or AD-xC-xx.x). If no site cleaning practices are available, refer to the fiber cleaning procedure in the "Maintain the Node" chapter of the Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Procedure Guide.
Step 3 Determine whether a bulk attenuator is specified by the Cisco TransportPlanner (MP) design. If so, verify that the proper fixed attenuation value has been used.
Step 4 Using a test set, check the optical power value of the Drop port of the DWDM card (32DMX, 32DMX-O, 40DMX, or AD-xC-xx.x) connected to the faulty TXP/MXP. If the read value is different (+1 dBm or -1 dBm) from the ANS setpoint for "Padd&drop-Drop power," move to next step.
Step 5 Look for and troubleshoot any alarm reported by the DWDM cards belonging to the OCHNC circuit destinating at the faulty TXP/MXP. Possible alarms include amplifier Gain alarms (the "GAIN-HDEG" alarm on page 2-89, the "GAIN-HFAIL" alarm on page 2-91, the "GAIN-LDEG" alarm on page 2-91, or "GAIN-LFAIL" alarm on page 2-92); APC alarms ("APC-CORR-SKIPPED" alarm on page 2-29 or "APC-OUT-OF-RANGE" alarm on page 2-31), or LOS-P alarms on the Add or Drop ports involved in the OCHNC circuit.
Step 6 If the alarm does not clear, log into the Technical Support Website at http://www.cisco.com/techsupport for more information or call Cisco TAC (1-800-553-2447).
2.5.121 HITEMP
Default Severity: Critical (CR), Service-Affecting (SA) for NE; Default Severity: Minor (MN), Non-Service-Affecting (NSA) for EQPT
Logical Objects: EQPT, NE
The High Temperature alarm occurs when the temperature of the ONS system is above 122 degrees F (50 degrees C).
Clear the HITEMP Alarm
Step 1 View the temperature displayed on the ONS system LCD front panel. For example, the ONS 15454 front panel is illustrated in Figure 2-2.
Figure 2-2 Shelf LCD Panel
Step 2 Verify that the environmental temperature of the room is not abnormally high.
Step 3 If the room temperature is not abnormal, physically ensure that nothing prevents the fan-tray assembly from passing air through the ONS system shelf.
Step 4 If airflow is not blocked, physically ensure that blank faceplates fill the ONS system shelf empty slots. Blank faceplates help airflow.
Step 5 If faceplates fill the empty slots, determine whether the air filter needs replacement. Refer to the "Inspect, Clean, and Replace the Reusable Air Filter" procedure.
Step 6 If the fan does not run or the alarm persists, complete the "Replace the Fan-Tray Assembly" procedure.
Note The fan should run immediately when correctly inserted.
Step 7 If the replacement fan-tray assembly does not operate correctly, log into the Technical Support Website at http://www.cisco.com/techsupport for more information or call Cisco TAC to report a Service-Affecting (SA) problem (1-800-553-2447) if it applies to the NE, or a Non-Service-Affecting (NSA) problem if it applies to equipment.
2.5.122 HI-TXPOWER
Default Severity: Minor (MN), Non-Service-Affecting (NSA)
Logical Objects: 2R, EQPT, ESCON, FC, GE, ISC, OCN/STMN, PPM, TRUNK
The Equipment High Transmit Power alarm is an indicator on the TXP_MR_E, TXP_MR_10G, TXP_MR_2.5G, TXPP_MR_2.5G, MXP_2.5G_10G, OC192-XFP, ADM-10G, or OTU2_XP card transmitted optical signal power. HI-TXPOWER occurs when the measured optical power of the transmitted signal exceeds the threshold.
Note For general information about MXP and TXP cards and power levels, refer to the "Card Reference" chapter in the Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Reference Manual. For information about provisioning them, refer to the "Provision Transponder and Muxponder Cards" chapter in the Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Procedure Guide.
Clear the HI-TXPOWER Alarm
Step 1 Check the PM of the Trunk-Tx port. Verify that received power is above the optics threshold:
a. In node view (single-shelf mode) or shelf view (multishelf mode), double-click the card to display the card view.
b. For the Trunk-Tx port, double-click the card and click the Performance > Optics PM > Historical PM tabs, choose the port in the Port drop-down list, and click Refresh.
c. Compare the refreshed PM values with the threshold (ensuring that it is above the threshold value) by clicking the Performance > Optics PM > Current Values tabs.
d. Ensure that a proper threshold has been provisioned for the receive value. (Refer to the "Provision Transponder and Muxponder Cards" chapter in the Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Procedure Guide.) If an incorrect threshold has been set, adjust it to a value within the allowed limits. If instead the alarm condition does not clear, move to next step.
Step 2 Physically verify, by using a standard power meter that the optical output power is overcoming the expected power threshold. If so, the card should be replaced at first opportunity
Note The higher power level is not a major issue for the DWDM card (32MUX-O, 40MUX, 32WSS-O, 40WSS-C, or AD-xC-xx.x) connected to the faulty TXP/MXP, because an internal VOA can automatically decrease the optical power to the expected level.
Step 3 Complete the "Physically Replace a Card" procedure.
Step 4 If the alarm does not clear after the replacement, log into the Technical Support Website at http://www.cisco.com/techsupport for more information or call Cisco TAC (1 800 553-2447) in order to report a Service-Affecting (SA) problem. If the alarm does not clear, log into the Technical Support Website at http://www.cisco.com/techsupport for more information or call Cisco TAC (1-800-553-2447).
2.5.123 HLDOVRSYNC
Default Severity: Not Alarmed (NA), Non-Service-Affecting (NSA)
Logical Object: NE-SREF
The Holdover Synchronization Mode condition is caused by loss of the primary and second timing references in the node. Timing reference loss occurs when line coding on the timing input is different from the configuration on the node, and it often occurs during the selection of a new node reference clock. The condition clears when primary or second timing is reestablished. After the 24-hour holdover period expires, timing slips could begin to occur on an ONS system relying on an internal clock.
Clear the HLDOVRSYNC Condition
Step 1 Clear additional alarms that relate to timing, such as:
Step 2 Reestablish a primary and secondary timing source according to local site practice. If none exists, refer to the "Turn Up the Network" chapter in the Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Procedure Guide.
Step 3 If the condition does not clear, log into the Technical Support Website at http://www.cisco.com/techsupport for more information or call Cisco TAC (1-800-553-2447) in order to report a Service-Affecting (SA) problem.
2.5.124 HP-DEG
Default Severity: Not Alarmed (NA), Non-Service-Affecting (NSA)
Logical Object: VMMON-HP, VCTRM-HP
An HP-DEG condition is similar to the "SD (TRUNK)" condition, page 2-200, but it applies to the HP layer of the SDH overhead. A HP-DEG alarm travels on the B3 byte of the SDH overhead.
For path protection protected circuits, the BER threshold is user-provisionable and has a range for HP-DEG from 1E-9 dBm to 1E-5 dBm. For MS-SPRing 1+1 and unprotected circuits, the BER threshold value is not user-provisionable and the error rate is hard-coded to 1E-6 dBm.
On path protection configurations, an HP-DEG condition causes a switch from the working card to the protect card at the path level. On MS-SPRing, 1+1, and on unprotected circuits, an HP-DEG condition does not cause switching.
The BER increase that causes the condition is sometimes caused by a physical fiber problem such as a poor fiber connection, a bend in the fiber that exceeds the permitted bend radius, or a bad fiber splice.
HP-DEG clears when the BER level falls to one-tenth of the threshold level that triggered the alarm.
Clear the HP-DEG Condition
Step 1 Complete the "Clear the SD (TRUNK) Condition" procedure.
Step 2 If the condition does not clear, log into the Technical Support Website at http://www.cisco.com/techsupport for more information or call Cisco TAC (1-800-553-2447).
2.5.125 HP-ENCAP-MISMATCH
Default Severity: Critical (CR), Service-Affecting (SA)
Logical Object: VCTRM-HP
The High-Order Path Encapsulation C2 Byte Mismatch alarm applies to ML-Series Ethernet cards. It occurs when the first three following conditions are met and one of the last two is false:
•The received C2 byte is not 0x00 (unequipped).
•The received C2 byte is not a PDI value.
•The received C2 does not match the expected C2.
•The expected C2 byte is not 0x01 (equipped unspecified).
•The received C2 byte is not 0x01 (equipped unspecified).
(This is in contrast to LP-PLM, which must meet all five criteria.) For an HP-ENCAP-MISMATCH to be raised, there is a mismatch between the received and expected C2 byte, with either the expected byte or received byte value being 0x01.
An example situation that would raise an HP-ENCAP-MISMATCH alarm is if a circuit created between two ML-Series cards has GFP framing provisioned on one end and high-level data link control (HDLC) framing with LEX encapsulation provisioned on the other. The GFP framing card transmits and expects a C2 byte of 0x1B, while the HDLC framing card transmits and expects a C2 byte of 0x01.
A mismatch between the transmit and receive cards on any of the following parameters can cause the alarm:
•Mode (HDLC, GFP-F)
•Encapsulation (LEX, HDLC, PPP)
•CRC size (16 or 32)
•Scrambling state (on or off)
This alarm is demoted by a path label mismatch (PLM) such as LP-PLM.
Note By default, an HP-ENCAP-MISMATCH alarm causes an ML-Series card data link to go down. This behavior can be modified using the command-line interface (CLI) command no pos trigger defect encap.
Note For more information about the ML-Series Ethernet card, refer to the Ethernet Card Software Feature and Configuration Guide for the Cisco ONS 15454, Cisco ONS 15454 SDH, and Cisco ONS 15327.
Clear the HP-ENCAP-MISMATCH Alarm
Step 1 Ensure that the correct framing mode is in use on the receiving card by completing the following steps:
a. In node view, double-click the ML-Series card to display the card view.
b. Click the Provisioning > Card tabs.
c. In the Mode drop-down list, ensure that the correct mode (GFP-F or HDLC) is selected. If it is not, choose it and click Apply.
Step 2 Ensure that the correct framing mode is in use on the transmit card, and that it is identical to the framing mode used on the receiving card by completing the following steps:
a. In node view, double-click the ML-Series card to display the card view.
b. Click the Provisioning > Card tabs.
c. In the Mode drop-down list, ensure that the same mode (GFP-F or HDLC) is selected. If it is not, choose it and click Apply.
Step 3 If the alarm does not clear, use the ML-Series card CLI to ensure that the remaining settings are correctly configured:
•Encapsulation
•CRC size
•Scrambling state
To open the interface, click the card view IOS tab and click Open IOS Connection. Refer to the Ethernet Card Software Feature and Configuration Guide for the Cisco ONS 15454, Cisco ONS 15454 SDH, and Cisco ONS 15327 entries on all three of these topics to obtain the full configuration command sequences.
Step 4 If the alarm does not clear, log into the Cisco Technical Support Website at http://www.cisco.com/techsupport for more information or log into http://www.cisco.com/warp/public/687/Directory/DirTAC.shtml to obtain a directory of toll-free Technical Support numbers for your country.
2.5.126 HP-EXC
Default Severity: Not Alarmed (NA), Non-Service-Affecting (NSA)
Logical Objects: VCMON-HP, VCTRM-HP
An HP-EXC condition is similar to the "SF (TRUNK)" condition, page 2-204, but it applies to the path layer B3 byte of the SONET overhead. It can trigger a protection switch.
The HP-EXC condition clears when the BER level falls to one-tenth of the threshold level that triggered the condition. A BER increase is sometimes caused by a physical fiber problem, including a poor fiber connection, a bend in the fiber that exceeds the permitted bend radius, or a bad fiber splice.
Clear the HP-EXC Condition
Step 1 Complete the "Clear the SF (TRUNK) Condition" procedure.
Step 2 If the condition does not clear, log into the Technical Support Website at http://www.cisco.com/techsupport for more information or call Cisco TAC (1-800-553-2447).
2.5.127 HP-PLM
The HP-PLM condition is not used in this platform in this release. It is reserved for development.
2.5.128 HP-RFI
Default Severity: Not Reported (NR), Non-Service-Affecting (NSA)
Logical Object: VCMON-HP
The High-Order Remote Failure Indication (RFI) condition indicates that there is a remote failure indication in the high-order (VC-4 or VC-3) path, and that the failure has persisted beyond the maximum time allotted for transmission system protection. The HP-RFI is sent as the protection switch is initiated. Resolving the fault in the adjoining node clears the HP-RFI condition in the reporting node.
Clear the HP-RFI Condition
Step 1 Log into the node at the far end of the reporting ONS 15454.
Step 2 Determine whether there are any related alarms, especially the LOS(STM1E, STMN).
Step 3 Clear the main alarm. See the appropriate alarm section in this chapter for procedures.
Step 4 If the condition does not clear, log into the Cisco Technical Support Website at http://www.cisco.com/techsupport for more information or log into http://www.cisco.com/warp/public/687/Directory/DirTAC.shtml to obtain a directory of toll-free Technical Support numbers for your country.
2.5.129 HP-TIM
Default Severities: Critical (CR), Service-Affecting (SA) for VCTRM-HP; Minor (MN), Non-Service-Affecting (NSA) for VCMON-HP
Logical Objects: VCMON-HP, VCTRM-HP
The TIM High-Order TIM Failure alarm indicates that the trace identifier J1 byte of the high-order (VC-4 or VC-3) overhead is faulty. HP-TIM occurs when there is a mismatch between the transmitted and received J1 identifier byte in the SONET path overhead. The error can originate at the transmit end or the receive end.
Clear the HP-TIM Alarm
Step 1 Use an optical test set capable of viewing SONET path overhead to determine the validity of the J1 byte. For specific procedures to use the test set equipment, consult the manufacturer. Examine the signal as near to the reporting card as possible.
•Examine the signal as close as possible to the output card.
Step 2 If the output card signal is valid, complete the "Clear the SYNCPRI Alarm" procedure.
Step 3 If the alarm does not clear, log into the Technical Support Website at http://www.cisco.com/techsupport for more information or log into http://www.cisco.com/warp/public/687/Directory/DirTAC.shtml to obtain a directory of toll-free Technical Support numbers for your country. If the alarm applies to VCTRM-HP, it is a service-affecting problem.
2.5.130 HP-UNEQ
Default Severity: Critical (CR), Service-Affecting (SA)
Logical Object: VCMON-HP, VCTRM-HP
The signal label mismatch fault (SLMF) Unequipped High-Order Path alarm applies to the C2 path signal label byte in the high-order (VC-4) path overhead. HP-UNEQ occurs when no C2 byte is received in the SONET path overhead.
Clear the HP-UNEQ Alarm
Step 1 From the View menu, choose Go to Network View.
Step 2 Right-click the alarm to display the Select Affected Circuits shortcut menu.
Step 3 Click Select Affected Circuits.
Step 4 When the affected circuits appear, look in the Type column for a virtual circuit (VC).
Step 5 If the Type column does not contain a VC, there are no VCs. Go to Step 7.
Step 6 If the Type column does contain a VC, attempt to delete these row(s) by completing the following steps:
Note The node does not allow you to delete a valid VC.
a. Click the VC row to highlight it. Complete the "Delete a Circuit" procedure.
b. If an error message dialog box appears, the VC is valid and not the cause of the alarm.
c. If any other rows contain VT, repeat Steps a through b.
Step 7 If all ONS nodes in the ring appear in the CTC network view, verify that the circuits are all complete by completing the following steps:
a. Click the Circuits tab.
b. Verify that INCOMPLETE is not listed in the Status column of any circuits.
Step 8 If you find circuits listed as incomplete, verify that these circuits are not working circuits that continue to pass traffic, using an appropriate optical test set and site-specific procedures. For specific procedures to use the test set equipment, consult the manufacturer.
Step 9 If the incomplete circuits are not needed or are not passing traffic, delete the incomplete circuits.
Complete the "Delete a Circuit" procedure.
Step 10 Recreate the circuit with the correct circuit size. Refer to the "Create Circuits and Tunnels" chapter in the Cisco ONS 15454 Procedure Guide for circuit procedures.
Step 11 Log back in and verify that all circuits terminating in the reporting card are active by completing the following steps:
a. Click the Circuits tab.
b. Verify that the Status column lists all circuits as active.
Step 12 If the alarm does not clear, clean the far-end optical fiber according to site practice. If no site practice exists, complete the procedure in the "Maintain the Node" chapter in the Cisco ONS 15454 Procedure Guide.
|
Warning Use of controls, adjustments, or performing procedures other than those specified could result in hazardous radiation exposure. Statement 1057
|
Step 13 If the alarm does not clear, complete the "Physically Replace a Card" procedure for the optical and/or electrical cards.
Removing a card that currently carries traffic on one or more ports can cause a traffic hit. To avoid this, perform an external switch if a switch has not already occurred. Refer to the "Maintain the Node" chapter in the
Cisco ONS 15454 Procedure Guide for information.
Note When you replace a card with the identical type of card, you do not need to make any changes to the database.
Step 14 If the alarm does not clear, log into the Cisco Technical Support Website at http://www.cisco.com/techsupport for more information or log into http://www.cisco.com/warp/public/687/Directory/DirTAC.shtml to obtain a directory of toll-free Technical Support numbers for your country in order to report a Service-Affecting (SA) problem.
2.5.131 I-HITEMP
Default Severity: Critical (CR), Service-Affecting (SA)
Logical Object: NE
The Industrial High Temperature alarm occurs when the temperature of the ONS system is above 149 degrees F (65 degrees C) or below -40 degrees F (-40 degrees C). This alarm is similar to the HITEMP alarm but is used for the industrial environment. If this alarm is used, you can customize your alarm profile to ignore the lower-temperature HITEMP alarm.
Clear the I-HITEMP Alarm
Step 1 Complete the "Clear the HITEMP Alarm" procedure.
Step 2 If the alarm does not clear, log into the Technical Support Website at http://www.cisco.com/techsupport for more information or call TAC (1-800-553-2447) in order to report a Service-Affecting (SA) problem.
2.5.132 ILK-FAIL
Default Severity: Major (MJ), Service-Affecting (SA)
Logical Object: TRUNK
The ADM Peer Group Interlink Failure condition is raised on the ADM-10G card. This condition occurs when one of the following SONET/OTN alarms is detected on the interlink ports of the ADM-10G card.
•"LOS (TRUNK)" alarm, page 2-136
•"LOF (TRUNK)" alarm, page 2-126
•"SF (TRUNK)" alarm, page 2-204
Clear the ILK-FAIL Alarm
Step 1 Clear the root-cause service-affecting alarm by using one of the following procedures, as appropriate:
•"Clear the LOS (TRUNK) Alarm" procedure
•"Clear the LOF (TRUNK) Alarm" procedure
•"Clear the SF (TRUNK) Condition" procedure
Step 2 If the alarm does not clear, log into the Technical Support Website at http://www.cisco.com/techsupport for more information or call TAC (1-800-553-2447) in order to report a Service-Affecting (SA) problem.
2.5.133 IMPROPRMVL
Default Severity: Critical (CR), Service-Affecting (SA)
Logical Objects: EQPT, PPM
The Improper Removal (IMPROPRMVL) alarm occurs under the following conditions:
•A card is removed when the card was rebooting. It is recommended that after the card completely reboots, delete the card in CTC and only then remove the card physically. When you delete the card, CTC loses connection with the node view (single-shelf mode) or shelf view (multishelf mode), and goes to network view.
•When a card is deleted from CTC before physically removing the card from its slot. It is recommended that the card be physically removed from its slot before deleting it from CTC.
Note CTC provides the user approximately 15 seconds to physically remove the card before it begins rebooting the card.
It can take up to 30 minutes for software to be updated on a standby TCC2/TCC2P card.
•A card is inserted into a slot but is not fully plugged into the backplane.
•A PPM (SFP) is provisioned but the physical module is not inserted into the port.
•Removal of an SFP from the client ports of a Y-cable protection group card causes an IMPROPRMVL (PPM) alarm.
The working port raises the CR,IMPROPRMVL,SA alarm and the protected port raises the MN,IMPROPRMVL,NSA alarm. The severity on the client ports is changed according to the protection switch state.
For more information about protection schemes, refer to the "Manage the Node" chapter of the Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Procedure Guide.
For more information about provisioning PPMs (SFPs), refer to the "Turn Up a Node" chapter of the Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Procedure Guide. For specific PPM (SFP) values, refer to the "Hardware Specifications" appendix of the Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Reference Manual.
•Electrical issues such as short circuit or failure of DC-DC conversion.
Clear the IMPROPRMVL Alarm
Step 1 In node view (single-shelf mode) or shelf view (multishelf mode), right-click the card reporting the IMPROPRMVL.
Step 2 Choose Delete from the shortcut menu.
Note CTC does not allow you to delete the reporting card if the card is in service, does have circuits mapped to it, is paired in a working protection scheme, has DCC enabled, or is used as a timing reference.
Step 3 If any ports on the card are in service, place them out of service (OOS,MT or Locked,maintenance):
Before placing a port out of service (OOS,MT or Locked,maintenance) or OOS,DSBLD (or Locked,disabled), ensure that no live traffic is present.
a. In node view (single-shelf mode) or shelf view (multishelf mode), double-click the reporting card to open the card view.
b. Click the Provisioning > Line tabs.
c. Click the Admin State column of any in-service (IS or Unlocked) ports.
d. Choose OOS,MT (or Locked,maintenance) to take the ports out of service.
Step 4 If a circuit has been mapped to the card, complete the "Delete a Circuit" procedure.
Before deleting the circuit, ensure that the circuit does not carry live traffic.
Step 5 If the card is paired in a protection scheme, delete the protection group by completing the following steps:
a. Click View > Go to Previous View to return to node view (single-shelf mode) or shelf view (multishelf mode).
b. If you are already in node view (single-shelf mode) or shelf view (multishelf mode), click the Provisioning > Protection tab.
c. Click the protection group of the reporting card.
d. Click Delete.
Step 6 If the card is provisioned for DCC, delete the DCC provisioning by completing the following steps:
a. In node view (single-shelf mode) or multishelf view (multishelf mode), click the ONS system Provisioning > Comm Channels > SDCC (or Provisioning > Comm Channels > MS DCC) tabs.
b. Click the slots and ports listed in DCC terminations.
c. Click Delete and click Yes in the dialog box that appears.
Step 7 If the card is used as a timing reference, change the timing reference by completing the following steps:
a. In node view (single-shelf mode) or shelf view (multishelf mode), click the Provisioning > Timing > General tabs.
b. Under NE Reference, click the drop-down arrow for Ref-1.
c. Change Ref-1 from the listed OC-N/STM-N card to Internal Clock.
d. Click Apply.
Step 8 If the alarm does not clear, log into the Technical Support Website at http://www.cisco.com/techsupport for more information or call Cisco TAC (1-800-553-2447) in order to report a Service-Affecting (SA) problem.
2.5.134 INHSWPR
Default Severity: Not Alarmed (NA), Non-Service-Affecting (NSA)
Logical Object: EQPT
The Inhibit Switch To Protect Request on Equipment condition occurs on traffic cards when the ability to switch to protect has been disabled. If the card is part of a 1:1 or 1+1 protection scheme, traffic remains locked onto the working system. If the card is part of a 1:N protection scheme, traffic can be switched between working cards when the switch to protect is disabled.
Clear the INHSWPR Condition
Step 1 If the condition is raised against a 1+1 port, complete the "Initiate a 1+1 Manual Switch Command" procedure.
Step 2 If it is raised against a 1:1 card, complete the "Initiate a 1:1 Card Switch Command" procedure to switch it back.
Step 3 If the condition does not clear, log into the Cisco Technical Support Website at http://www.cisco.com/techsupport for more information or log into http://www.cisco.com/warp/public/687/Directory/DirTAC.shtml to obtain a directory of toll-free Technical Support numbers for your country.
2.5.135 INHSWWKG
Default Severity: Not Alarmed (NA), Non-Service-Affecting (NSA)
Logical Object: EQPT
The Inhibit Switch To Working Request on Equipment condition occurs on traffic cards when the ability to switch to working has been disabled. If the card is part of a 1:1 or 1+1 protection scheme, traffic remains locked onto the protect system. If the card is part of a 1:N protection scheme, traffic can be switched between protect cards when the switch to working is disabled.
Note For more information about Ethernet cards, refer to the Ethernet Card Software Feature and Configuration Guide for the Cisco ONS 15454, Cisco ONS 15454 SDH, and Cisco ONS 15327.
Clear the INHSWWKG Condition
Step 1 If the condition is raised against a 1+1 port, complete the "Initiate a 1+1 Manual Switch Command" procedure.
Step 2 If it is raised against a 1:1 card, complete the "Initiate a 1:1 Card Switch Command" procedure to switch it back.
Step 3 If the condition does not clear, log into the Cisco Technical Support Website at http://www.cisco.com/techsupport for more information or log into http://www.cisco.com/warp/public/687/Directory/DirTAC.shtml to obtain a directory of toll-free Technical Support numbers for your country.
2.5.136 INCOMPATIBLE-SEND-PDIP
Default Severity: Minor (MN), Non-Service-Affecting (NSA)
Logical Object: SYSTEM
The Incompatible Software alarm is raised when CTC'S send PDI-P provisioning differs from the host node's provisioning.
Clear the INCOMPATIBLE-SEND-PDIP Alarm
Step 1 Reconfigure CTC's send PDI-P alarm capability to align with the host node settings.
Step 2 If the alarm does not clear, log into the Technical Support Website at http://www.cisco.com/techsupport for more information or call TAC (1-800-553-2447).
2.5.137 INCOMPATIBLE-SW
Default Severity: Minor (MN), Non-Service-Affecting (NSA)
Logical Object: SYSTEM
The Incompatible Software alarm is raised when CTC cannot connect to the NE due to differing, incompatible versions of software between CTC and the NE. The alarm is cleared by restarting CTC in order to redownload the CTC JAR files from the NE.
Clear the INCOMPATIBLE-SW Alarm
Step 1 Restart the CTC application.
Step 2 If the alarm does not clear, log into the Technical Support Website at http://www.cisco.com/techsupport for more information or call TAC (1-800-553-2447).
2.5.138 INTRUSION-PSWD
Default Severity: Not Alarmed (NA), Non-Service-Affecting (NSA)
Logical Object: NE
The Security Intrusion Incorrect Password condition occurs after a user attempts a provisionable (by Superuser) number of unsuccessful logins, a login with an expired password, or an invalid password. The alarmed user is locked out of the system, and INTRUSION-PSWD condition is raised. This condition is only shown in Superuser login sessions, not in login sessions for lower-level users. The INTRUSION-PSWD condition is automatically cleared when a provisionable lockout timeout expires, or it can be manually cleared in CTC by the Superuser if the lockout is permanent.
Clear the INTRUSION-PSWD Condition
Step 1 Log in as a user ID with superuser rights. (For more information about this, refer to the "Connect the PC and Log Into the GUI" chapter in the Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Procedure Guide.)
Step 2 In node view (single-shelf mode) or multishelf view (multishelf mode), click the Provisioning > Security > Users tabs.
Step 3 Click Clear Security Intrusion Alarm.
Step 4 If the condition does not clear, log into the Technical Support Website at http://www.cisco.com/techsupport for more information or call Cisco TAC (1-800-553-2447).
2.5.139 INVMACADR
Default Severity: Major (MJ), Non-Service Affecting (NSA)
Logical Object: AIP
The Equipment Failure Invalid MAC Address alarm occurs when the ONS system MAC address is invalid. Each ONS system has a unique, permanently assigned MAC address. The address resides on an AIP EEPROM. The TCC2/TCC2P card reads the address value from the AIP chip during boot-up and keeps this value in its synchronous dynamic RAM (SDRAM).
Under normal circumstances, the read-only MAC address can be viewed in the node view (single-shelf mode) or multishelf view (multishelf mode) Provisioning > Network tab in CTC.
The ONS system uses both IP and MAC addresses for circuit routing. When an INVMACADR alarm exists on a node, you see a PARTIAL circuit in the CTC circuit status column. The circuit works and is able to carry traffic, but CTC cannot logically display the circuit end-to-end information.
An invalid MAC address can be caused when:
•There is a read error from the AIP during boot-up; in this case, the reading TCC2/TCC2P card uses the default MAC address (00-10-cf-ff-ff-ff).
•There is a read error occurring on one of the redundant TCC2/TCC2P cards that read the address from the AIP; these cards read the address independently and could therefore each read different address values.
•An AIP component failure causes a read error.
•The ribbon cable connecting the AIP card to the backplane is bad.
Clear the INVMACADR Alarm
Step 1 Check for any outstanding alarms that were raised against the active and standby TCC2/TCC2P card and resolve them.
Step 2 If the alarm does not clear, determine whether the LCD display on the fan tray (Figure 2-2) is blank or if the text is garbled. If so, proceed to Step 8. If not, continue with Step 3.
Step 3 At the earliest maintenance window, reset the standby TCC2/TCC2P card:
Note The reset requires approximately five minutes. Do not perform any other step until the reset is complete.
a. Log into a node on the network. If you are already logged in, continue with Step b.
b. Identify the active TCC2/TCC2P card.
A green ACT/SBY LED indicates an active card. An amber ACT/SBY LED indicates a standby card.
c. In node view (single-shelf mode) or shelf view (multishelf mode), right-click the standby TCC2/TCC2P card in CTC.
d. Choose Reset Card from the shortcut menu.
e. Click Yes in the Are You Sure dialog box.
The card resets, the FAIL LED blinks on the physical card, and connection to the node is lost. CTC switches to network view.
f. Verify that the reset is complete and error-free, and that no new related alarms appear in CTC. A green ACT/SBY LED indicates an active card. An amber ACT/SBY LED indicates a standby card.
g. Double-click the node and ensure that the reset TCC2/TCC2P card is still in standby mode and that the other TCC2/TCC2P card is active.
A green ACT/SBY LED indicates an active card. An amber ACT/SBY LED indicates a standby card.
h. Ensure that no new alarms associated with this reset appear in the CTC Alarms window.
If the standby TCC2/TCC2P card fails to boot into standby mode and reloads continuously, the AIP is probably defective. In this case, the standby TCC2/TCC2P card is unsuccessfully attempting to read the EEPROM located on the AIP. The TCC2/TCC2P card reloads until it reads the EEPROM. Proceed to Step 8.
Step 4 If the standby TCC2/TCC2P card rebooted successfully into standby mode, complete the "Remove and Reinsert (Reseat) the Standby TCC2/TCC2P Card" procedure.
Resetting the active TCC2/TCC2P card causes the standby TCC2/TCC2P card to become active. The standby TCC2/TCC2P card keeps a copy of the chassis MAC address. If its stored MAC address is valid, the alarm should clear.
Step 5 After the reset, note whether or not the INVMACADR alarm has cleared or is still present.
Step 6 Complete the "Reset an Active TCC2/TCC2P Card and Activate the Standby Card" procedure again to place the standby TCC2/TCC2P card back into active mode.
After the reset, note whether or not the INVMACADR alarm has cleared or is still present. If the INVMACADR alarm remains standing through both TCC2/TCC2P card resets, this indicates that the AIP is probably defective. Proceed to Step 8.
If the INVMACADR was raised during one TCC2/TCC2P card reset and cleared during the other, the TCC2/TCC2P card that was active while the alarm was raised needs to be replaced. Continue with Step 7.
Step 7 If the faulty TCC2/TCC2P card is currently in standby mode, complete the "Physically Replace a Card" procedure for this card. If the faulty TCC2/TCC2P card is currently active, during the next available maintenance window complete the "Reset an Active TCC2/TCC2P Card and Activate the Standby Card" procedure and then complete the "Physically Replace a Card" procedure.
Note If the replacement TCC2/TCC2P card is loaded with a different software version from the current TCC2/TCC2P card, the card boot-up could take up to 30 minutes. During this time, the card LEDs flicker between Fail and Act/Sby as the active TCC2/TCC2P card version software is copied to the new standby card.
Step 8 Open a case with Cisco TAC (1 800 553-2447) for assistance with determining the node's previous MAC address.
Step 9 Replace the ribbon cable between the system board and the AIP with a known-good cable.
Step 10 If the alarm persists, complete the "Replace an Alarm Interface Panel" procedure located in the "Alarm Troubleshooting" chapter of the Cisco ONS 15454 Troubleshooting Guide.
Step 11 If the alarm does not clear, log into the Technical Support Website at http://www.cisco.com/techsupport for more information or call Cisco TAC (1-800-553-2447).
2.5.140 ISIS-ADJ-FAIL
Default Severity: Minor (MN), Non-Service-Affecting (NSA)
Logical Object: OCN
The Open System Interconnection (OSI) Intermediate System to Intermediate-System (IS-IS) Adjacency Failure alarm is raised by an intermediate system (node routing IS Level 1 or Level 1 and 2) when no IS or end system (ES) adjacency is established on a point-to-point subnet. The Intermediate-System Adjacency Failure alarm is not supported by ES. It is also not raised by IS for disabled routers.
The alarm is typically caused by a misconfigured router manual area adjacency (MAA) address. For more information about IS-IS OSI routing and MAA configuration, refer to the "Management Network Connectivity" chapter in the Cisco ONS 15454 SDH Reference Manual. For more information about configuring OSI, refer to the "Turn Up Node" chapter in the Cisco ONS 15454 Procedure Guide for procedures.
Clear the ISIS-ADJ-FAIL Alarm
Step 1 Ensure that both ends of the communication channel are using the correct Layer 2 protocol and settings (LAPD or PPP). To do this, complete the following steps:
a. At the local node, in node view, click the Provisioning > Comm Channels >MSDCC tabs.
b. Click the row of the circuit. Click Edit.
c. In the Edit MSDCC termination dialog box, view and record the following selections: Layer 2 protocol (LAPD or PPP); Mode radio button selection (AITS or UITS); Role radio button selection (Network or User); MTU value; T200 value, and T203 selections.
d. Click Cancel.
e. Log in to the remote node and follow the same steps, also recording the same information for this node.
Step 2 If both nodes do not use the same Layer 2 settings, you will have to delete the incorrect termination and recreate it. To delete it, click the termination and click Delete. To recreate it, refer to the "Turn Up Node" chapter in the Cisco ONS 15454 Procedure Guide for the procedure.
Step 3 If the nodes use PPP Layer 2, complete the "Clear the RS-EOC Alarm" procedure. If the alarm does not clear, go to Step 7.
Step 4 If both nodes use the LAPD Layer 2 protocol but have different Mode settings, change the incorrect node's entry by clicking the correct setting radio button in the Edit MSDCC termination dialog box and clicking OK.
Step 5 If the Layer 2 protocol and Mode settings are correct, ensure that one node is using the Network role and the other has the User role. If not (that is, if both have the same mode settings), correct the incorrect one by clicking the correct radio button in the Edit MSDCC termination dialog box and clicking OK.
Step 6 If the Layer 2, Mode, and Role settings are correct, compare the MTU settings for each node. If one is incorrect, choose the correct value in the Edit MSDCC dialog box and click OK.
Step 7 If all of the preceding settings are correct, ensure that OSI routers are enabled for the communications channels at both ends by completing the following steps:
a. Click Provisioning > OSI > Routers > Setup.
b. View the router entry under the Status column. If the status is Enabled, check the other end.
c. If the Status is Disabled, click the router entry and click Edit.
d. Check the Enabled check box and click OK.
Step 8 If the routers on both ends are enabled and the alarm still has not cleared, ensure that both ends of the communications channel have a common MAA by completing the following steps:
a. Click the Provisioning > OSI > Routers > Setup tabs.
b. Record the primary MAA and secondary MAAs, if configured.
Tip You can record long strings of information such as the MAA address by using the CTC export and print functions. Export it by choosing File > Export > html. Print it by choosing File > Print.
c. Log into the other node and record the primary MAA and secondary MAAs, if configured.
d. Compare this information. There should be at least one common primary or secondary MAA in order to establish an adjacency.
e. If there is no common MAA, one must be added to establish an adjacency. Refer to the "Turn Up Node" chapter of the Cisco ONS 15454 Procedure Guide for procedures to do this.
Step 9 If the condition does not clear, log into the Cisco Technical Support Website at http://www.cisco.com/techsupport for more information or log into http://www.cisco.com/warp/public/687/Directory/DirTAC.shtml to obtain a directory of toll-free Technical Support numbers for your country.
2.5.141 LASER-APR
Default Severity: Not Alarmed (NA), Non-Service-Affecting (NSA)
Logical Object: AOTS
The Laser Automatic Power Reduction (APR) alarm condition is raised by OSC-CSM, OSCM, OPT-BST, OPT-PRE, OPT-AMP-C, and OPT-AMP-17-C cards when the laser is working in power reduction mode. The condition clears as soon as safety conditions are released and the power value reaches the normal setpoint.
|
Warning Invisible laser radiation may be emitted from disconnected fibers or connectors. Do not stare into beams or view directly with optical instruments. Statement 1051.
|
Note Only inactivate the APR function temporarily for installation or maintenance reasons. Activate APR immediately after maintenance or installation.
Note LASER-APR is an informational condition and does not require troubleshooting. For more information about optical amplifier APR, refer to the "Card Reference" chapter in the Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Reference Manual.
2.5.142 LASERBIAS-DEG
Default Severity: Minor (MN), Non-Service-Affecting (NSA)
Logical Objects: AOTS, OTS
The Laser Bias Current Degrade alarm occurs on an amplifier card (OPT-BST, OPT-PRE, OPT-AMP-C, or OPT-AMP-17-C) when laser aging causes a degrade, but not failure, of laser transmission. The card should be replaced at the next opportunity.
Note For general information about optical amplifier cards, refer to the "Card Reference" chapter in the Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Reference Manual. For information about changing their settings, refer to the "Change DWDM Card Settings" chapter in the Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Procedure Guide.
Clear the LASERBIAS-DEG Alarm
Step 1 For the alarmed card, complete the "Physically Replace a Card" procedure at the next opportunity.
Note Before disconnecting any optical amplifier card fiber for troubleshooting, ensure that the optical amplifier card is unplugged.
Step 2 If the alarm does not clear, log into the Technical Support Website at http://www.cisco.com/techsupport for more information or call Cisco TAC (1-800-553-2447).
2.5.143 LASERBIAS-FAIL
Default Severity: Major (MJ), Non-Service-Affecting (NSA)
Logical Object: AOTS
The Laser Bias Current Failure alarm occurs on an amplifier card (OPT-BST, OPT-PRE, OPT-AMP-C, and OPT-AMP-17-C) when the laser control circuit fails or if the laser itself fails service. The card must be replaced to restore traffic.
Note For general information about optical amplifier cards, refer to the "Card Reference" chapter in the Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Reference Manual. For information about changing their settings, refer to the "Change DWDM Card Settings" chapter in the Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Procedure Guide.
Clear the LASERBIAS-FAIL Alarm
Step 1 For the alarmed card, complete the "Physically Replace a Card" procedure.
Note Before disconnecting any optical amplifier card fiber for troubleshooting, ensure that the optical amplifier card is unplugged.
Step 2 If the alarm does not clear, log into the Technical Support Website at http://www.cisco.com/techsupport for more information or call Cisco TAC (1-800-553-2447).
2.5.144 LASEREOL
Default Severity: Minor (MN), Non-Service-Affecting (NSA)
Logical Object: OCN
The Laser Approaching End of Life alarm applies to TXP_MR_10G, TXP_MR_2.5G, TXPP_MR_2.5G, TXP_MR_10E, and MXP_2.5G_10G cards. It is typically accompanied by the "HI-LASERBIAS" alarm on page 2-97. It is an indicator that the laser in the card must be replaced. How soon the replacement must happen depends upon the HI-LASERBIAS alarm's threshold. If the threshold is set under 100 percent, the laser replacement can usually be done during a maintenance window. But if the HI-LASERBIAS threshold is set at 100 percent and is accompanied by data errors, LASEREOL indicates the card must be replaced sooner.
Note For more information about MXP or TXP cards, refer to the Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Reference Manual.
Clear the LASEREOL Alarm
Step 1 Complete the "Physically Replace a Card" procedure.
Step 2 If the alarm does not clear, log into the Technical Support Website at http://www.cisco.com/techsupport for more information or call Cisco TAC (1-800-553-2447).
2.5.145 LASERTEMP-DEG
Default Severity: Minor (MN), Non-Service-Affecting (NSA)
Logical Object: AOTS
The Laser Temperature Degrade alarm occurs when the Peltier control circuit fails on an amplifier card (OPT-BST, OPT-PRE, OPT-AMP-C, and OPT-AMP-17-C). The Peltier control provides cooling for the amplifier. The card should be replaced at the next opportunity.
Note For general information about DWDM cards, refer to the "Card Reference" chapter in the Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Reference Manual. For information about changing their settings, refer to the "Change DWDM Card Settings" chapter in the Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Procedure Guide.
Clear the LASERTEMP-DEG Alarm
Step 1 For the alarmed DWDM card, complete the "Physically Replace a Card" procedure at the next opportunity.
Note Before disconnecting any optical amplifier card fiber for troubleshooting, ensure that the optical amplifier card is unplugged.
Step 2 If the alarm does not clear, log into the Technical Support Website at http://www.cisco.com/techsupport for more information or call Cisco TAC (1-800-553-2447).
2.5.146 LMP-FAIL
Default Severity:Minor (MN), Non-Service-Affecting (NSA)
Logical Object: GE
The Link Management Protocol Fail alarm is raised by the TCC2/TCC2P card when an LMP control channel fails or when there is a traffic engineering (TE) link correlation error. When the alarm is raised against a control channel, it uses a control channel (CTRLx) AID. When the alarm is raised against a TE link, a TE link AID (TLINKx) is used.
The alarm clears when the control channel or TE link is restored.
Note LMP-FAIL occurs independently of the condition hierarchy between LMP-SD, LMP-SF, or LMP-UNALLOC.
Note When the LMP-FAIL alarm is reported against a control channel (CTRLx) AID, it only refers to control channel failure. It does not directly indicate data link or traffic engineering link status.
Note When the LMP-FAIL alarm is reported against a TE link AID (TLINKx), it refers only to TE link status, not to control channel or data link status.
Clear the LMP-FAIL Alarm
Step 1 Verify the AID (CTRLx or TLINKx) of the alarm.
Step 2 If the alarm is against the control channel AID, this is caused by mismatched control channel parameters between the near-end ONS 15454 and the far-end node (which may be another vendor's equipment). Complete the following steps:
a. Determine whether both near-end and far-end sides of the control channel are in the IS or Unlocked administrative state:
•Click the Provisioning > Comm Channels > LMP > Control Channels tabs and view the Admin State column content for the channel.
•If the status does not say IS or Unlocked, change it and click Apply.
b. Determine whether the near-end node LMP configuration contains the far-end node's IP address as its remote node IP. Also verify that the near-end node's LMP configuration uses the LMP node ID as its own remote node ID. If one or more of these values is incorrect, enter it correctly.
c. Determine whether the far-end node LMP configuration contains the near-end node's IP address as its remote node IP. Also verify that the far-end node's LMP configuration uses the LMP node ID as its own remote node ID. If one or more of these values is incorrect, enter it correctly.
d. Verify that the far-end node is using the near-end node's IP address as its remote node IP address, and that the far end is also using the LMP node ID as its remote node ID. Update the far end's values if they are incorrect.
Step 3 If instead the alarm is raised against the TE link AID, complete the following steps:
a. Determine whether both near-end and far-end sides of the TE link are in the IS or Unlocked administrative state. If either end is currently down, update its administrative state to IS or Unlocked:
•Click the Provisioning > Comm Channels > LMP > TE links tab.
•If the status does not say IS or Unlocked, change it and click Apply.
b. Determine whether the near-end node's remote TE link ID matches the far-end node's local TE link ID. If the near-end node's remote value is incorrect, enter it correctly.
c. Determine whether the far-end node's remote TE link ID corresponds to the near-end node's local TE link ID. If the far-end node's remote value is incorrect, enter it correctly.
Step 4 If the alarm does not clear, log into the Technical Support Website at http://www.cisco.com/techsupport for more information or call Cisco TAC (1-800-553-2447).
2.5.147 LMP-SD
Default Severity:Not Alarmed (NA), Non-Service-Affecting (NSA)
Logical Object: GE
The LMP Data Link Signal Degrade condition occurs for when the TCC2/TCC2P receives an LMP link summary or channel status message that the control channel is not available from the far end, so the data link level of service is not guaranteed. The degrade range is provisionable.
LMP-SD clears when the TCC2/TCC2P receives a link summary or channel status message reporting that the data link is in the Signal Okay (OK) state.
LMP-SD is part of an alarm hierarchy that includes LMP-SF, and LMP-UNALLOC. The hierarchy is as follows: If LMP-UNALLOC is raised, LMP-SF and LMP-SD are suppressed. If LMP-SF is raised, it suppresses LMP-SD. LMP-SF and LMP-UNALLOC both suppress near-end LOS-type alarms for DWDM clients. LMP-SD, however, does not suppress LOS alarms.
This condition clears when the far-end trouble has been cleared.
Clear the LMP-SD Condition
Step 1 Look for and clear any of the following alarms in Table 2-9 and Table 2-10 occurring on the far-end port.
|
|
|
|
|---|---|---|
SD |
SD |
Tx |
OTUK-SD |
SD |
Tx |
ODUK-SD-PM |
SD |
Tx |
ODUK-SD-TCM1 |
SD |
Tx |
ODUK-SD-TCM2 |
SD |
Tx |
|
|
|
|
|---|---|---|
SD |
SD |
Rx |
Step 2 If the LMP-SD condition does not clear, log into the Technical Support Website at http://www.cisco.com/techsupport for more information or call Cisco TAC (1-800-553-2447).
2.5.148 LMP-SF
Default Severity:Not Alarmed (NA), Non-Service-Affecting (NSA)
Logical Object: GE
The LMP Data Link Signal Fail condition notifies the near-end user of a far-end problem (and thus is NSA for the near end). The near-end's TCC2/TCC2P receives an LMP link summary or channel status message that the data link service has failed. The signal fail threshold provisionable.
LMP-SF clears when the TCC2/TCC2P receives a link summary or channel status message reporting that the data link is in the Signal Okay (OK) state.
LMP-SF is part of an alarm hierarchy that includes LMP-SD, and LMP-UNALLOC. The hierarchy is as follows: If LMP-UNALLOC is raised, LMP-SF and LMP-SD are suppressed. If LMP-SF is raised, it suppresses LMP-SD. LMP-SF and LMP-UNALLOC both suppress near-end LOS-type alarms for DWDM clients, but LMP-SD does not suppress LOS-type alarms.
This condition clears when the far-end trouble has been cleared.
Clear the LMP-SF Condition
Step 1 Look for and clear any of the following alarms in Table 2-11, Table 2-12, or Table 2-13 occurring on the far-end port.
|
|
|
|
|---|---|---|
EQPT |
SF |
Tx |
IMPROPRMVL |
SF |
Tx |
|
|
|
|
|---|---|---|
LOS |
SF |
Rx |
SIGLOSS |
SF |
Rx |
SYNCLOSS |
SF |
Rx |
CARLOSS |
SF |
Rx |
LOF |
SF |
Rx |
Step 2 If the condition does not clear, log into the Technical Support Website at http://www.cisco.com/techsupport for more information or call Cisco TAC (1-800-553-2447).
2.5.149 LMP-UNALLOC
Default Severity:Not Alarmed (NA), Non-Service-Affecting (NSA)
Logical Object: GE
The LMP Data Link Unallocated condition is raised when the TCC2/TCC2P receives an LMP link summary or channel status message reporting that the data link as unallocated for data traffic. The condition clears when the data link is allocated and sends an LMP link summary or channel status message to this effect. If a data link has the LMP-UNALLOC alarm raised against it, this should suppress all other alarms on the client port, since the far-end node is not using the errored port. (Consequently you do not have to clear any alarms on the far-end node's unused port.)
LMP-UNALLOC is part of an alarm hierarchy that includes LMP-SD, and LMP-SF. The hierarchy is as follows: If LMP-UNALLOC is raised, LMP-SF and LMP-SD are suppressed. If LMP-SF is raised, it suppresses LMP-SD. LMP-SF and LMP-UNALLOC both suppress near-end LOS-type DWDM client alarms, but LMP-SD does not.
In most cases, this condition is an informational notice at the near-end node that the far-end port is not being utilized. If, however, the far-end port should be allocated for traffic, log into the Technical Support Website at http://www.cisco.com/techsupport for more information or call Cisco TAC (1-800-553-2447).
2.5.150 LOCKOUT-REQ
Default Severity: Not Alarmed (NA), Non-Service-Affecting (NSA)
Logical Objects: 2R, EQPT, ESCON, FC, GE, ISC, OTS, TRUNK
The Lockout Switch Request on Facility or Equipment condition occurs when a user initiates a lockout switch request for an OC-N port in a 1+1 facility protection group. This can be accomplished by locking traffic onto the working port with the LOCK ON command (thus locking it off the protect port), or locking it off the protect port with the LOCK OUT command. In either case, the protect port will show "Lockout of Protection," and the Conditions window will show the LOCKOUT-REQ condition.
A lockout prevents protection switching. Clearing the lockout again allows protection switching and clears the LOCKOUT-REQ condition.
Clear the LOCKOUT-REQ Condition
Step 1 Complete the "Clear a Lock-On or Lockout Command" procedure.
Step 2 If the condition does not clear, log into the Cisco Technical Support Website at http://www.cisco.com/techsupport for more information or log into http://www.cisco.com/warp/public/687/Directory/DirTAC.shtml to obtain a directory of toll-free Technical Support numbers for your country.
2.5.151 LOCKOUT-REQ (2R, EQPT, ESCON, FC, GE, ISC)
Default Severity: Not Alarmed (NA), Non-Service-Affecting (NSA)
Logical Objects: 2R, EQPT, ESCON, FC, GE, ISC
The Lockout Switch Request on Facility or Equipment condition occurs in a Y-cable MXP or TXP client protection group for the above-listed clients when a user initiates a lockout switch request. The condition is raised when you lock traffic onto the working port with the Lock On command (thus locking it off the protect port), or you lock it off the protect port with the Lock Out command. In either case, the protect port will show "Lockout of Protection," and the Conditions window will show the LOCKOUT-REQ condition.
A lockout prevents protection switching. Clearing the lockout again allows protection switching and clears the LOCKOUT-REQ condition.
Clear the LOCKOUT-REQ (2R, EQPT, ESCON, FC, GE, ISC) Condition
Step 1 Complete the "Clear a Lock-On or Lockout Command" procedure.
Step 2 If the condition does not clear, log into the Technical Support Website at http://www.cisco.com/techsupport for more information or call Cisco TAC (1-800-553-2447).
2.5.152 LOCKOUT-REQ (TRUNK)
Default Severity: Not Alarmed (NA), Non-Service-Affecting (NSA)
Logical Object: TRUNK
The Lockout Switch Request on Facility or Equipment condition occurs in an MXP or TXP trunk port splitter protection group when you lock traffic onto the working port with the Lock On command (thus locking it off the protect port), or lock it off the protect port with the Lock Out command. In either case, the protect port will show "Lockout of Protection," and the Conditions window will show the LOCKOUT-REQ condition.
A lockout prevents protection switching. Clearing the lockout again allows protection switching and clears the LOCKOUT-REQ condition.
Clear the LOCKOUT-REQ (TRUNK) Condition
Step 1 Complete the "Clear a Lock-On or Lockout Command" procedure.
Step 2 If the condition does not clear, log into the Technical Support Website at http://www.cisco.com/techsupport for more information or call Cisco TAC (1-800-553-2447).
2.5.153 LOF (BITS)
Default Severity: Minor (MN), Non-Service-Affecting (NSA)
Logical Object: BITS
The Loss of Frame (LOF) BITS alarm occurs when a port on theTCC2/TCC2P card BITS input detects an LOF on the incoming BITS timing reference signal. LOF indicates that the receiving ONS system has lost frame delineation in the incoming data.
Note The procedure assumes that the BITS timing reference signal is functioning properly. It also assumes the alarm is not appearing during node turn-up.
Clear the LOF (BITS) Alarm
Step 1 Verify that the line framing and line coding match between the BITS input and the TCC2/TCC2P card:
a. In node or card view, note the slot and port reporting the alarm.
b. Find the coding and framing formats of the external BITS timing source. The formats should be in the user documentation for the external BITS timing source or on the timing source itself.
c. In node view (single-shelf mode) or shelf view (multishelf mode), click the Provisioning > Timing > BITS Facilities tabs.
d. Verify that the Coding setting matches the coding of the BITS timing source, either B8ZS or AMI.
e. If the coding does not match, click Coding and choose the appropriate coding from the drop-down list.
f. Verify that Framing matches the framing of the BITS timing source, either ESF or SF (D4).
g. If the framing does not match, click Framing and choose the appropriate framing from the drop-down list.
Note On the timing subtab, the B8ZS coding field is normally paired with ESF in the Framing field and the AMI coding field is normally paired with SF (D4) in the Framing field.
Step 2 If the alarm does not clear when the line framing and line coding match between the BITS input and the TCC2/TCC2P card, complete the "Physically Replace a Card" procedure for the TCC2/TCC2P card.
Step 3 If the alarm does not clear, log into the Technical Support Website at http://www.cisco.com/techsupport for more information or call Cisco TAC (1-800-553-2447) in order to report a Service-Affecting (SA) problem.
2.5.154 LOF (TRUNK)
Default Severity: Critical (CR), Service-Affecting (SA)
Logical Object: TRUNK, OCN
The Loss of Frame for the DWDM trunk applies to the trunk optical or electrical signal that is carried to TXP_MR_10G, TXP_MR_2.5G, TXPP_MR_2.5G, TXP_MR_10E, TXP_MR_10E_C, TXP_MR_10E_L, MXP_2.5G_10G, ADM-10G and OTU2_XP cards. It indicates that the receiving ONS system has lost frame delineation in the incoming data from trunk that serves the cards. LOF occurs when the SONET overhead loses a valid framing pattern for 3 milliseconds. Receiving two consecutive valid A1/A2 framing patterns clears the alarm.
Note In R7.01, when an LOF alarm occurs on TXP or MXP trunks, G709/SONET/SDH TCAs are suppressed. For details, see the "Alarm and TCA Monitoring and Management" chapter in the Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Reference Manual.
Clear the LOF (TRUNK) Alarm
Step 1 Using site practices, verify fiber continuity to the port. Refer to the "Network Reference" chapter of the Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Reference Manual for a procedure to detect a fiber cut.
Step 2 If the cabling is good, verify that the correct port is in service by completing the following steps:
a. Confirm that the LED is correctly illuminated on the physical card. A green ACT/SBY LED indicates an active card. An amber ACT/SBY LED indicates a standby card.
b. To determine whether the port is in service, in node view (single-shelf mode) or shelf view (multishelf mode), double-click the card in CTC to open the card view.
c. Click the Provisioning > Line tabs.
d. Verify that the Admin State column lists the port as IS (or Unlocked).
e. If the Admin State column lists the port as OOS,MT (or Locked,maintenance) or OOS,DSBLD (or Locked,disabled), click the column and choose IS , or Unlocked.
f. Click Apply.
Step 3 If the correct port is in service, clean the fiber according to site practice. If no site practice exists, complete the fiber cleaning procedure in the "Maintain the Node" chapter of the Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Procedure Guide.
Step 4 If the alarm does not clear, verify that the power level of the optical signal is within the TXP or MXP card receiver specifications. (These specifications are listed in the "Hardware Specifications" appendix of the Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Reference Manual.)
Step 5 If the optical power level is within specifications, use an optical test set to verify that a valid signal exists on the line. For specific procedures to use the test set equipment, consult the manufacturer. Test the line as close to the receiving card as possible.
Step 6 If a valid signal exists, replace the connector on the backplane.
Step 7 Repeat Steps 1 to 6 for any other port on the card reporting the LOF.
Step 8 If the alarm does not clear, look for and troubleshoot any other alarm that could identify the source of the problem.
Step 9 If no other alarms exist that could be the source of the LOF, or if clearing an alarm did not clear the LOF, complete the "Physically Replace a Card" procedure for the reporting card.
Step 10 If the alarm does not clear, or if you need assistance conducting network troubleshooting tests, call Cisco TAC (1-800-553-2447) to report a Service-Affecting (SA) problem.
2.5.155 LOGBUFR90
Default Severity: Minor (MN), Non-Service-Affecting (NSA)
Logical Object: SYSTEM
The Log Buffer Over 90 alarm indicates that the per-NE queue of incoming alarm, event, or update capacity of 5000 entries is over 90 percent full. LOGBUFR90 will clear if CTC recovers. If it does not clear, LOGBUFROVFL occurs.
Note LOGBUFR90 is an informational alarm and does not require troubleshooting.
2.5.156 LOGBUFROVFL
Default Severity: Minor (MN), Non-Service-Affecting (NSA)
Logical Object: SYSTEM
The Log Buffer Overflow alarm indicates that the CTC per-NE queue of incoming alarm, event, or updates, which has a capacity of 5,000 entries, has overflowed. This happens only very rarely. However if it does, you must restart the CTC session. It is likely that some updates will have been missed if this alarm occurs.
Clear the LOGBUFROVFL Alarm
Step 1 Restart the CTC session.s
Step 2 If the alarm does not clear, log into the Technical Support Website at http://www.cisco.com/techsupport for more information or call TAC (1-800-553-2447).
2.5.157 LO-LASERBIAS
Default Severity: Minor (MN), Non-Service-Affecting (NSA)
Logical Objects: EQPT, OCN/STMN, PPM
The Equipment Low Transmit Laser Bias Current alarm is raised against the TXP and MXP card laser performance. The alarm indicates that the card laser has reached the minimum laser bias tolerance.
If the LO-LASERBIAS alarm threshold is set at 0 percent (the default), the laser's usability has ended. If the threshold is set at 5 percent to 10 percent, the card is still usable for several weeks or months before you need to replace it.
Note For general information about MXP and TXP cards, refer to the "Card Reference" chapter in the Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Reference Manual. For information about provisioning them, refer to the "Provision Transponder and Muxponder Cards" chapter in the Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Procedure Guide.
Clear the LO-LASERBIAS Alarm
Step 1 Complete the "Physically Replace a Card" procedure.
Step 2 If the alarm does not clear, log into the Technical Support Website at http://www.cisco.com/techsupport for more information or call Cisco TAC (1-800-553-2447).
2.5.158 LO-LASERTEMP
Default Severity: Minor (MN), Non-Service-Affecting (NSA)
Logical Objects: EQPT, OCN/STMN, PPM
The Equipment Low Laser Optical Transceiver Temperature alarm applies to the TXP and MXP cards. LO-LASERTEMP occurs when the internally measured transceiver temperature falls below the card setting by35.6 degrees F or 2 degrees C. A laser temperature change affects the transmitted wavelength. (This temperature is equivalent to about 200 picometers of wavelength.)
When the TXP or MXP card raises this alarm, the laser is automatically shut off. The An LOS for OCN/STMN is raised at the far-end node and the "DUP-IPADDR" alarm on page 2-65 is raised at the near end. (Both of these alarms are described in the "Alarm Troubleshooting" chapter of the Cisco ONS 15454 Troubleshooting Guide or the Cisco ONS 15454SDH Troubleshooting Guide). To verify the card laser temperature level, double-click the card in node view (single-shelf mode) or shelf view (multishelf mode) and click the Performance > Optics PM > Current Values tabs. Maximum, minimum, and average laser temperatures are shown in the Current column entries in the Laser Temp rows.
Note For general information about MXP and TXP cards, refer to the "Card Reference" chapter in the Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Reference Manual. For information about provisioning them, refer to the "Provision Transponder and Muxponder Cards" chapter in the Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Procedure Guide.
Clear the LO-LASERTEMP Alarm
Step 1 In node view (single-shelf mode) or shelf view (multishelf mode), complete the "Reset a Card in CTC" procedure for the reporting MXP or TXP card.
Step 2 If the alarm does not clear, complete the "Physically Replace a Card" procedure for the reporting MXP or TXP card.
Step 3 If the alarm does not clear, log into the Technical Support Website at http://www.cisco.com/techsupport for more information or call Cisco TAC (1-800-553-2447).
2.5.159 LOM
Default Severity: Critical (CR), Service-Affecting (SA)
Logical Object: TRUNK, EQPT
The Optical Transport Unit (OTU) Loss of Multiframe alarm is an OTN alarm for the trunk port and occurs when the Multi Frame Alignment Signal (MFAS) is corrupted. The alarm applies to MXP_2.5G_10G, TXP_MR_10G, TXP_MR_2.5G, TXP_MR_10E, TXP_MR_10E_C, TXP_MR_10E_L, TXPP_MR_2.5G, ADM-10G, and OTU2_XP cards when the MFAS) overhead field is errored for more than five frames and persists for more than 3 milliseconds.
Note For general information about MXP and TXP cards, refer to the "Card Reference" chapter in the Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Reference Manual. For information about provisioning them, refer to the "Provision Transponder and Muxponder Cards" chapter in the Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Procedure Guide.
Clear the LOM Alarm
Step 1 Ensure that the fiber connector for the card is completely plugged in. For more information about fiber connections and card insertion, refer to the "Turn Up a Node" chapter in the Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Procedure Guide.
Step 2 If the bit error rate (BER) threshold is correct and at the expected level, use an optical test set to measure the power level of the line to ensure it is within guidelines. For specific procedures to use the test set equipment, consult the manufacturer.
Step 3 If the optical power level is good, verify that optical receive levels are within the acceptable range. Ranges for ONS 15454 DWDM cards are located in the "Hardware Specifications" appendix of the Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Reference Manual.
Step 4 If receive levels are good, clean the fibers at both ends according to site practice. If no site practice exists, complete the fiber cleaning procedure in the "Maintain the Node" chapter in the Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Procedure Guide.
Step 5 If the condition does not clear, verify that single-mode fiber is used.
Step 6 If the fiber is of the correct type, verify that a single-mode laser is used at the far-end node.
Step 7 Clean the fiber connectors at both ends for a signal degrade according to site practice.
Step 8 Verify that a single-mode laser is used at the far end.
Step 9 If the problem does not clear, the transmitter at the other end of the optical line could be failing and require replacement. Refer to the "Physical Card Reseating, Resetting, and Replacement" section.
Step 10 If the alarm does not clear, log into the Technical Support Website at http://www.cisco.com/techsupport for more information or call Cisco TAC (1-800-553-2447) in order to report a Service-Affecting (SA) problem.
2.5.160 LOP-P
Default Severity: Critical (CR), Service-Affecting (SA)
Logical Object: STSMON, STSTRM
A Loss of Pointer Path alarm indicates that the SONET path pointer in the overhead has been lost. LOP occurs when valid H1/H2 pointer bytes are missing from the overhead. Receiving equipment monitors the H1/H2 pointer bytes to locate the SONET payload. An LOP-P alarm occurs when eight, nine, or ten consecutive frames do not have valid pointer values. The alarm clears when three consecutive valid pointers are received.
The LOP-P alarm can occur when the received payload does not match the provisioned payload. The alarm is caused by a circuit type mismatch on the concatenation facility. For example, if an STS-1 is sent across a circuit provisioned for STS-3c, an LOP-P alarm occurs.
For the FC_MR-4 card, an LOP-P is raised if a port is configured for a SONET signal but receives an SONET signal instead. (This information is contained in the H1 byte bits 5 and 6.)
Clear the LOP-P Alarm
Always use the supplied electrostatic discharge wristband when working with a powered ONS 15454. Plug the wristband cable into the ESD jack located on the lower-right edge of the shelf assembly.
Step 1 In node view, click the Circuits tab and view the alarmed circuit.
Step 2 Verify the circuit size listed in the Size column. If the size is different from what is expected, such as an STS3c instead of an STS1, this causes the alarm.
Step 3 If you have been monitoring the circuit with optical test equipment, a mismatch between the provisioned circuit size and the size expected by the test set can cause this alarm. For specific procedures to use the test set equipment, consult the manufacturer. Ensure that the test set monitoring is set up for the same size as the circuit provisioning.
Refer to the manufacturer's instructions for test-set use.
Step 4 If the error is not due to an incorrectly configured test set, the error is in the provisioned CTC circuit size. Complete the "Delete a Circuit" procedure.
Step 5 Recreate the circuit for the correct size. For procedures, refer to the "Create Circuits and VT Tunnels" chapter in the Cisco ONS 15454 Procedure Guide.
Step 6 If the alarm does not clear, log into the Technical Support Website at http://www.cisco.com/techsupport for more information or call Cisco TAC (1-800-553-2447) in order to report a Service-Affecting (SA) problem.
2.5.161 LO-RXPOWER
Default Severity: Minor (MN), Non-Service-Affecting (NSA)
Logical Objects: 2R, ESCON, FC, GE, ISC, OCN/STMN, TRUNK
The Equipment Low Receive Power alarm is an indicator for TXP_MR_10G, TXP_MR_2.5G, TXPP_MR_2.5G, TXP_MR_10E, TXP_MR_10E_C, TXP_MR_10E_L, MXP_2.5G_10G, OC192-XFP, ADM-10G, and OTU2_XP card received optical signal power. LO-RXPOWER occurs when the measured optical power of the received signal falls below the threshold value, which is user-provisionable.
Note For general information about MXP and TXP cards and their necessary levels, refer to the "Card Reference" chapter and the "Hardware Specifications" appendix in the Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Reference Manual.
Clear the LO-RXPOWER Alarm
Step 1 Check the PM of the TRUNK-RX port. Verify that received power is above the optics threshold:
a. In node view (single-shelf mode) or shelf view (multishelf mode), double-click the card to display the card view.
b. For the TRUNK-RX port, double-click the card and click the Performance > Optics PM > Historical PM tabs, choose the port in the Port drop-down list, and click Refresh.
c. Compare the refreshed PM values with the threshold (ensuring that they are above the threshold value) by clicking the Performance > Optics PM > Current Values tabs.
d. Ensure that a proper threshold has been provisioned for the receive value. (Refer to the "Provision Transponder and Muxponder Cards" chapter in the Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Procedure Guide.) If an incorrect threshold has been set, adjust it to a value within the allowed limits. If instead the alarm condition does not clear, move to next step.
Step 2 Verify that the Trunk-Rx port is cabled correctly, and clean the fiber connecting the faulty TXP/MXP to the Drop port of the DWDM card (32DMX, 32DMX-O, 40DMX, or AD-xC-xx.x). If no site cleaning practices are available, refer to the "Maintain the Node" chapter of the Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Procedure Guide.
Step 3 Determine whether a bulk attenuator is specified by the Cisco TransportPlanner design. If so, verify that the proper fixed attenuation value has been used.
Step 4 Using a test set, check the optical power value of the Drop port of the DWDM card (32DMX, 32DMX-O, 40DMX, or AD-xC-xx.x) connected to the faulty TXP/MXP. If the read value is different (+1 dBm or -1 dBm) from the ANS setpoint for "Padd&drop-Drop power," move to next step. If not, complete the "Physically Replace a Card" section.
Step 5 Look for any alarm reported by the DWDM cards belonging to the OCHNC circuit whose destination is the faulty TXP/MXP and first troubleshoot that alarm. Possible alarm related include: amplifier Gain alarms (the "GAIN-HDEG" alarm on page 2-89, the "GAIN-HFAIL" alarm on page 2-91, the "GAIN-LDEG" alarm on page 2-91, or "GAIN-LFAIL" alarm on page 2-92); APC alarms (the "APC-CORR-SKIPPED" alarm on page 2-29 or "APC-OUT-OF-RANGE" alarm on page 2-31), and LOS-P alarms on the Add or Drop ports belonging to the OCHNC circuit.
Step 6 If the alarm does not clear, log into the Technical Support Website at http://www.cisco.com/techsupport for more information or call Cisco TAC (1-800-553-2447).
2.5.162 LOS (2R)
Default Severity: Critical (CR), Service-Affecting (SA)
Logical Object: 2R
The Loss of Signal for a 2R client applies to TXP_MR_10G, TXP_MR_2.5G, TXPP_MR_2.5G, TXP_MR_10E, TXP_MR_10E_C, TXP_MR_10E_L, and MXP_2.5G_10G cards. The alarm is raised when the card port is not receiving input. An AIS is sent upstream.
Always use the supplied electrostatic discharge wristband when working with a powered ONS system. Plug the wristband cable into the ESD jack located on the lower-right edge of the shelf assembly. To verify cable continuity, follow site practices.
Note For general information about MXP and TXP cards, refer to the "Card Reference" chapter in the Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Reference Manual.
Clear the LOS (2R) Alarm
Step 1 Ensure that the signal entering the Client-Rx port is provisioned with the correct physical-layer protocol.
Step 2 Ensure that the signal feeding the Client-Rx port is provisioned with the correct line speed.
Step 3 Check the PM of the Client-Rx port.
Step 4 Verify that received power is above the optics threshold.
Step 5 Ensure that a proper threshold has been provisioned. (Refer to the "Provision Transponder and Muxponder Cards" chapter in the Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Procedure Guide. Refer to the SFP/XFP plug-in specifications located in the "Hardware Specifications" appendix of the Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Reference Manual.) If an incorrect threshold has been set, adjust it to a value within the allowed limits.
Step 6 Verify the proper cabling and clean the fibers according with the site practice. Cabling procedures are located in the "Turn Up a Node" chapter of the Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Procedure Guide, and a fiber-cleaning procedure is located in the "Maintain the Node" chapter of the same guide.
Step 7 Verify using an optical test set that a valid signal exists on the line and feeds the Client-Rx port. (For specific procedures to use the test set equipment, consult the manufacturer.) Test the line as close to the receiving card as possible. If the alarm condition does not clear, move to next step.
Step 8 Complete the "Install an SFP or XFP Connector" procedure or the "Physically Replace a Card" procedure as appropriate for your purposes.
Step 9 If the alarm does not clear, log into the Technical Support Website at http://www.cisco.com/techsupport for more information or call Cisco TAC (1-800-553-2447) to report a Service-Affecting (SA) problem.
2.5.163 LOS (BITS)
Default Severity: Minor (MN), Non-Service-Affecting (NSA)
Logical Object: BITS
The LOS (BITS) alarm indicates that the TCC2/TCC2P card has an LOS from the BITS timing source. LOS for BITS means the BITS clock or the connection to it failed.
Clear the LOS (BITS) Alarm
Always use the supplied electrostatic discharge wristband when working with a powered ONS system. Plug the wristband cable into the ESD jack located on the lower-right edge of the shelf assembly.
Step 1 Verify the wiring connection from the BITS clock pin fields on the ONS system backplane to the timing source.
Step 2 If wiring is good, verify that the BITS clock is operating properly.
Step 3 If the alarm does not clear, log into the Technical Support Website at http://www.cisco.com/techsupport for more information or call Cisco TAC (1-800-553-2447) in order to report a Service-Affecting (SA) problem.
2.5.164 LOS (ESCON)
Default Severity: Critical (CR), Service-Affecting (SA)
Logical Object: ESCON
The ESCON LOS alarm occurs on the TXP_MR_2.5G or TXPP_MR_2.5G card when there is a loss of signal for this payload, usually due to a physical error such as incorrect cabling connections, faulty cabling, or a break. It can also be caused by an incorrectly configured SFP.
Clear the LOS (ESCON) Alarm
Step 1 Check for any upstream equipment failures that could cause the ESCON LOS alarm in this node.
Step 2 If there is no cause upstream, verify cabling continuity from the transmitting port to the receiving port reporting this LOS. To verify cable continuity, follow site practices.
Always use the supplied electrostatic discharge wristband when working with a powered ONS system. Plug the wristband cable into the ESD jack located on the lower-right edge of the shelf assembly.
Step 3 If the continuity is good, clean the fiber according to site practice. If none exists, complete the fiber-cleaning procedure in the "Maintain the Node" chapter in the Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Procedure Guide.
Step 4 Ensure that the PPM (SFP) is correctly configured for this payload:
a. In node view (single-shelf mode) or shelf view (multishelf mode), double-click the card to open the card view.
b. Click the Provisioning > Pluggable Port Modules tabs.
c. Check the Pluggable Port Modules area for the PPM (SFP) associated with the port.
d. In the Pluggable Ports area, ensure that the rate for the errored PPM (SFP) is ESCON.
Note For information about provisioning PPMs (SFPs), refer to the "Turn Up a Node" chapter in the Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Procedure Guide. PPM (SFP) specifications are listed in the "Hardware Specifications" appendix of the Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Reference Manual.
Step 5 If the physical cabling and PPM (SFP) are good but the alarm does not clear, verify that the correct port is actually in service:
a. Confirm that the LED is correctly lit on the physical TXP card.
A green ACT/SBY LED indicates an active card. An amber ACT/SBY LED indicates a standby card.
b. To determine whether the port is in service, double-click the card in CTC to open the card view.
c. Click the Provisioning > Line tabs.
d. Verify that the Admin State column lists the port as IS (or Unlocked).
e. If the Admin State column lists the port as OOS,MT (or Locked,maintenance) or OOS,DSBLD (or Locked,disabled), click the column and choose IS , or Unlocked. Click Apply.
Step 6 If the correct port is in service but the alarm has not cleared, use an optical test set to confirm that a valid signal exists on the line. For specific procedures to use the test set equipment, consult the manufacturer. Test the line as close to the receiving card as possible.
Step 7 If the signal is valid, ensure that the transmit and receive outputs from the patch panel to your equipment are properly connected. For more information about fiber connections and terminations, refer to the "Turn Up a Node" chapter in the Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Procedure Guide.
Step 8 If a valid signal exists but the alarm does not clear, replace the cable connector on the ONS system.
Step 9 Repeat Steps 2 through 6 for any other port on the card that reports the LOS (ESCON).
Step 10 If the alarm does not clear, the cabling could still be faulty despite correct attachments. Use the test set to locate the bad cable and replace it using the procedures in the "Manage the Node" chapter in the Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Procedure Guide.
Step 11 If the alarm does not clear, look for any card-level alarm that could cause this port alarm.
Step 12 If the alarm does not clear, complete the "Physically Replace a Card" procedure for the reporting card.
Step 13 If the alarm does not clear, log into the Technical Support Website at http://www.cisco.com/techsupport for more information or call Cisco TAC (1-800-553-2447) in order to report a Service-Affecting (SA) problem.
2.5.165 LOS (ISC)
Default Severity: Critical (CR), Service-Affecting (SA)
Logical Object: ISC
The LOS alarm for the ISC port applies to TXPP_MR_2.5G or TXP_MR_2.5G client PPMs (SFPs) provisioned at the ISC port rate. Troubleshooting is similar to the LOS (2R) alarm.
Note For general information about MXP and TXP cards, refer to the "Card Reference" chapter in the Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Reference Manual. For information about provisioning them, refer to the "Provision Transponder and Muxponder Cards" chapter in the Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Procedure Guide.
Clear the LOS (ISC) Alarm
Always use the supplied electrostatic discharge wristband when working with a powered ONS system. Plug the wristband cable into the ESD jack located on the lower-right edge of the shelf assembly.
Step 1 Complete the "Clear the LOS (2R) Alarm" procedure.
Step 2 If the alarm does not clear, log into the Technical Support Website at http://www.cisco.com/techsupport for more information or call Cisco TAC (1-800-553-2447) in order to report a Service-Affecting (SA) problem.
2.5.166 LOS (OTS)
Default Severity: Critical (CR), Service-Affecting (SA)
Logical Object: OTS
The Loss of Signal for the OTS applies to the OSC-3-RX port of the OPT-BST or OPT-AMP-x-C amplifier cards and the LINE-2-RX port of the OSCM or OSC-CSM card. It indicates that a fiber cut has occurred and no power is being received from the span. The alarm is raised when both LOS-P and LOS-O alarms occur, and demotes them.
Clear the LOS (OTS) Alarm
Step 1 To troubleshoot this alarm, see the "Fiber Cut Detection" section.
Step 2 If the alarm does not clear, log into the Technical Support Website at http://www.cisco.com/techsupport for more information or call Cisco TAC (1-800-553-2447) in order to report a Service-Affecting (SA) problem.
2.5.167 LOS (TRUNK)
Default Severity: Critical (CR), Service-Affecting (SA)
Logical Object: TRUNK
The Loss of Signal (LOS) for a TRUNK applies to GE-XP, 10GE-XP, TXP_MR_10G, TXP_MR_2.5G, TXPP_MR_2.5G, TXP_MR_10E, TXP_MR_10E_C, TXP_MR_10E_L, MXP_2.5G_10G, ADM-10G, and OTU2_XP cards.
Note The MXP_2.5G_10E card has no LOS (TRUNK) option, because G.709 cannot be disabled on the card.
The alarm is raised when the card port is not receiving input. An AIS is sent upstream.
The purpose of the LOS (TRUNK) alarm is to alert the user that no optical power is being received from the fiber. A typical fault condition signalled by the LOS (TRUNK) alarm is a fiber cut. In this case, neither the payload nor the overhead signals are being received.
Note With G.709 off, the alarm coming from the trunk is LOS (TRUNK) in accordance with SONET standards.
Note In R7.01, when an LOS (TRUNK) alarm occurs on TXP and MXP trunks, G709/SONET/SDH TCAs are suppressed. For details, see the "Alarm and TCA Monitoring and Management" chapter in the Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Reference Manual.
Note For general information about MXP and TXP cards, refer to the "Card Reference" chapter in the Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Reference Manual. For information about provisioning them, refer to the "Provision Transponder and Muxponder Cards" chapter in the Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Procedure Guide
Clear the LOS (TRUNK) Alarm
Step 1 Check the PMs of the TRUNK-RX port and verify that the received power is above the optics threshold.
Step 2 Check that a proper threshold has been provisioned. (For procedures, refer to the "Provision Transponder and Muxponder Cards" chapter in the Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Procedure Guide.) If an incorrect threshold has been set, adjust it to a value within the allowed limits. If the alarm condition does not clear, move to next step.
Step 3 Verify the cabling of the Trunk-Rx port and clean the fiber connecting the faulty TXP/MXP to the Drop port of the DWDM card (32DMX, 32DMX-O, 40DMX, or AD-xC-xx.x). For fiber cleaning procedures, refer to the "Maintain the Node" chapter of the Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Procedure Guide.
Step 4 Using an optical test set, verify that a valid signal exists on the line and feeds the TRUNK-RX port.(For specific procedures to use the test set equipment, consult the manufacturer.) Test the line as close to the receiving card as possible. If the alarm condition does not clear, move to next step.
Step 5 Verify whether a bulk attenuator is specified in the Cisco TransportPlanner design. If so, verify that the proper fixed attenuation value has been used.
Step 6 Check the Drop port optical power value of the DWDM card (32DMX, 32DMX-O, 40DMX, or AD-xC-xx.x) connected to the faulty TXP/MXP. If the read value is different (+1 dBm or -1 dBm) compared to the ANS setpoint "Padd&drop-Drop power," move to next step. If not, complete the "Physically Replace a Card" procedure.
Step 7 If the alarm does not clear after the replacement, log into the Technical Support Website at http://www.cisco.com/techsupport for more information or call Cisco TAC (1 800 553-2447) in order to report a Service-Affecting (SA) problem.
Step 8 Look for and troubleshoot any alarms reported by the DWDM cards belonging to the OCHNC circuit whose destination is the faulty TXP/MXP. Possible alarms include: amplifier gain alarms (the "GAIN-HDEG" alarm on page 2-89, the "GAIN-HFAIL" alarm on page 2-91, the "GAIN-LDEG" alarm on page 2-91 or "GAIN-LFAIL" alarm on page 2-92); APC alarms (the "APC-CORR-SKIPPED" alarm on page 2-29 and "APC-OUT-OF-RANGE" alarm on page 2-31), OR LOS-P alarms on the Add or Drop ports belonging to the OCHNC circuit.
Step 9 If the alarm does not clear, log into the Technical Support Website at http://www.cisco.com/techsupport for more information or call Cisco TAC (1 800 553-2447) in order to report a Service-Affecting (SA) problem.
2.5.168 LOS-O
Default Severity: Minor (MN), Non-Service-Affecting (NSA)
Logical Objects: OCH, OMS, OTS
The Incoming Overhead Loss of Signal alarm applies to the OSC-TX port of OPT-BST or OPT-AMP-x-C cards (LINE-1-RX), the OSC-RX internal optical port of OSC-CSM card (LINE-3-RX Port 3). It is raised when the monitored input power crosses the FAIL-LOW threshold associated to the OSC Power received. The is alarm is demoted if another LOS alarm is also present.
Clear the LOS-O Alarm
Step 1 Verify fiber continuity to the port by following site practices. Refer to the "Network Reference" chapter of the Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Reference Manual for a procedure to detect a fiber cut.
Step 2 If the cabling is good, confirm that the LED is correctly illuminated on the physical card. A green ACT/SBY LED indicates an active card. A red ACT/SBY LED indicates a failed card.
Step 3 Display the optical thresholds by clicking one of the following tabs:
•For the OPT-BST or OPT-AMP-x-C cards, click the Provisioning > Opt. Ampli. Line > Optics Thresholds tabs and click the Alarm checkbox in the Type panel.
•For the OSC-CSM cards, click the Provisioning > Optical Line > Optics Thresholds tabs.
Step 4 Verify that OSC Fail Low thresholds are correct according with Cisco TransportPlanner configuration file. To identify the MP value:
a. In node view (single-shelf mode) or shelf view (multishelf mode), click the Provisioning > WDM-ANS > Provisioning tabs.
b. Identify the following parameter: east or west side Rx channel OSC LOS threshold.
Step 5 If the port power is below the threshold, verify that OSC connections have been created on the other side of the span. If the connections are not present, refer to the "Provision Channels and Circuits" chapter of the Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Procedure Guide for procedures.
Step 6 If OSC connections are present, check the OSC transmitted power using CTC on the far-end node. Refer to the "TurnUp Node" chapter of the Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Procedure Guide for the proper procedure.
Step 7 If the transmitted OSC value is out of range, troubleshoot that problem first.
Step 8 If the OSC value is within range, come back to the port reporting the LOS-O alarm and clean the fiber according to site practice. If no site practice exists, complete the fiber-cleaning procedure in the "Maintain the Node" chapter of the Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Procedure Guide.
Step 9 If the alarm does not clear, look for and troubleshoot any other alarm that could identify the source of the problem.
Step 10 If no other alarms exist that could be the source of the LOS-O, place all of the card ports in OOS,DSBLD (or Locked,disabled) administrative state.
Step 11 Complete the "Physically Replace a Card" procedure for the reporting card.
Step 12 If the alarm does not clear, log into the Technical Support Website at http://www.cisco.com/techsupport for more information or call Cisco TAC (1-800-553-2447).
2.5.169 LOS-P (AOTS, OMS, OTS)
Default Severity: Critical (CR), Service-Affecting (SA)
Logical Objects: AOTS, OMS, OTS
The Loss of Signal for Optical Channel alarm (OMS and OTS layer) applies to all input ports of the following DWDM cards: AD-1B-xx.x, AD-4B-xx.x, 32DMX, 32DMX-O, 40DMX-C, 40DMX-CE, OPT-PRE, OPT-BST, OPT-AMP-C, OPT-AMP-17-C, and OSC-CSM.
For AD-1C-xx.x, AD-2C-xx.x, AD-4C-xx.x, 32MUX-O, 32WSS, 40WSS-C, and WXC cards, this alarm applies only to the input ports where an aggregate signal is managed, such as the COM-RX, EXP-RX, or xxBAND-RX ports). These ports are solely used for the AOTS, OMS, and OTS layers.
LOS-P (AOTS, OMS, or OTS) indicates a loss of receive signal, which means that the monitored input power value has crossed the Power Failure Low Threshold associated to the port.
Note When the LOS-P alarm is raised on the LINE-RX port of the OPT-BST, OPT-AMP-x-C, or OSC-CSM card, it can indicate a fiber cut. Refer to the "Network Reference" chapter of the Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Reference Manual for a fiber cut detection procedure.
Note When the LOS-P alarm is raised on the COM-RX port of the 32DMX-C, 32DMX-L, 40DMX-C, 40-DMX-CE, or WXC cards, it can indicate the presence of undesirable counter-propagating light entering the card from the drop ports. The counter-propagating light can be inserted into these cards as a result of incorrect cabling of transponder or line cards to the fiber patch-panel (in particular, swapping RX with TX patchcords). This behavior is only applicable to optical modules with vendor IDs 2049, 2050, 2304, and 2306. You can view the vendor IDs at CTC > Card View > Inventory tab.
Clear the LOS-P (AOTS, OMS, OTS) Alarm
Step 1 Verify that the card has the correct physical behavior by checking the LED on the physical card. A green ACT/SBY LED indicates an active card, and a red ACT/SBY LED indicates a failed card. If the LED is red, complete the "Physically Replace a Card" procedure and continue to Step 8.
Note When you replace a card with an identical type of card, you do not need to make any changes to the database other than restoring the card's port to the IS,AINS or Unlocked,automaticInService administrative state.
Step 2 Verify that there truly is a loss of input signal by completing the following steps:
a. In node view (single-shelf mode) or shelf view (multishelf mode), double-click the card to open the card view.
b. Verify the proper input power values by clicking one of the following tabs as appropriate:
•For the OPT-BST, OPT-AMP-C, and OPT-AMP-17-C cards, click the Provisioning > Optical Line > Parameters tabs.
•For the OPT-PRE, OPT-AMP-C, and OPT-AMP-17-C cards, click the Provisioning > Optical Line > Parameters tabs.
•For the AD-xC-xx.x card, click the Provisioning > Optical Line > Parameters tabs.
•For the AD-xB-xx.x card, click the Provisioning > Optical Band > Parameters tabs.
•For the 32MUX-O and 40MUX cards, click the Provisioning > Optical Line > Parameters tabs.
•For the 32WSS and 40WSS-C cards, click the Provisioning > Optical Line > Parameters tabs.
•For the 32DMX-O card, click the Provisioning > Optical Line > Parameters tabs.
•For the 32DMX and 40DMX cards, click the Provisioning > Optical Line > Parameters tabs.
•For the OSC-CSM card, click the Provisioning > Optical Line > Parameters tabs.
c. Display the proper Power Failure Low threshold by clicking one of the following tabs as appropriate:
•For the OPT-BST, OPT-AMP-C, and OPT-AMP-17-C cards, click the Provisioning > Optical Line > Optics Thresholds tabs.
•For the OPT-BST, OPT-AMP-C, and OPT-AMP-17-C cards, click the Provisioning > Optical Line > Optics Thresholds tabs.
•For the AD-xC-xx.x card, click the Provisioning > Optical Line > Optics Thresholds tabs.
•For the AD-xB-xx.x card, click the Provisioning > Optical Band > Optics Thresholds tabs.
•For the AD-xB-xx.x card, click the Provisioning > Optical Line > Optics Thresholds tabs.
•For the 32MUX-O and 40MUX cards, click the Provisioning > Optical Line > Optics Thresholds tabs.
•For the 32WSS and 40WSS-C cards, click the Provisioning > Optical Line > Optics Thresholds tabs.
•For the 32DMX-O card, click the Provisioning > Optical Line > Optics Thresholds tabs.
•For the 32DMX and 40DMX, click the Provisioning > Optical Line > Optics Thresholds tabs.
•For the OSC-CSM card, click the Provisioning > Optical Line > Optics Thresholds tabs.
Tip To view the alarm thresholds (as opposed to the warning thresholds), check the Alarm check box on the bottom-left of the Optics Thresholds tab and click Reset.
d. Compare the actual Power value with the Alarm Threshold value and complete one of the following actions:
•If the Power value is less than the Fail Low threshold, go to Step 3.
•If the Power value is greater than the Fail Low threshold plus the alarm hysteresis (allowance value) default of 1 dBm, complete the "Reset a Card in CTC" procedure for the card.
If the alarm does not clear, complete the "Physically Replace a Card" procedure and continue to Step 8.
Note When you replace a card with an identical type of card, you do not need to make any changes to the database other than restoring the card's port to the IS,AINS or Unlocked,automaticInService administrative state.
Step 3 Verify the fiber continuity to the port by following site practices. Refer to the "Network Reference" chapter of the Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Reference Manual for a procedure to detect a fiber cut.
Step 4 Check the "Internal Connections" file generated by Cisco Transport Planner for the node where the errored card is located. If necessary, recable the node cabling in accordance with the MP file connections list. To cable a DWDM node, refer to the "Turn Up a Node" chapter in the Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Procedure Guide.
Step 5 If the cabling is good, use an optical test set to measure the power value on the output port connected to the alarmed card. For specific procedures to use the test set equipment, consult the manufacturer. If the power difference reported is greater than 1 dBm (standard fiber jumper insertion loss is 0.3 dBm), clean the fiber according to site practice. If no site practice exists, complete the fiber-cleaning procedure in the "Maintain the Node" chapter of the Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Procedure Guide.
Note Unplugging the fiber can cause a traffic hit. To avoid this, perform a traffic switch if possible. Refer to the "Manage the Node" chapter in the Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Procedure Guide for detailed information.
Step 6 If the port on which the alarm is raised is connected to a remote CRS-1 or ASR 9000 series router, verify that the wavelength configured on the router interface is the same as that configured for the port. Check the router configuration by using these steps:
a. Enter the following command on the router to validate the remote node configuration.
Router> show controllers dwdm interface id x/x/x/x
b. Check the information displayed under Optics Status to verify the configured wavelength.
c. If the wavelength is different from that configured for the port, reset it by entering the following command on the router in global configuration mode.
Router (config)# controller dwdm interface id x/x/x/x wavelength channel number
Note The wavelength configured for the port can be checked in CTC card view.
Step 7 If the alarm does not clear, follow the general troubleshooting rules in the "Network Reference" chapter in the Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Reference Manual for identifying any other upstream alarm in the logical signal flow that could be the root cause of the outstanding alarm.
Step 8 If the alarm does not clear, log into the Technical Support Website at http://www.cisco.com/techsupport for more information or call Cisco TAC (1-800-553-2447) in order to report a service-affecting problem.
2.5.170 LOS-P (OCH)
Default Severity: Critical (CR), Service-Affecting (SA)
Logical Object: OCH
The Loss of Signal for Optical Channel alarm on the OCH layer applies to the channel Add or pass-through ports on the AD-1C-xx.x, AD-2C-xx.x, AD-4C-xx.x, 32MUX-O, 40MUX, 32WSS-O, 40WSS-C, GE-XP, 10GE-XP, and ADM-10G DWDM cards.
For the 32WSS-O and 40WSS-C, the LOS-P alarm can be associated with Add ports as well as pass-through internal ports. If the LOS-P (OCH) alarm is raised against this kind of port a different troubleshooting procedure is needed because the port does not have an optical power source directly connected to it. In this case, follow the general troubleshooting rules for network-level (inter-node) troubleshooting in Chapter 1 "General Troubleshooting," to identify upstream alarms in the logical signal flow that could cause an LOS-P.
LOS-P (OCH) indicates a loss of received signal, which means the monitored input power value has crossed the Power Failure Low threshold associated with the port in accordance with the specific VOA power reference setpoint provisioned on VOA along the path.
Note For more information about provisioning VOA setpoints, refer to the "Network Reference" chapters of the Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Reference Manual.
Clear the LOS-P (OCH) Alarm
Step 1 Verify that the card is exhibiting correct behavior by checking the LED behavior on the physical card. A green ACT/SBY LED indicates an active card, and a red ACT/SBY LED indicates a failed card. If the LED is red, complete the "Physically Replace a Card" procedure and continue to Step 9.
Note When you replace a card with an identical type of card, you do not need to make any changes to the database other than restoring the card's port to the IS,AINS or Unlocked,automaticInService administrative state.
Step 2 Verify that there truly is a loss of received signal by completing the following steps:
a. In node view (single-shelf mode) or shelf view (multishelf mode), double-click the card to open the card view.
b. View the proper input power values by clicking one of the following tabs as appropriate:
•For the AD-xC-xx.x card, click the Provisioning > Optical Chn > Parameters tabs.
•For the ADM-10G card, click Performance > Optics PM > Current Values tabs.
•For the 32MUX-O and 40MUX cards, click the Provisioning > Optical Chn > Parameters tabs.
•For the 32WSS-O and 40WSS-C cards, click the Provisioning > Optical Chn: Optical Connector x > Parameters tabs.
c. Display the proper Power Failure Low threshold by clicking one of the following tabs as appropriate:
•For the AD-xC-xx.x card, click the Provisioning > Optical Chn > Optics Thresholds tabs.
•For the ADM-10G card, click Provisioning > Optics Thresholds tabs.
•For the 32MUX-O and 40MUX cards, click the Provisioning > Optical Chn > Optics Thresholds tabs.
•For the 32WSS-O and 40WSS-C cards, click the Provisioning > Optical Chn: Optical Connector x > Optics Thresholds tabs.
Tip To view the alarm thresholds (as opposed to the warning thresholds), check the Alarm check box on the bottom-left of the Optics Thresholds tab and click Reset.
d. Compare the actual assigned Power value with the Alarm Threshold value and complete one of the following actions:
•If the Power value is less than the Fail Low threshold, go to Step 3.
•If the Power value is greater than the Fail Low threshold plus the alarm hysteresis (or allowance value) default of 1 dBm, complete the "Reset a Card in CTC" procedure for the card.
If the alarm does not clear, complete the "Physically Replace a Card" procedure and continue to Step 9.
Note When you replace a card with an identical type of card, you do not need to make any changes to the database other than restoring the card's port to the IS,AINS or Unlocked,automaticInService administrative state.
Step 3 Verify the fiber continuity to the port using site practices. Refer to the "Network Reference" chapter of the Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Reference Manual for a procedure to detect a fiber cut.
Step 4 Check the "Internal Connections" file generated by Cisco TransportPlanner for the node where the card is located. If necessary, recable the node in accordance with the MP file connections list. For procedures to cable a DWDM node, refer to the "Turn Up a Node" chapter of the Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Procedure Guide.
Step 5 If the cabling is good, verify that each involved optical signal source, including TXP, MXP or ITU-T line card trunk transmit ports, is in the IS (or Unlocked) administrative state. To do this, click the following tabs as appropriate:
•For the ADM-10G card, click the Provisioning > Line > Ports tabs.
•For the TXP_MR_10G card, click the Provisioning > Line > SONET (or Provisioning > Line > SDH) tabs.
•For the TXP_MR_10E card, click the Provisioning > Line > SONET (or Provisioning > Line > SDH) tabs.
•For the TXP_MR_2.5G card, click the Provisioning > Line > SONET (or Provisioning > Line > SDH) tabs.
•For the TXPP_MR_2.5G card, click the Provisioning > Line > SONET (or Provisioning > Line > SDH) tabs.
•For the MXP_MR_2.5G card, click the Provisioning > Line > SONET (or Provisioning > Line > SDH) tabs.
•For the MXPP_MR_2.5G card, click the Provisioning > Line > SONET (or Provisioning > Line > SDH) tabs.
•For the MXP_2.5G_10E card, click the Provisioning > Line > Trunk tabs.
•For the MXP_2.5G_10G card, click the Provisioning > Line > SONET (or Provisioning > Line > SDH) tabs.
If the port administrative state is not IS (or Unlocked), choose IS , or Unlocked, from the Admin state drop-down list. If the alarm does not clear, continue with Step 9.
Note If the LOS-P (OCH) alarm applies to a 32WSS-O passthrough port, it means that a single optical source is not directly connected to the port. In this case, follow the general troubleshooting rules given in "Network Level (Internode) Troubleshooting" to identify any other alarm upstream to the logical signal flow that could be the root cause for the outstanding alarm.
Step 6 If the signal source is in IS (or Unlocked) administrative state, use an optical test set to verify that the transmit laser is active. For specific procedures to use the test set equipment, consult the manufacturer.
Step 7 If the laser is active, compare the card's provisioned transmit optical power value with the expected range in the "Provision Transponder and Muxponder Cards" chapter of the Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Procedure Guide. To display the provisioned transmit optical power values, click the following tabs as appropriate:
•For the ADM-10G card, click Performance > Optics PM > Current Values tabs.
•For the TXP_MR_10G card, click the Performance > Optics PM > Current Values > Trunk Port tabs.
•For the TXP_MR_10E card, click the Performance > Optics PM > Current Values > Trunk Port tabs.
•For the MXP_2.5G_10E card, click the Performance > Optics PM > Current Values > Trunk Port tabs.
•For the MXP_2.5G_10G card, click the Performance > Optics PM > Current Values > Trunk Port tabs.
Step 8 Use a standard power meter to measure actual transmit optical power for the following cards as applicable:
•GE-XP
•10GE-XP
•ADM-10G
•TXP_MR_2.5G
•TXPP_MR_2.5G
•MXP_MR_2.5G
•MXPP_MR_2.5G
•Every ITU-T line card
If the tested optical transmit optical power is within the expected range, go to Step 9. If the actual power value is outside the specification range, complete the "Physically Replace a Card" procedure. (These are listed in the "Hardware Specifications" appendix of the Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Reference Manual.) When the newly installed card becomes active, verify that the LOS-P (OCH) alarm clears. If it does not, continue with Step 9.
Tip If a spare card is unavailable and the transmit power still functions, you can temporarily clear the LOS-P alarm by following the general procedure to add path VOAs during startup failure as noted in the "Perform Node Acceptance Tests" chapter of the Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Procedure Guide. For more information about provisioning VOA setpoints, refer to the "Network Reference" chapter of the Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Reference Manual.
Step 9 If the power is within the expected range, return to the port that reported LOS-P and clean the alarmed port's fiber according to site practice. If no site practice exists, complete the procedure in the "Maintain the Node" chapter of the Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Procedure Guide.
Note Unplugging the fiber can cause a traffic hit. To avoid this, perform a traffic switch if possible. Refer to the "Protection Switching, Lock Initiation, and Clearing" section for basic instructions, or refer to the "Manage the Node" chapter in the Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Procedure Guide for more detailed information.
Step 10 If the alarm does not clear, add path VOAs during startup failure as noted in the "Perform Node Acceptance Tests" chapter of the Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Procedure Guide to remedy the problem.
Step 11 If the alarm does not clear, log into the Technical Support Website at http://www.cisco.com/techsupport for more information or call Cisco TAC (1-800-553-2447) in order to report a service-affecting problem.
2.5.171 LOS-P (TRUNK)
Default Severity: Critical (CR), Service-Affecting (SA)
Logical Object: TRUNK
The Loss of Signal Payload (LOS-P) alarm for the trunk layer indicates that the incoming payload signal is absent at the input trunk port. There still may be optical power on the fiber, but the payload data is missing. This alarm applies to the following cards: TXP_MR_10G, TXP_MR_10E, MXP_2.5G_10G, TXP_MR_2.5G, TXPP_MR_2.5G, MXP_MR_2.5G, MXPP_MR_2.5G, GE-XP, 10GE-XP, ADM-10G, OTU2_XP and every ITU-T line card.
Note The MXP_2.5G_10E has no LOS-P (TRUNK) option, because ITU-T G.709 encapsulation on the card cannot be disabled.
Note With ITU-T G.709 encapsulation on, the alarm coming from the trunk is LOS-P (TRUNK) in accordance with the OTN standards.
Note In R7.01, when an LOS-P (TRUNK) alarm occurs on TXP and MXP trunks, G709/SONET/SDH TCAs are suppressed. For details, see "Alarm and TCA Monitoring and Management" chapter in the Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Reference Manual.
Clear the LOS-P (TRUNK) Alarm
Step 1 Verify that the card behaves correctly by checking the LED behavior on the physical card. A green ACT/SBY LED indicates an active card, and a red ACT/SBY LED indicates a failed card. If the LED is red, complete the "Physically Replace a Card" procedure and continue to Step 8.
Note When you replace a card with an identical type of card, you do not need to make any changes to the database other than restoring the card's port to the IS,AINS or Unlocked,automaticInService administrative state.
Step 2 Verify that there truly is a loss of received optical power by completing the following steps:
a. In node view (single-shelf mode) or shelf view (multishelf mode), double-click the alarmed card to open the card view.
b. Click the Performance > Optics PM > Current Values > Trunk Port tabs and view the RX Optical Pwr value.
c. Compare the actual power levels with the expected power range given in the "Hardware Specifications" appendix of the Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Reference Manual. Complete one of the following actions:
•If power is higher than -40 dBm (that is, -20 dBm, -1 dBm, 0 dBm or 10 dBm) and within the accepted range go to Step 4.
•or if the power is lower than -40 dBm (that is, -40 dBm, -45 dBm or -50 dBm) complete the "Reset a Card in CTC" procedure for the card.
Step 3 If the alarm does not clear, complete the "Physically Replace a Card" procedure for the reporting card and then go to Step 9.
Note When you replace a card with an identical type of card, you do not need to make any changes to the database other than restoring the card's port to the IS,AINS or Unlocked,automaticInService administrative state.
Step 4 Verify the fiber continuity to the port by following site practices. Refer to the "Network Reference" chapter of the Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Reference Manual for a procedure to detect a fiber cut.
Step 5 Check the "Internal Connections" file generated by Cisco TransportPlanner for the node containing the alarmed card. If necessary, recable the node in accordance with the MP file connections list. For procedures to cable a DWDM node, refer to the "Turn Up a Node" chapter of the Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Procedure Guide.
Step 6 If the cabling is good, use a test set to verify the power value on the DWDM CH_DROP-TX port on the AD-xC-xx.x, 32DMX-O, 32DMX, or 40DMX. For specific procedures to use the test set equipment, consult the manufacturer.
Step 7 If the power difference reported is greater than 1 dBm (standard fiber jumper insertion loss is 0.3 dBm), clean the fiber according to site practice. If no site practice exists, complete the procedure in the "Maintain the Node" chapter of the Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Procedure Guide.
Note Unplugging the fiber can cause a traffic hit. To avoid this, perform a traffic switch if possible. Refer to the "Protection Switching, Lock Initiation, and Clearing" section for basic instructions, or to the "Manage the Node" chapter in the Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Procedure Guide for more detailed information.
Step 8 If the alarm does not clear, follow the general troubleshooting rules stated in the "Network Reference" chapter of the Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Reference Manual to identify upstream alarms in the logical signal flow that could cause an LOS-P.
Step 9 If the alarm does not clear, log into the Technical Support Website at http://www.cisco.com/techsupport for more information or call Cisco TAC (1-800-553-2447) in order to report a service-affecting problem.
2.5.172 LOS-RAMAN (OTS)
Default Severity: Critical (CR), Service-Affecting (SA)
SONET Logical Objects: OTS
The Loss of Raman signal alarm indicates that the Raman signal has not received by the RX RAMAN port on the OPT-RAMP-C card.
Clear the LOS-RAMAN Condition
Step 1 Verify that the fiber cable is properly connected and attached to the correct port. For more information about fiber connections and terminations, refer to the "Install Cards and Fiber-Optic Cables" chapter in the Cisco ONS 15454 Procedure Guide.
Always use the supplied electrostatic discharge wristband when working with a powered ONS 15454. Plug the wristband cable into the ESD jack located lower-right edge of the shelf assembly.
Step 2 Consult site records to determine whether the port raising the alarm has been assigned.
Step 3 If the port is assigned, verify that the correct port is in service by completing the following steps:
a. To confirm this physically, confirm that the card shows a green LED on the physical card.
A green LED indicates an active card. An amber LED indicates a standby card.
b. To determine this virtually, double-click the card in CTC to display the card view and complete the following substeps:
•Click the Provisioning > Line tabs.
•Verify that the Admin State column lists the port as IS or Unlocked.
c. If the Admin State column lists the port as OOS,MT or Locked,maintenance or Locked,disabled, click the column and choose IS or Unlocked.
Note If a port in the OOS or Unlocked administrative state does not receive a signal, the LOS alarm is raised and the port service state transitions to Locked-disabled, automaticInService & failed.
d. Click Apply.
Step 4 Use a test set to confirm that a valid signal exists on the line. Test the line as close to the receiving card as possible. For specific procedures to use the test set equipment, consult the manufacturer.
Step 5 If a valid signal is not present and the transmitting device is operational, replace the cable connecting the transmitting device to the port. To do this, refer to the "Install Hardware" chapter in the Cisco ONS 15454 Procedure Guide.
Step 6 Repeat Steps 1 to 5 for any other port on the card that reports the LOS-RAMAN condition.
Step 7 If no other alarms are present that could be the source of the LOS-RAMAN condition, or if clearing an alarm did not clear the LOS-RAMAN condition, complete the "Physically Replace a Card" procedure for the reporting card.
Note When you replace a card with the identical type of card, you do not need to make any changes to the database.
Step 8 If the alarm does not clear, log into the Cisco Technical Support Website at http://www.cisco.com/techsupport for more information or log into http://www.cisco.com/warp/public/687/Directory/DirTAC.shtml to obtain a directory of toll-free Technical Support numbers for your country in order to report a Service-Affecting (SA) problem.
2.5.173 LO-TXPOWER
Default Severity: Minor (MN), Non-Service-Affecting (NSA)
Logical Objects: 2R, EQPT, ESCON, FC, GE, ISC, OCN/STMN, PPM, TRUNK
The Equipment Low Transmit Power alarm is an indicator for the TXP_MR_10G, TXP_MR_2.5G, TXPP_MR_2.5G, TXP_MR_10E, TXP_MR_10E_C, TXP_MR_10E_L, MXP_2.5G_10G, OC192-XFP, ADM-10G, and OTU2_XP card transmitted optical signal power. LO-TXPOWER occurs when the measured optical power of the transmitted signal falls under the threshold. The threshold value is user-provisionable.
Note For more information about MXP and TXP cards and their power levels, refer to the "Card Reference" in the Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Reference Manual. For information about provisioning them, refer to the "Provision Transponder and Muxponder Cards" chapter in the Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Procedure Guide.
Clear the LO-TXPOWER Alarm
Step 1 In node view (single-shelf mode) or single-shelf view (multishelf mode), display the TXP_MR_10G, TXP_MR_2.5G, TXPP_MR_2.5G, TXP_MR_10E, TXP_MR_10E_C, TXP_MR_10E_L, MXP_2.5G_10G, OC192-XFP, ADM-10G, or OTU2_XP card view.
Step 2 Click the Provisioning > Optics Thresholds > Current Values tabs.
Step 3 For the ADM-10G card, click the Performance > Optics PM > Current Values tabs.
Step 4 Increase the TX Power Low column value by 0.5 dBm.
Step 5 If the card transmit power setting cannot be increased without affecting the signal, complete the "Physically Replace a Card" procedure.
Step 6 If no ports are shown bad and the alarm does not clear, log into the Technical Support Website at http://www.cisco.com/techsupport for more information or call Cisco TAC (1-800-553-2447).
2.5.174 LPBKCRS
Default Severity: Not Alarmed (NA), Non-Service-Affecting (NSA)
Logical Objects: STSMON, STSTRM
The Loopback Cross-Connect condition indicates that there is a software cross-connect loopback active between an optical card and an OC-192 card. A cross-connect loopback test occurs below line speed and does not affect traffic.
Note Cross-connect loopbacks occur below line speed. They do not affect traffic.
Clear the Condition
Step 1 To remove the loopback cross-connect condition, double-click the optical card in CTC to display the card view.
Step 2 Complete the "Clear an STM-N Card XC Loopback Circuit" procedure.
Step 3 If the condition does not clear, log into the Technical Support Website at http://www.cisco.com/techsupport for more information or log into http://www.cisco.com/warp/public/687/Directory/DirTAC.shtml to obtain a directory of toll-free Technical Support numbers for your country.
2.5.175 LPBKFACILITY (ESCON)
Default Severity: Not Alarmed (NA), Non-Service-Affecting (NSA)
Logical Object: ESCON
The LPBKFACILITY (ESCON) condition occurs on a TXP_MR_2.5G or TXPP_MR_2.5G card PPM (SFP) provisioned for FICON1G or FICON 2G line speed when there is a facility loopback active on the card.
For information about troubleshooting these circuits with loopbacks, refer to the "Troubleshooting MXP, TXP, XP, or ADM-10G Circuit Paths With Loopbacks" section.
Clear the LPBKFACILITY (ESCON) Condition
Step 1 Complete the "Clear an MXP, TXP, GE-XP, 10GE-XP, and ADM-10G Card Loopback Circuit" procedure.
Step 2 If the alarm does not clear, or if you need assistance conducting network troubleshooting tests, call Cisco TAC to report a Service-Affecting (SA) problem (1-800-553-2447).
2.5.176 LPBKFACILITY (FC)
Default Severity: Not Alarmed (NA), Non-Service-Affecting (NSA)
Logical Object: FC
A Loopback Facility condition for the FC payload occurs on a fibre channel (FC) line when a software facility (line) loopback is active for an MXPP_MR_2.5G, MXP_MR_2.5G, TXPP_MR_2.5G, and TXP_MR_2.5G card client PPM (SFP) provisioned at the FC1G, FC2G, FICON1G, or FICON 2G line speed.
For information about troubleshooting these circuits with loopbacks, refer to the "Troubleshooting MXP, TXP, XP, or ADM-10G Circuit Paths With Loopbacks" section.
Note For more information about MXP and TXP cards, refer to the "Card Reference" chapter in the Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Reference Manual. For information about provisioning them, refer to the "Provisioning Tranponder and Muxponder Cards" chapter in the Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Procedure Guide.
Clear the LPBKFACILITY (FC) Condition
Step 1 Complete the "Clear an MXP, TXP, GE-XP, 10GE-XP, and ADM-10G Card Loopback Circuit" procedure.
Step 2 If the condition does not clear, log into the Technical Support Website at http://www.cisco.com/techsupport for more information or call Cisco TAC (1-800-553-2447).
2.5.177 LPBKFACILITY (GE)
Default Severity: Not Alarmed (NA), Non-Service-Affecting (NSA)
Logical Object: GE
A Loopback Facility condition for a Gigabit Ethernet (GE) port occurs when a software facility (line) loopback is active for an MXP_MR_2.5G, MXPP_MR_2.5G, TXP_MR_2.5G, TXPP_MR_2.5G, GE-XP, 10GE-XP, and ADM-10G card client PPM (SFP) provisioned at the ONE_GE port rate. For the TXP_MR_10E and TXP_MR_10G cards, this condition occurs when there is a facility loopback on a client PPM (SFP) provisioned at the TEN_GE port rate.
For information about troubleshooting these circuits with loopbacks, refer to the "Troubleshooting MXP, TXP, XP, or ADM-10G Circuit Paths With Loopbacks" section.
Note For more information about MXP and TXP cards, refer to the "Card Reference" chapter in the Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Reference Manual. For information about provisioning them, refer to the "Provision Transponder and Muponder Cards" chapter in the Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Procedure Guide.
Clear the LPBKFACILITY (GE) Condition
Step 1 Complete the "Clear an MXP, TXP, GE-XP, 10GE-XP, and ADM-10G Card Loopback Circuit" procedure.
Step 2 If the condition does not clear, log into the Technical Support Website at http://www.cisco.com/techsupport for more information or call Cisco TAC (1-800-553-2447).
2.5.178 LPBKFACILITY (ISC)
Default Severity: Not Alarmed (NA), Non-Service-Affecting (NSA)
Logical Object: ISC
A Loopback Facility condition for an ISC port occurs when a software facility (line) loopback is active for a TXPP_MR_2.5G or TXP_MR_2.5G client PPM (SFP) provisioned at the ISC port rate.
For information about troubleshooting these circuits with loopbacks, refer to the "Troubleshooting MXP, TXP, XP, or ADM-10G Circuit Paths With Loopbacks" section.
Note For more information about MXP and TXP cards, refer to the "Card Reference" chapter in the Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Reference Manual. For information about provisioning them, refer to the "Provision Transponder and Muxponder Cards" chapter in the Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Procedure Guide.
Clear the LPBKFACILITY (ISC) Condition
Step 1 Complete the "Clear an MXP, TXP, GE-XP, 10GE-XP, and ADM-10G Card Loopback Circuit" procedure.
Step 2 If the condition does not clear, log into the Technical Support Website at http://www.cisco.com/techsupport for more information or call Cisco TAC (1-800-553-2447).
2.5.179 LPBKFACILITY (TRUNK)
Default Severity: Not Alarmed (NA), Non-Service Affecting (NSA)
Logical Object: TRUNK
A Loopback Facility condition on MXP, TXP, GE-XP, 10GE-XP, and ADM-10G card trunk ports indicates that there is an active facility (line) loopback on the port. For this condition to be present, the administrative state is OOS,MT (or Locked,maintenance).
For information about troubleshooting these circuits with loopbacks, refer to the "Troubleshooting MXP, TXP, XP, or ADM-10G Circuit Paths With Loopbacks" section.
CTC permits loopbacks on an in-service (IS or Unlocked) circuit. Loopbacks are service-affecting.
Clear the LPBKFACILITY (TRUNK) Condition
Step 1 Complete the "Clear an MXP, TXP, GE-XP, 10GE-XP, and ADM-10G Card Loopback Circuit" procedure.
Step 2 If the condition does not clear, log into the Technical Support Website at http://www.cisco.com/techsupport for more information or call Cisco TAC (1-800-553-2447).
2.5.180 LPBKTERMINAL (ESCON)
Default Severity: Not Alarmed (NA), Non-Service-Affecting (NSA)
Logical Object: ESCON
The LPBKTERMINAL (ESCON) condition occurs on a TXP_MR_2.5G or TXPP_MR_2.5G card PPM (SFP) provisioned for FICON1G or FICON 2G line speed when there is a terminal loopback active on the card.
For information about troubleshooting these circuits with loopbacks, refer to the "Troubleshooting MXP, TXP, XP, or ADM-10G Circuit Paths With Loopbacks" section.
Clear the LPBKTERMINAL (ESCON) Condition
Step 1 Complete the "Clear an MXP, TXP, GE-XP, 10GE-XP, and ADM-10G Card Loopback Circuit" procedure.
Step 2 If the alarm does not clear, or if you need assistance conducting network troubleshooting tests, call Cisco TAC to report a Service-Affecting (SA) problem (1-800-553-2447).
2.5.181 LPBKTERMINAL (FC)
Default Severity: Not Alarmed (NA), Non-Service-Affecting (NSA)
Logical Object: FC
A Loopback Terminal condition for the FC payload occurs on an FC when a software terminal (inward) loopback is active for an MXP_MR_2.5G, MXPP_MR_2.5G, TXP_MR_2.5G, TXPP_MR_2.5G, GE-XP, and 10GE-XP card client PPM (SFP) provisioned at the FC1G, FC2G, FICON1G, or FICON2G line speed.
For information about troubleshooting these circuits with loopbacks, refer to the "Troubleshooting MXP, TXP, XP, or ADM-10G Circuit Paths With Loopbacks" section.
Note For more information about MXP and TXP cards, refer to the "Card Reference" chapter in the Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Reference Manual. For information about provisioning them, refer to the "Provisioning Transponder and Muxponder Cards" chapter in the Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Procedure Guide.
Clear the LPBKTERMINAL (FC) Condition
Step 1 Complete the "Clear an MXP, TXP, GE-XP, 10GE-XP, and ADM-10G Card Loopback Circuit" procedure.
Step 2 If the condition does not clear, log into the Technical Support Website at http://www.cisco.com/techsupport for more information or call Cisco TAC (1-800-553-2447).
2.5.182 LPBKTERMINAL (GE)
Default Severity: Not Alarmed (NA), Non-Service-Affecting (NSA)
Logical Object: GE
A Loopback Terminal condition for a GE port occurs when a software terminal (inward) loopback is active for an MXP_MR_2.5G, MXPP_MR_2.5G, TXP_MR_2.5G, and TXPP_MR_2.5G card client PPM (SFP) provisioned at the ONE_GE port rate. For the TXP_MR_10E and TXP_MR_10G cards, this condition occurs when there is a facility loopback on a client PPM (SFP) provisioned at the TEN_GE port rate.
For information about troubleshooting these circuits with loopbacks, refer to the "Troubleshooting MXP, TXP, XP, or ADM-10G Circuit Paths With Loopbacks" section.
Note For more information about MXP and TXP cards, refer to the "Card Reference" chapter in the Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Reference Manual. For information about provisioning them, refer to the "Provision Transponder and Muxponder Cards" chapter in the Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Procedure Guide.
Clear the LPBKTERMINAL (GE) Condition
Step 1 Complete the "Clear an MXP, TXP, GE-XP, 10GE-XP, and ADM-10G Card Loopback Circuit" procedure.
Step 2 If the condition does not clear, log into the Technical Support Website at http://www.cisco.com/techsupport for more information or call Cisco TAC (1-800-553-2447).
2.5.183 LPBKTERMINAL (ISC)
Default Severity: Not Alarmed (NA), Non-Service-Affecting (NSA)
Logical Object: ISC
A Loopback Terminal condition for an ISC port occurs when a software terminal (inward) loopback is active for a TXPP_MR_2.5G or TXP_MR_2.5G client PPM (SFP) provisioned at the ISC port rate.
For information about troubleshooting these circuits with loopbacks, refer to the "Troubleshooting MXP, TXP, XP, or ADM-10G Circuit Paths With Loopbacks" section.
Note For more information about MXP and TXP cards, refer to the "Card Reference" chapter in the Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Reference Manualand "Provisioning Transponder and Muxponder Cards" chapter in the Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Procedure Guide.
Clear the LPBKTERMINAL (ISC) Condition
Step 1 Complete the "Clear an MXP, TXP, GE-XP, 10GE-XP, and ADM-10G Card Loopback Circuit" procedure.
Step 2 If the condition does not clear, log into the Technical Support Website at http://www.cisco.com/techsupport for more information or call Cisco TAC (1-800-553-2447).
2.5.184 LPBKTERMINAL (TRUNK)
Default Severity: Not Alarmed (NA), Non-Service Affecting (NSA)
Logical Object: TRUNK
A Loopback Terminal condition on MXP or TXP trunk card indicates that there is an active terminal (inward) loopback on the port.
For information about troubleshooting, refer to the "Troubleshooting MXP, TXP, XP, or ADM-10G Circuit Paths With Loopbacks" section.
Clear the LPBKTERMINAL (TRUNK) Condition
Step 1 Complete the "Clear an MXP, TXP, GE-XP, 10GE-XP, and ADM-10G Card Loopback Circuit" procedure.
Step 2 If the condition does not clear, log into the Technical Support Website at http://www.cisco.com/techsupport for more information or call Cisco TAC (1-800-553-2447).
2.5.185 LWBATVG
Default Severity: Major (MJ), Service-Affecting (SA)
Logical Object: PWR
The Low Voltage Battery alarm occurs in a -48 VDC environment when a battery lead input voltage falls below the low power threshold. This threshold, with a default value of -44 VDC, is user-provisionable. The alarm remains raised until the voltage remains above the threshold for 120 seconds. (For information about changing this threshold, refer to the "Turn Up Node" chapter in the Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Procedure Guide.
Clear the LWBATVG Alarm
Step 1 The problem is external to the ONS system. Troubleshoot the power source supplying the battery leads.
Step 2 If the alarm does not clear, log into the Technical Support Website at http://www.cisco.com/techsupport for more information or call Cisco TAC (1-800-553-2447) in order to report a Service-Affecting (SA) problem.
2.5.186 MAN-REQ
Default Severity: Not Alarmed (NA), Non-Service-Affecting (NSA)
Logical Object: EQPT
The Manual Switch Request condition occurs when a user initiates a Manual switch request on an OC-N/STM-N port. Clearing the Manual switch clears the MAN-REQ condition. You do not need to clear the switch if you want the Manual switch to remain.
Clear the MAN-REQ Condition
Step 1 Complete the "Initiate a 1+1 Manual Switch Command" procedure.
Step 2 If the condition does not clear, log into the Technical Support Website at http://www.cisco.com/techsupport for more information or call Cisco TAC (1-800-553-2447).
2.5.187 MANRESET
Default Severity: Not Alarmed (NA), Non-Service-Affecting (NSA)
Logical Object: EQPT
A User-Initiated Manual Reset condition occurs when you right-click a card in CTC and choose Reset.
Note MANRESET is an informational condition and does not require troubleshooting.
2.5.188 MANSWTOINT
Default Severity: Not Alarmed (NA), Non-Service-Affecting (NSA)
Logical Object: NE-SREF
The Manual Switch To Internal Clock condition occurs when the NE timing source is manually switched to an internal timing source.
Note MANSWTOINT is an informational condition and does not require troubleshooting.
2.5.189 MANSWTOPRI
Default Severity: Not Alarmed (NA), Non-Service-Affecting (NSA)
Logical Objects: EXT-SREF, NE-SREF
The Manual Switch To Primary Reference condition occurs when the NE timing source is manually switched to the primary timing source.
Note MANSWTOPRI is an informational condition and does not require troubleshooting.
2.5.190 MANSWTOSEC
Default Severity: Not Alarmed (NA), Non-Service-Affecting (NSA)
Logical Objects: EXT-SREF, NE-SREF
The Manual Switch To Second Reference condition occurs when the NE timing source is manually switched to a second timing source.
Note MANSWTOSEC is an informational condition and does not require troubleshooting.
2.5.191 MANSWTOTHIRD
Default Severity: Not Alarmed (NA), Non-Service-Affecting (NSA)
Logical Objects: EXT-SREF, NE-SREF
The Manual Switch To Third Reference condition occurs when the NE timing source is manually switched to a third timing source.
Note MANSWTOTHIRD is an informational condition and does not require troubleshooting.
2.5.192 MANUAL-REQ-SPAN (2R, ESCON, FC, GE, ISC, OCN/STMN, OTS)
Default Severity: Not Alarmed (NA), Non-Service-Affecting (NSA)
Logical Objects: 2R, ESCON, FC, GE, ISC, OCN/STMN, OTS
The Manual Switch Request on Ring condition for clients occurs when a user initiates a Manual Span command on an MXP or TXP client for the above-listed client types to move traffic from a working span to a protect span. This condition appears on the network view Alarms, Conditions, and History tabs. The port where the MANUAL SPAN command was applied is marked with an "M" on the network view detailed circuit map.
Note For more information about protection schemes, refer to the "Network Reference" chapter of the Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Reference Manual.
2.5.193 MANUAL-REQ-SPAN (TRUNK)
Default Severity: Not Alarmed (NA), Non-Service-Affecting (NSA)
Logical Object: TRUNK
The Manual Switch Request on Ring condition for the trunk occurs when a user initiates a Manual Span command on an MXP or TXP trunk port in a splitter protection group to move traffic from a working span to a protect span. This condition appears on the network view Alarms, Conditions, and History tabs. The port where the MANUAL SPAN command was applied is marked with an "M" on the network view detailed circuit map.
Note For more information about protection schemes, refer to the "Network Reference" chapter of the Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Reference Manual.
2.5.194 MEA (AIP)
Default Severity: Critical (CR), Service-Affecting (SA)
Logical Object: AIP
If the Mismatch of Equipment Attributes (MEA) alarm is reported against the AIP, the fuse in the AIP board blew or is missing. The MEA alarm also occurs when an old AIP board with a 2-A fuse is installed in a newer ANSI 10-Gbps-compatible shelf assembly (15454-SA-ANSI or 15454-SA-HD).
Clear the MEA (AIP) Alarm
Step 1 Complete the "Replace the Alarm Interface Panel" procedure.
Step 2 If the alarm does not clear, log into the Technical Support Website at http://www.cisco.com/techsupport for more information or call Cisco TAC (1-800-553-2447) in order to report a Service-Affecting (SA) problem.
2.5.195 MEA (EQPT)
Default Severity: Critical (CR), Service-Affecting (SA)
Logical Object: EQPT
The MEA alarm for equipment is reported against a card slot when the physical card inserted into a slot does not match the card type that is provisioned for that slot in CTC. Removing the incompatible cards clears the alarm. For more information about card compatibility, refer to the "Card Reference" chapter of the Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Reference Manual.
Note For more information about protection schemes, refer to the "Network Reference" chapter of the Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Reference Manual.
Clear the MEA (EQPT) Alarm
Step 1 Physically verify the type of card that is installed in the slot reporting the MEA alarm. In node view (single-shelf mode) or shelf view (multishelf mode), click the Inventory tab and compare it to the actual installed card.
Step 2 Determine whether the ONS system shelf assembly is a newer 10-Gbps-compatible shelf assembly (15454-SA-ANSI or 15454-SA-HD) or an earlier shelf assembly. Under the HW Part # column, if the part number is 800-19857-XX or 800-19856-XX, then you have a 15454-SA-ANSI shelf. If the part number is 800-24848-XX, then you have a 15454-SA-HD shelf. If the number is not one of those listed here, then you are using an earlier shelf assembly.
Note On the 15454-SA-HD (P/N: 800-24848), 15454-SA-NEBS3E, 15454-SA-NEBS3, and 15454-SA-R1 (P/N: 800-07149) shelves, the AIP cover is clear plastic. On the 15454-SA-ANSI shelf (P/N: 800-19857), the AIP cover is metal.
Step 3 If you prefer the card type depicted by CTC, complete the "Physically Replace a Card" procedure for the reporting card.
Step 4 If you prefer the card that physically occupies the slot but the card is not in service, does not have circuits mapped to it, and is not part of a protection group, place the cursor over the provisioned card in CTC and right-click to choose Delete Card.
The card that physically occupies the slot reboots, and CTC automatically provisions the card type into that slot.
Note If the card is in service, does have circuits mapped to it, is paired in a working protection scheme, has DCC communications turned on, or is used as a timing reference, CTC does not allow you to delete the card.
Step 5 If any ports on the card are in service, place them out of service (OOS,MT or Locked,maintenance):
Before placing ports out of service, ensure that live traffic is not present.
a. In node view (single-shelf mode) or shelf view (multishelf mode), double-click the reporting card to open the card view.
b. Click the Provisioning tab.
c. Click the administrative state of any in-service ports.
d. Choose OOS,MT (or Locked,maintenance) to take the ports out of service.
Step 6 If a circuit has been mapped to the card, complete the "Delete a Circuit" procedure.
Before deleting the circuit, ensure that live traffic is not present.
Step 7 If the card is paired in a protection scheme, delete the protection group:
a. node view (single-shelf mode) or shelf view (multishelf mode), click the Provisioning > Protection tabs.
b. Choose the protection group of the reporting card.
c. Click Delete.
Step 8 Right-click the card reporting the alarm.
Step 9 Choose Delete.
The card that physically occupies the slot reboots, and CTC automatically provisions the card type into that slot.
Step 10 If the alarm does not clear, log into the Technical Support Website at http://www.cisco.com/techsupport for more information or call Cisco TAC (1-800-553-2447) in order to report a Service-Affecting (SA) problem.
2.5.196 MEA (FAN)
Default Severity: Critical (CR), Service-Affecting (SA)
Logical Object: FAN
The MEA alarm is reported against the fan-tray assembly when a newer fan-tray assembly (15454-FTA3) with a 5-A fuse is used with an older shelf assembly or when an older fan-tray assembly with a 2-A fuse is used with a newer 10-Gbps-compatible shelf assembly (15454-SA-ANSI or 15454-SA-HD) that contains cards introduced in Release 3.1 or later. If a 10-Gbps-compatible shelf assembly contains only cards introduced before Release 3.1, then an older fan-tray assembly (15454-FTA-2) can be used and does not report an MEA alarm.
Clear the MEA (FAN) Alarm
Step 1 Determine whether the shelf assembly is a newer 10-Gbps-compatible shelf assembly (15454-SA-ANSI or 15454-SA-HD) or an earlier shelf assembly. In node view (single-shelf mode) or shelf view (multishelf mode), click the Inventory tab.
Under the HW Part # column, if the part number is 800-19857-XX or 800-19856-XX, then you have a 15454-SA-ANSI shelf. If the part number is 800-24848-XX, you have a 15454-SA-HD shelf.
Under the HW Part # column, if the number is not one of those listed here, then you are using an earlier shelf assembly.
Step 2 If you have a 10-Gbps-compatible shelf assembly (15454-SA-ANSI or 15454-SA-HD), the alarm indicates that an older incompatible fan-tray assembly is installed in the shelf assembly. Obtain a newer fan-tray assembly (15454-FTA3) with a 5-A fuse and complete the "Replace the Fan-Tray Assembly" procedure.
Step 3 If you are using an earlier shelf assembly, the alarm indicates that you are using a newer fan-tray assembly (15454-FTA3), which is incompatible with the earlier version of the shelf assembly. Obtain an earlier version of the fan-tray assembly (15454-FTA2) and complete the "Replace the Fan-Tray Assembly" procedure.
Step 4 If the alarm does not clear, log into the Technical Support Website at http://www.cisco.com/techsupport for more information or call Cisco TAC (1-800-553-2447) in order to report a Service-Affecting (SA) problem.
2.5.197 MEA (PPM)
Default Severity: Critical (CR), Service-Affecting (SA)
Logical Object: PPM
The Missing Equipment Attributes alarm for the PPM (SFP) is raised on TXP, MXP, MRC-12 and OC192-XFP/STM-64-XP cards when the PPM (SFP) is misprovisioned or unsupported. It can occur when you provision the PPM (SFP) for a wavelength that is explicitly not the first tunable wavelength.
Note For general information about DWDM cards, refer to the "Card Reference" chapter in the Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Reference Manual. For PPM (SFP) specifications, refer to the "Hardware Specifications" appendix in the same manual. For information about MRC-12 cards, refer to the "Optical Cards" chapter in the Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual.
Clear the MEA (PPM) Alarm
Step 1 To provision the PPM (SFP), you must first create it in CTC. To do this, complete the following steps:
a. In node view (single-shelf mode) or shelf view (multishelf mode), double-click the reporting card to open the card view.
b. Click the Provisioning > Pluggable Port Modules tabs. (If you already see the PPM [SFP] listed in the Pluggable Port Modules Area, go to Step 2.)
c. Under the Pluggable Port Modules area, click Create.
d. In the Create PPM dialog box, choose the card PPM (SFP) number from the drop-down list (for example, PPM 1).
e. Choose the PPM (SFP) type from the second drop-down list, for example PPM (1 Port).
f. Click OK.
Note For more information about provisioning MXP or TXP PPMs (SFPs), refer to the "Turn Up a Node" chapter in the Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Procedure Guide. For information to provision PPMs (SFPs) for the MRC-12 and OC192/STM64-XFP, refer to the "Optical Cards" chapter in the Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual.
Step 2 After you have created the PPM (SFP), or if you see it listed in the Pluggable Port Modules area but not in the Selected PPM area, choose the port rate:
a. Under the Selected PPM area, click Create.
b. In the Create Port dialog box, choose the port (for example, 1-1) from the drop-down list.
c. Choose the correct port type from the drop-down list. (For more information about selecting PPM (SFP) port types, refer to the "Provision Transponder and Muxponder Cards" chapter of the Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Procedure Guide.)
d. Click OK.
Step 3 If you see the port listed in the Pluggable Port Modules area and the Selected PPM area, the MEA indicates that the incorrect port rate was selected. Click the port in the Selected PPM area and click Delete.
Step 4 Complete Step 2 to correctly provision the port rate.
Step 5 If the alarm does not clear, log into the Technical Support Website at http://www.cisco.com/techsupport for more information or call Cisco TAC (1-800-553-2447) in order to report a Service-Affecting (SA) problem.
2.5.198 MEA (SHELF)
Default Severity: Critical (CR), Service-Affecting (SA)
Logical Object: SHELF
The MEA (Shelf) condition is raised when ANSI and ETSI shelves exist in the same node. For example, an ANSI subtended shelf is configured on an ETSI node controller or an ETSI subtended shelf is configured on an ANSI node controller.
Clear the MEA (SHELF) Condition
Step 1 Ensure that the shelves in the node are either ANSI only or ETSI only.
Step 2 If the condition does not clear, log onto http://www.cisco.com/tac for more information or call TAC (1-800-553-2447).
2.5.199 MEM-GONE
Default Severity: Major (MJ), Non-Service-Affecting (NSA)
Logical Object: EQPT
The Memory Gone alarm occurs when data generated by software operations exceeds the memory capacity of the TCC2/TCC2P card. The TCC2/TCC2P cards which exceed the memory capacity reboot to avoid failure of card operations.
Note The alarm does not require user intervention. The MEM-LOW alarm always preceeds the MEM-GONE alarm.
2.5.200 MEM-LOW
Default Severity: Minor (MN), Non-Service-Affecting (NSA)
Logical Object: EQPT
The Free Memory of Card Almost Gone alarm occurs when data generated by software operations is close to exceeding the memory capacity of the TCC2/TCC2P card. The alarm clears when additional memory becomes available. If additional memory is not made available and the memory capacity of the card is exceeded, CTC ceases to function.
The alarm does not require user intervention. If the alarm does not clear, log into the Technical Support Website at http://www.cisco.com/techsupport for more information or call Cisco TAC (1-800-553-2447).
2.5.201 MFGMEM
Default Severity: Critical (CR), Service-Affecting (SA)
Logical Objects: AICI-AEP, AICI-AIE, AIP, BPLANE, FAN, PPM
The Manufacturing Data Memory Failure alarm occurs when the EEPROM fails on a card or component, or when the TCC2/TCC2P card cannot read this memory. EEPROM stores manufacturing data that a system TCC2/TCC2P card uses to determine system compatibility and shelf inventory status. Unavailability of this information can cause less-significant problems. The AIP EEPROM also stores the system MAC address. If the MFGMEM alarm indicates EEPROM failure on these panels, IP connectivity could be disrupted and the system icon is grayed out in CTC network view.
Tip When you lose LAN connectivity with an ONS system due to an MFGMEM alarm on the AIP, you can reestablish node management by disconnecting the Ethernet cable from the panel and connecting it to the active TCC2/TCC2P card LAN port.
Clear the MFGMEM Alarm
Step 1 Complete the "Reset an Active TCC2/TCC2P Card and Activate the Standby Card" procedure.
Wait ten minutes to verify that the card you reset completely reboots and becomes the standby card.
Step 2 If the reset card has not rebooted successfully, or the alarm has not cleared, call Cisco TAC (1-800-553-2447). If the Cisco TAC technician tells you to reseat the card, complete the "Remove and Reinsert (Reseat) the Standby TCC2/TCC2P Card" procedure. If the Cisco TAC technician tells you to remove the card and reinstall a new one, complete the "Physically Replace a Card" procedure.
Step 3 If the MFGMEM alarm continues to report after replacing the TCC2/TCC2P cards, the problem lies with the EEPROM.
Step 4 If the MFGMEM is reported from the fan-tray assembly, obtain a fan-tray assembly and complete the "Replace the Fan-Tray Assembly" procedure.
Step 5 If the MFGMEM is reported from the AIP, the backplane, or the alarm persists after the fan-tray assembly is replaced, log into the Technical Support Website at http://www.cisco.com/techsupport for more information or call Cisco TAC (1-800-553-2447) to report a Service-Affecting (SA) problem.
2.5.202 MS-AIS
Default Severity: Not Reported (NR), Non-Service-Affecting (NSA)
Logical Object: STM1E, STMN
The Multiplex Section (MS) AIS condition indicates that there is a defect in the multiplexing section layer of the SONET overhead. The multiplex section refers to the segment between two SONET devices in the circuit and is also known as a maintenance span. The multiplex section layer of the SONET overhead deals with payload transport, and its functions include multiplexing and synchronization.
Generally, any AIS is a special SONET signal that communicates to the receiving node when the transmit node does not send a valid signal. AIS is not considered an error. It is raised by the receiving node on each input when it detects the AIS instead of a real signal. In most cases when this condition is raised, an upstream node is raising an alarm to indicate a signal failure; all nodes downstream from it only raise some type of AIS. This condition clears when you resolved the problem on the upstream node.
Clear the MS-AIS Condition
Step 1 Complete the "Clear the AIS Condition" procedure.
Step 2 If the condition does not clear, log into the Cisco Technical Support Website at http://www.cisco.com/techsupport for more information or log into http://www.cisco.com/warp/public/687/Directory/DirTAC.shtml to obtain a directory of toll-free Technical Support numbers for your country.
2.5.203 MS-DEG
Default Severity:Not Alarmed (NA), Non-Service-Affecting (NSA)
Logical Object: STM1E
The Multiplex Section Signal Degrade condition is similar to the "SDBER-EXCEED-HO" alarm on page 2-203, but applies only to the multiplex section overhead of the EQPT object.
Clear the MS-DEG Condition
Step 1 Complete the "Clear the SDBER-EXCEED-HO Condition" procedure.
Step 2 If the condition does not clear, log into the Cisco Technical Support Website at http://www.cisco.com/techsupport for more information or log into http://www.cisco.com/warp/public/687/Directory/DirTAC.shtml to obtain a directory of toll-free Technical Support numbers for your country.
2.5.204 MS-EOC
Default Severity: Minor (MN), Non-Service-Affecting (NSA)
Logical Object: STMN
The MS-DCC Termination Failure alarm occurs when the ONS 15454 loses its data communications channel. The DCC is nine bytes, D4 through D 12, in the SONET overhead. The bytes convey information about Operation, Administration, Maintenance, and Provisioning (OAM&P). The ONS 15454 uses the DCC on the SONET section overhead to communicate network management information.
Clear the MS-EOC Alarm
Step 1 Complete the "Clear the RS-EOC Alarm" procedure.
Step 2 If the condition does not clear, log into the Cisco Technical Support Website at http://www.cisco.com/techsupport for more information or log into http://www.cisco.com/warp/public/687/Directory/DirTAC.shtml to obtain a directory of toll-free Technical Support numbers for your country.
2.5.205 MS-EXC
Default Severity:Not Alarmed (NA), Non-Service-Affecting (NSA)
Logical Object: STM1E
The Multiplex Section Signal Excessive BER condition is similar to the "SDBER-EXCEED-HO" alarm on page 2-203, but applies only to the multiplex section overhead of the EQPT object.
Clear the MS-EXC Condition
Step 1 Complete the "Clear the SDBER-EXCEED-HO Condition" procedure.
Step 2 If the condition does not clear, log into the Cisco Technical Support Website at http://www.cisco.com/techsupport for more information or log into http://www.cisco.com/warp/public/687/Directory/DirTAC.shtml to obtain a directory of toll-free Technical Support numbers for your country.
2.5.206 MS-RFI
Default Severity: Not Reported (NR), Non-Service-Affecting (NSA)
Logical Object: STM1E, STMN
The MS Remote Fault Indication (RFI) condition indicates that there is an RFI occurring at the SONET overhead multiplexing section level.
An RFI occurs when the ONS 15454 detects an RFI in the SONET overhead because of a fault in another node. Resolving the fault in the adjoining node clears the MS-RFI condition in the reporting node.
Clear the MS-RFI Condition
Step 1 Log into the far-end node of the reporting ONS 15454.
Step 2 Determine whether there are other alarms, especially the LOS(STM1E, STMN).
Step 3 Clear the main alarm. See the appropriate alarm section in this chapter for the procedure.
Step 4 If the condition does not clear, log into the Cisco Technical Support Website at http://www.cisco.com/techsupport for more information or log into http://www.cisco.com/warp/public/687/Directory/DirTAC.shtml to obtain a directory of toll-free Technical Support numbers for your country.
2.5.207 MT-OCHNC
Default Severity: Not Alarmed (NA), Non-Service-Affecting (NSA)
Logical Object: OTS
The MT-OCHNC condition occurs when the user provisions (tunes) a specific wavelength for maintenance on a WXC card from an input port (EXP1-8, ADD-RX) to the output port (COM-TX).
Clear the MT-OCHNC Condition
Step 1 Delete the provisioned wavelength that was specifically tuned for maintenance purposes on a WXC card.
Step 2 If the condition does not clear, log into the Technical Support Website at http://www.cisco.com/techsupport for more information or call Cisco TAC (1 800 553-2447).
2.5.208 NON-CISCO-PPM
Default Severity: Minor (MN), Non-Service-Affecting (NSA)
Logical Object: PPM
The Non-Cisco PPM Inserted condition occurs when a PPM that is plugged into a card's port fails the security code check. The check fails when the PPM used is not a Cisco PPM.
Clear the NON-CISCO-PPM Condition
Step 1 Obtain the correct Cisco PPM and replace the existing PPM with the new one.
Step 2 If the condition does not clear, log into the Technical Support Website at http://www.cisco.com/techsupport for more information or call Cisco TAC (1-800-553-2447).
2.5.209 NOT-AUTHENTICATED
Default Severity: Minor (MN), Non-Service-Affecting (NSA)
Logical Object: SYSTEM
The NOT-AUTHENTICATED alarm is raised by CTC (not by the NE) when CTC fails to log into a node. This alarm only appears in CTC where the login failure occurred. This alarm differs from the "INTRUSION-PSWD" alarm, page 2-113, because INTRUSION-PSWD occurs when a user exceeds the login failures threshold.
Note NOT-AUTHENTICATED is an informational alarm and is resolved when CTC successfully logs into the node.
2.5.210 OCHNC-INC
Default Severity: Not Alarmed (NA), Non-Service-Affecting (NSA)
Logical Object: OCHNC-CONN
The Optical Channel (OCH) Incomplete Cross-Connection condition is raised when an OCH cross connection on a two-way circuit is deleted. For example, if you create an OCH circuit on a linear DWDM structure with Nodes A, B and C—originating at Node A, traversing through Node B, and terminating at Node C—then mistakenly delete a cross-connect (such as by TL1 command DLT-WLEN) on Nodes B or C, this condition is raised on the source node (A). The condition is corrected by regenerating the cross-connect. The alarm also follows these guidelines:
•Two-way circuit with Nodes A, B, and C (as described in the preceding example): Deleting a cross-connection on Nodes B or C will raise OCHNC-INC on the Node A cross connection.
•Two-way circuit with Nodes A, B, and C: Deleting a cross connection on Node A will raise an OCHNC-INC alarm on the Node C cross connection.
•One-way circuit with Nodes A, B and C: Deleting a cross connection on Nodes B or C will raise an OCHNC-INC alarm on Node A cross connection.
•One-way circuit with Nodes A, B, and C: Deleting a cross connection on Node A will not raise an OCHNC-INC alarm.
Note If you delete one of the cross-connects, you might not be able to recreate this same circuit with CTC because the wavelength is already being used on the other component nodes for add, drop, or express.
The OCHNC-INC alarm can also be raised if you restore one node's database that is inconsistent with other node databases, following the guidelines previously listed. (That is, an inconsistent database that does not contain up-to-date circuit cross-connection information will cause the same problem as if you had deleted the cross-connect.)
It is important to create a backup version of the database for each node of a topology during a known-stable situation. You should give the saved files names that indicate their version and date or any other information needed to verify their consistency. For procedures to back up or restore database files, refer to the "Maintain the Node" chapter in the
Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Procedure Guide.
Clear the OCHNC-INC Alarm
Step 1 To recreate the missing cross-connect itself, establish a Telnet connection with the node where it was deleted and use the ENT-WLEN command with the Add port, Drop port, or Express port on the node.
For information about establishing a TL1 session connection, refer to the Cisco ONS SONET TL1 Reference Guide. For more information about ENT-WLEN and other TL1 commands, as well as their syntax, refer to the Cisco ONS SONET TL1 Command Guide.
Step 2 If the alarm is not due to a deleted cross-connect but instead to an inconsistent database being restored on a node, correct the problem by restoring the correct backup version to that node. For the restore procedure, refer to the "Maintain the Node" chapter in the Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Procedure Guide.
Note When you restore a database on a node, it replaces the database being used on both (ACT and SBY) TCC2/TCC2P cards as the cards synchronize this version into their active flash memory. If the active (ACT) TCC2/TCC2P card is reset, the standby (SBY) TCC2/TCC2P card will therefore use the same database version from its active flash memory. In the case of a power-up, both TCC2/TCC2P cards boot and choose which database to use from two criteria: (1) the most recent version compatible with the node software, and (2) the most recently loaded version of that compatible database (with the highest sequence number).
Step 3 If the alarm does not clear, log into the Technical Support Website at http://www.cisco.com/techsupport for more information or call Cisco TAC (1-800-553-2447) in order to report a Service-Affecting (SA) problem.
2.5.211 OCHTERM-INC
Default Severity: Not Reported (NR), Non-Service-Affecting (NSA)
Logical Object: OCHTERM
The Optical Termination Incomplete condition is raised against an OCH termination of there is no peer OCH termination at the other end of a span.
Clear the OCHTERM-INC Condition
Step 1 Create an OCH termination at the other end of the span. For procedures to do this, refer to the "Create Channels and Circuits" chapter in the Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Procedure Guide.
Step 2 If the condition does not clear, log into the Technical Support Website at http://www.cisco.com/techsupport for more information or call Cisco TAC (1-800-553-2447).
2.5.212 ODUK-1-AIS-PM
Default Severity: Not Reported (NR), Non-Service-Affecting (NSA)
Logical Object: TRUNK
The ODUK-1-AIS-PM is a secondary condition raised on MXP and ADM-10G cards trunk signals when they experience an LOS (2R). Although the ODUK-1-AIS-PM is raised against the TRUNK object, it actually refers to the client signals contained within the trunk.
A single ODUK-x-AIS-PM can occur when one far-end client signal is lost; multiple ODK-x-AIS-PMs can occur (ODUK-1-AIS-PM, ODUK-2-AIS-PM, ODUK-3-AIS-PM, ODUK-4-AIS-PM) if more than one far-end client is lost. If the entire trunk signal is lost, LOS (TRUNK) occurs and demotes any LOS (2R) alarms.
Clear the ODUK-1-AIS-PM Condition
Step 1 Look for and clear the LOS (2R) alarm on the far-end client. This should clear the ODUK-1-AIS-PM condition on the trunk.
Step 2 If the condition does not clear, log into the Technical Support Website at http://www.cisco.com/techsupport for more information or call Cisco TAC (1-800-553-2447).
2.5.213 ODUK-2-AIS-PM
Default Severity: Not Reported (NR), Non-Service-Affecting (NSA)
Logical Object: TRUNK
The ODUK-2-AIS-PM is a secondary condition raised on MXP and ADM-10G cards trunk signals when they experience an LOS (2R). Although the ODUK-2-AIS-PM is raised against the TRUNK object, it actually refers to the client signals contained within the trunk.
Clear the ODUK-2-AIS-PM Condition
Step 1 Complete the "Clear the ODUK-1-AIS-PM Condition" procedure.
Step 2 If the condition does not clear, log into the Technical Support Website at http://www.cisco.com/techsupport for more information or call Cisco TAC (1-800-553-2447).
2.5.214 ODUK-3-AIS-PM
Default Severity: Not Reported (NR), Non-Service-Affecting (NSA)
Logical Object: TRUNK
The ODUK-3-AIS-PM is a secondary condition raised on MXP and ADM-10G cards trunk signals when they experience an LOS (2R). Although the ODUK-3-AIS-PM is raised against the TRUNK object, it actually refers to the client signals contained within the trunk.
Clear the ODUK-3-AIS-PM Condition
Step 1 Complete the "Clear the "Clear the ODUK-1-AIS-PM Condition" procedure.
Step 2 If the condition does not clear, log into the Technical Support Website at http://www.cisco.com/techsupport for more information or call Cisco TAC (1-800-553-2447).
2.5.215 ODUK-4-AIS-PM
Default Severity: Not Reported (NR), Non-Service-Affecting (NSA)
Logical Object: TRUNK
The ODUK-4-AIS-PM is a secondary condition raised on MXP and ADM-10G cards trunk signals when they experience an LOS (2R). Although the ODUK-4-AIS-PM is raised against the TRUNK object, it actually refers to the client signals contained within the trunk.
Clear the ODUK-4-AIS-PM Condition
Step 1 Complete the "Clear the ODUK-1-AIS-PM Condition" procedure.
Step 2 If the condition does not clear, log into the Technical Support Website at http://www.cisco.com/techsupport for more information or call Cisco TAC (1-800-553-2447).
2.5.216 ODUK-AIS-PM
Default Severity: Not Reported (NR), Non-Service-Affecting (NSA)
Logical Object: TRUNK
The Optical Data Unit (ODUK) AIS Path Monitoring (PM) condition applies to TXP_MR_10G, TXP_MR_2.5G, TXPP_MR_2.5G, TXP_MR_10E, TXP_MR_10E_C, TXP_MR_10E_L, MXP_2.5G_10G, ADM-10G, and OTU2_XP cards when ITU-T G.709 encapsulation is enabled for the cards. ODUK-AIS-PM is a secondary condition that indicates a more serious condition such as the LOS (OCN/STMN) alarm occurring downstream. (This is described in the "Alarm Troubleshooting" chapter of the Cisco ONS 15454 Troubleshooting Guide or the Cisco ONS 15454SDH Troubleshooting Guide.) The ODUK-AIS-PM condition is reported in the path monitoring area of the optical data unit wrapper overhead. ODUK-AIS-PM is caused by the upstream ODUK-OCI-PM.
ITU-T G.709 encapsulation refers to a digital data wrapper that is transparent across networking standards such as SONET and protocols (such as Ethernet or IP). For information about provisioning the TXP card or MXP card to enable ITU-T G.709 encapsulation, refer to the "Provision Transponder and Muxponder Cards" chapter in the Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Procedure Guide.
Note For general information about MXP and TXP cards, refer to the "Card Reference" chapter in the Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Reference Manual. For information about provisioning them, refer to the "Provision Transponder and Muxponder Cards" chapter in the Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Procedure Guide.
Clear the ODUK-AIS-PM Condition
Step 1 Determine whether upstream nodes and equipment have alarms, especially the LOS (OCN/STMN) alarm, or OOS (or Locked) ports.
Step 2 Clear the upstream alarms using the "Clear the LOS (OCN/STMN) Procedure" located in the Cisco ONS 15454 Troubleshooting Guide or Cisco ONS 15454SDH Troubleshooting Guide.
Step 3 If the condition does not clear, log into the Technical Support Website at http://www.cisco.com/techsupport for more information or call Cisco TAC (1-800-553-2447).
2.5.217 ODUK-BDI-PM
Default Severity: Not Reported (NR), Non-Service-Affecting (NSA)
Logical Object: TRUNK
The ODUK Backward Defect Indicator (BDI) PM condition applies to TXP_MR_10G, TXP_MR_2.5G, TXPP_MR_2.5G, TXP_MR_10E, TXP_MR_10E_C, TXP_MR_10E_L, MXP_2.5G_10G, ADM-10G, and OTU2_XP cards when ITU-T G.709 encapsulation is enabled for the cards. It indicates that there is a path termination error upstream in the data. The error is read as a BDI bit in the path monitoring area of the digital wrapper overhead.
Note For general information about MXP and TXP cards, refer to the "Card Reference" chapter in the Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Reference Manual. For information about provisioning them, refer to the "Provision Transponder and Muxponder Cards" chapter in the Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Procedure Guide.
Clear the ODUK-BDI-PM Condition
Step 1 Complete the "Clear the OTUK-BDI Condition" procedure.
Step 2 If the condition does not clear, log into the Technical Support Website at http://www.cisco.com/techsupport for more information or call Cisco TAC (1-800-553-2447).
2.5.218 ODUK-LCK-PM
Default Severity: Not Reported (NR), Non-Service-Affecting (NSA)
Logical Object: TRUNK
The ODUK Locked Defect (LCK) PM condition applies to TXP_MR_10G, TXP_MR_2.5G, TXPP_MR_2.5G, TXP_MR_10E, TXP_MR_10E_C, TXP_MR_10E_L, MXP_2.5G_10G, ADM-10G, and OTU2_XP cards when ITU-T G.709 encapsulation is enabled for the cards. ODUK-LCK-PM indicates that a signal is being sent downstream to indicate that the upstream connection is locked, preventing the signal from being passed. The lock is indicated by the STAT bit in the path overhead monitoring fields of the optical transport unit overhead of the digital wrapper.
Note For general information about MXP and TXP cards, refer to the "Card Reference" chapter in the Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Reference Manual. For information about provisioning them, refer to the "Provision Transponder and Muxponder Cards" chapter in the Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Procedure Guide.
Clear the ODUK-LCK-PM Condition
Step 1 Unlock the upstream node signal.
Step 2 If the condition does not clear, log into the Technical Support Website at http://www.cisco.com/techsupport for more information or call Cisco TAC (1-800-553-2447).
2.5.219 ODUK-OCI-PM
Default Severity: Not Reported (NR), Non-Service-Affecting (NSA)
Logical Object: TRUNK
The ODUK Open Connection Indication (OCI) PM condition applies to TXP_MR_10G, TXP_MR_2.5G, TXPP_MR_2.5G, TXP_MR_10E, TXP_MR_10E_C, TXP_MR_10E_L, MXP_2.5G_10G, ADM-10G, and OTU2_XP cards when ITU-T G.709 encapsulation is enabled for the cards. It indicates that the upstream signal is not connected to a trail termination source. The error is read as a STAT bit in the path monitoring area of the digital wrapper overhead. ODUK-OCI-PM causes a downstream "ODUK-LCK-PM" alarm on page 2-170.
Note For general information about MXP and TXP cards, refer to the "Card Reference" chapter in the Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Reference Manual. For information about provisioning them, refer to the "Provision Transponder and Muxponder Cards" chapter in the Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Procedure Guide.
Clear the ODUK-OCI-PM Condition
Step 1 Verify the fiber connectivity at nodes upstream.
Step 2 If the condition does not clear, log into the Technical Support Website at http://www.cisco.com/techsupport for more information or call Cisco TAC (1-800-553-2447).
2.5.220 ODUK-SD-PM
Default Severity: Not Alarmed (NA), Non-Service-Affecting (NSA)
Logical Object: TRUNK
The ODUK Signal Degrade (SD) PM condition applies to TXP_MR_10G, TXP_MR_2.5G, TXPP_MR_2.5G, TXP_MR_10E, TXP_MR_10E_C, TXP_MR_10E_L, MXP_2.5G_10G, ADM-10G, and OTU2_XP cards when ITU-T G.709 encapsulation is enabled. ODUK-SD-PM indicates that incoming signal quality is poor, but the incoming line BER has not passed the fail threshold. The BER problem is indicated in the path monitoring area of the optical data unit frame overhead.
Note For general information about MXP and TXP cards, refer to the "Card Reference" chapter in the Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Reference Manual. For information about provisioning them, refer to the "Provision Transponder and Muxponder Cards" chapter in the Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Procedure Guide.
Clear the ODUK-SD-PM Condition
Step 1 Complete the "Clear the OTUK-SD Condition" procedure.
Step 2 If the condition does not clear, log into the Technical Support Website at http://www.cisco.com/techsupport for more information or call Cisco TAC (1-800-553-2447).
2.5.221 ODUK-SF-PM
Default Severity: Not Alarmed (NA), Non-Service-Affecting (NSA)
Logical Object: TRUNK
The ODUK Signal Fail (SF) PM condition (ODUK-SD-PM) applies to TXP_MR_10G, TXP_MR_2.5G, TXPP_MR_2.5G, MXP_2.5G_10G, ADM-10G, and OTU2_XP cards when ITU-T G.709 encapsulation is enabled. ODUK-SF-PM indicates that incoming signal quality is poor and the incoming line BER has passed the fail threshold. The BER problem is indicated in the path monitoring area of the optical data unit frame overhead.
Note For general information about MXP and TXP cards, refer to the "Card Reference" chapter in the Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Reference Manual. For information about provisioning them, refer to the "Provision Transponder and Muxponder Cards" chapter in the Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Procedure Guide.
Clear the ODUK-SF-PM Condition
Step 1 Complete the "Clear the SF (DS1, DS3) Condition" procedure located in the "Alarm Troubleshooting" chapter of the Cisco ONS 15454 Troubleshooting Guide.
Step 2 If the condition does not clear, log into the Technical Support Website at http://www.cisco.com/techsupport for more information or call Cisco TAC (1-800-553-2447).
2.5.222 ODUK-TIM-PM
Default Severity: Major (MJ), Service-Affecting (SA)
Logical Object: TRUNK
The ODUK-TIM- PM condition applies to the path monitoring area of the OTN overhead for TXP_MR_10G, TXP_MR_2.5G, TXPP_MR_2.5G, TXP_MR_10E, TXP_MR_10E_C, TXP_MR_10E_L, MXP_2.5G_10G, ADM-10G, and OTU2_XP cards. The condition occurs when there is a trace identifier mismatch in the data stream. ODUK-TIM-PM causes an ODUK-BDI-PM, downstream.
The ODUK-TIM-PM condition applies to TXP cards and MXP cards when ITU-T G.709 encapsulation is enabled for the cards. It indicates that there is an error upstream in the optical transport unit overhead of the digital wrapper.
ITU-T G.709 encapsulation refers to a digital data wrapper that is transparent across networking standards such as SONET and protocols (such as Ethernet or IP). For information about provisioning the TXP card or MXP card to enable ITU-T G.709 encapsulation, refer to the "Provision Transponder and Muxponder Cards" chapter in the Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Procedure Guide.
Note For general information about MXP and TXP cards, refer to the "Card Reference" chapter in the Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Reference Manual. For information about provisioning them, refer to the "Provision Transponder and Muxponder Cards" chapter in the Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Procedure Guide.
Clear the ODUK-TIM-PM Condition
Step 1 Complete the "Clear the TIM-P Condition" procedure located in the "Alarm Troubleshooting" chapter of the Cisco ONS 15454 Troubleshooting Guide.
Step 2 If the condition does not clear, log into the Technical Support Website at http://www.cisco.com/techsupport for more information or call Cisco TAC (1-800-553-2447).
2.5.223 OPEN-SLOT
Default Severity: Not Alarmed (NA), Minor (MN)
Logical Object: EQPT
The Open Slot condition indicates that there is an open slot in the system shelf. Slot covers assist with airflow and cooling.
Clear the OPEN-SLOT Condition
Step 1 To install a slot cover and clear this condition, refer to the procedures located in the "Install Shelf and Common Control Cards" chapter of the Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Procedure Guide.
Step 2 If the condition does not clear, log into the Technical Support Website at http://www.cisco.com/techsupport for more information or call Cisco TAC (1 800 553-2447).
2.5.224 OPTNTWMIS
Default Severity: Major (MJ), Non-Service-Affecting (NSA)
Logical Object: NE
The Optical Network Type Mismatch alarm is raised when DWDM nodes are not configured for the same type of network, either MetroCore or MetroAccess. All DWDM nodes on the same network must be configured for the same network type because APC and ANS behave differently on each of these network types. For more information about APC and ANS, refer to the "Network Reference" chapter in the Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Reference Manual.
When the OPTNTWMIS alarm occurs, the "APC-DISABLED" alarm on page 2-29 could also be raised.
Note For general information about DWDM cards, refer to the "Card Reference" chapter in the Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Reference Manual. For information about provisioning them, refer to the "Change DWDM Card Settings" chapter in the Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Procedure Guide.
Clear the OPTNTWMIS Alarm
Step 1 In node view (single-shelf mode) or multishelf view (multishelf mode) of the alarmed node, click the Provisioning > WDM-ANS > Provisioning tabs.
Step 2 Choose the correct option from the Network Type list box, and click Apply.
Step 3 If the alarm does not clear, log into the Technical Support Website at http://www.cisco.com/techsupport for more information or call Cisco TAC (1-800-553-2447).
2.5.225 OPWR-HDEG
Default Severity: Minor (MN), Non-Service-Affecting (NSA)
Logical Objects: AOTS, OCH, OCH-TERM, OMS, OTS
The Output Power High Degrade alarm occurs on all DWDM ports that use a power setpoint, including the OPT-BST, OPT-PRE, OPT-AMP-C, and OPT-AMP-17-C cards AOTS ports in control-power mode; the 32DMX, 32DMX-O, 40DMX, 32MUX-O, 32WSS, 40WSS-C, and WXC card OCH ports; and the OSC-CSM and OSCM OSC-TX ports.
The alarm generally indicates that an internal signal transmission problem prevents the signal output power from maintaining its setpoint and the signal has crossed the high-degrade threshold. For 32DMX, 32DMX-O, 40DMX, 32MUX-O, 32WSS, 40WSS-C, WXC OCH ports and OSC-CSM and OSCM OSC-TX ports, OPWR-HDEG indicates that the card has a VOA control circuit failure affecting its attenuation capability. The alarmed card should be replaced at the next opportunity.
Note For more information about provisioning gain setpoints and VOA setpoints, refer to the "Node Reference" and "Network Reference" chapters, respectively, of the Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Reference Manual. The "Hardware Specifications" appendix in the same manual contains power level tables for each card.
Clear the OPWR-HDEG Alarm
Step 1 Verify fiber continuity to the port by following site practices. Refer to the "Network Reference" chapter of the Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Reference Manual for a procedure to detect a fiber cut.
Step 2 If the cabling is good, confirm that the LED is correctly illuminated on the physical card. A green ACT/SBY LED indicates an active card. A red ACT/SBY LED indicates a failed card.
Step 3 Verify that the power read by photodiode on the port is within the expected range as projected by Cisco TransportPlanner. The application generates a spreadsheet of values containing this information.
Step 4 If the optical power level is within specifications, check the opwrMin threshold. (These are listed in the "Hardware Specifications" appendix of the Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Reference Manual.) Refer to the Cisco MetroPlanner DWDM Operations Guide and decide what value to use for modifying the power level:
a. In node view (single-shelf mode) or shelf view (multishelf mode), double-click the card to open the card view.
b. Display the optical thresholds by clicking the following tabs:
•For the OPT-BST, OPT-AMP-C, or OPT-AMP-17-C cards, click the Provisioning > Opt. Ampli. Line > Optics Thresholds tabs.
•For the OPT-PRE, OPT-AMP-C, or OPT-AMP-17-C cards, click the Provisioning > Opt. Ampli. Line > Optics Thresholds tabs.
•For the WXC card, click the Provisioning > Optical Chn > Optics Thresholds tabs.
•For the AD-xC-xx.x card, click the Provisioning > Optical Chn > Optics Thresholds tabs.
•For the AD-xB-xx.x card, click the Provisioning > Optical Band > Optics Thresholds tabs.
•For the 32DMX, 32DMX-O, or 40DMX cards, click the Provisioning > Optical Chn > Optics Thresholds tabs.
•For the 32MUX-O card, click the Provisioning > Optical Chn > Optics Thresholds tabs.
•For the 32WSS card, click the Provisioning > Optical Chn: Optical Connector x > Optics Thresholds tabs.
•For the OSCM or OSC-CSM cards, click the Provisioning > Optical Line > Optics Thresholds tabs.
Step 5 If the received optical power level is within specifications, refer to the Cisco MetroPlanner DWDM Operations Guide to determine the correct levels and check the opwrMin threshold. (These are listed in the "Hardware Specifications" appendix of the Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Reference Manual.) If necessary, modify the value as required.
Step 6 If the optical power is outside of the expected range, verify that all involved optical signal sources, namely the TXP or MXP trunk port or an ITU-T line card, are in IS or Unlocked administrative state by clicking the correct tab:
•For the MXPP_MR_2.5G card, click the Provisioning > Line > SONET (or Provisioning > Line > SDH) tabs.
•For the MXP_2.5G_10E card, click the Provisioning > Line > Trunk tabs.
•For the MXP_2.5G_10G card, click the Provisioning > Line > SONET (or Provisioning > Line > SDH) tabs.
•For the MXP_MR_2.5G card, click the Provisioning > Line > SONET (or Provisioning > Line > SDH) tabs.
•For the TXPP_MR_2.5G card, click the Provisioning > Line > SONET (or Provisioning > Line > SDH) tabs.
•For the TXP_MR_10E card, click the Provisioning > Line > SONET (or Provisioning > Line > SDH) tabs.
•For the TXP_MR_10G card, click the Provisioning > Line > SONET (or Provisioning > Line > SDH) tabs.
•For the TXP_MR_2.5G card, click the Provisioning > Line > SONET (or Provisioning > Line > SDH) tabs.
If it is not IS or Unlocked, choose IS (or Unlocked) from the administrative state drop-down list. This creates the IS-NR or Unlocked,enabled service state.
Step 7 If the port is in IS (or Unlocked) state but its output power is outside of the specifications, complete the "Clear the LOS-P (OCH) Alarm" procedure. (These specifications are listed in the "Hardware Specifications" appendix of the Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Reference Manual.)
Step 8 If the signal source is IS or Unlocked and within expected range, come back to the unit reporting OPWR-HDEG and clean all connected fiber in the same line direction as the reported alarm according to site practice. If no site practice exists, complete the procedure in the "Maintain the Node" chapter of the Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Procedure Guide.
Note Unplugging fiber can cause a traffic hit. To avoid this, perform a traffic switch if possible. Refer to the procedures in the "Protection Switching, Lock Initiation, and Clearing" section. For more detailed protection switching information, refer to the "Manage the Node" chapter in the Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Procedure Guide.
Step 9 Repeat Steps 1 to 8 for any other port on the card reporting the OPWR-HDEG alarm.
Step 10 If the alarm does not clear, look for and troubleshoot any other alarm that could identify the source of the problem.
Step 11 If no other alarms exist that could be the source of the OPWR-HDEG, or if clearing an alarm did not clear the alarm, place all of the card ports in OOS,DSBLD (or Locked,disabled) administrative state.
Step 12 Complete the "Physically Replace a Card" procedure for the reporting card.
Step 13 If the alarm does not clear, log into the Technical Support Website at http://www.cisco.com/techsupport for more information or call Cisco TAC (1-800-553-2447).
2.5.226 OPWR-HFAIL
Default Severity: Critical (CR), Service-Affecting (SA)
Logical Objects: AOTS, OCH, OMS, OTS
The Output Power Failure alarm occurs on an amplifier card (OPT-BST, OPT-PRE, OPT-AMP-C, or OPT-AMP-17-C) AOTS and WXC card OCH port if the transmitted power exceeds the high fail threshold. This alarm is raised only in control power working mode. The alarmed card should be replaced at the next opportunity.
Note For general information about DWDM cards, refer to the "Card Reference" chapter in the Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Reference Manual. For information about changing their settings, refer to the "Change DWDM Card Settings" chapter in the Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Procedure Guide.
Clear the OPWR-HFAIL Alarm
Step 1 Complete the "Clear the OPWR-HDEG Alarm" procedure.
Step 2 If the alarm does not clear, log into the Technical Support Website at http://www.cisco.com/techsupport for more information or call Cisco TAC (1-800-553-2447) in order to report a Service-Affecting (SA) problem.
2.5.227 OPWR-LDEG
Default Severity: Minor (MN), Non-Service-Affecting (NSA)
Logical Objects: AOTS, OCH, OCH-TERM, OMS, OTS
The Output Power Low Degrade alarm occurs on all DWDM ports that use a setpoint, including the an amplifier card (OPT-BST, OPT-PRE, OPT-AMP-C, or OPT-AMP-17-C) AOTS ports in control-power mode; the 32DMX, 32DMX-O, 40DMX, 32MUX-O, 40MUX, 32WSS, and 40WSS-C card OCH ports; and the OSC-CSM and OSCM card OSC-TX ports.
The alarm generally indicates that an internal signal transmission problem prevents the signal output power from maintaining its setpoint and the signal has crossed the low degrade threshold. For the 32DMX, 32DMX-O, 40DMX, 32MUX-O, 40MUX, 32WSS, and 40WSS-C card OCH ports and the OSC-CSM and OSCM card OSC-TX ports, the OPWR-HDEG alarm indicates that the card has a VOA control circuit failure affecting its attenuation capability. The alarmed card should be replaced at the next opportunity.
Note The OPWR-LDEG alarm may be raised on the WSS pass through ports of a ROADM configuration when the attenuation is increased at the span level.
Note For general information about DWDM cards, refer to the "Card Reference" chapter in the Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Reference Manual. For more information about provisioning VOA setpoints, refer to the "Network Reference" chapter in the same manual.
Clear the OPWR-LDEG Alarm
Step 1 Complete the "Clear the OPWR-HDEG Alarm" procedure.
Step 2 If the alarm does not clear, log into the Technical Support Website at http://www.cisco.com/techsupport for more information or call Cisco TAC (1-800-553-2447).
2.5.228 OPWR-LFAIL
Default Severity: Critical (CR), Service-Affecting (SA)
Logical Objects: AOTS, OCH, OCH-TERM, OMS, OTS
The Output Power Failure alarm applies to an amplifier card (OPT-BST, OPT-PRE, OPT-AMP-C, or OPT-AMP-17-C) AOTS ports. It also applies to AD-1B-xx.x, AD-4B-xx.x, AD-1C-xx.x, AD-2C-xx.x, AD-4C-xx.x, OPT-PRE, OPT-BST, OPT-AMP-C, or OPT-AMP-17-C, 32MUX-O, 40MUX, 32DMX, 32DMX-O, 32DMX, 40DMX, 32WSS, 40WSS-C, and OSC-CSM transmit ports. The alarm is raised when monitored input power crosses the low fail threshold.
For the AD-1B-xx.x, AD-4B-xx.x, AD-1C-xx.x, AD-2C-xx.x, and AD-4C-xx.x card OCH ports and the 32MUX-O, 40MUX, 32DMX, 32DMX-O, 32DMX, 40DMX, 32WSS, 40WSS-C, OSCM, and OSC-CSM cards, OPWR-LFAIL indicates that the card has a VOA control circuit failure that affects its attenuation capability.
Note For general information about DWDM cards, refer to the "Card Reference" chapter in the Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Reference Manual. For more information about provisioning VOA setpoints, refer to the "Network Reference" chapter in the same manual.
Clear the OPWR-LFAIL Alarm
Step 1 Complete the "Clear the OPWR-HDEG Alarm" procedure.
Step 2 If the alarm does not clear, log into the Technical Support Website at http://www.cisco.com/techsupport for more information or call Cisco TAC (1-800-553-2447) in order to report a Service-Affecting (SA) problem.
2.5.229 OSRION
Default Severity: Not Alarmed (NA), Non-Service-Affecting (NSA)
Logical Objects: AOTS, OTS
The Optical Safety Remote Interlock On condition is raised an amplifier card (OPT-BST or OPT-PRE) when OSRI is set to ON. The condition does not correlate with the "OPWR-LFAIL" alarm on page 2-177, which is also reported on the same port.
Clear the OSRION Condition
Step 1 Turn the OSRI off:
a. In node view (single-shelf mode) or shelf view (multishelf mode), double-click the card to open the card view.
b. Click the Maintenance > ALS tabs.
c. In the OSRI column, choose OFF from the drop-down list.
Step 2 If the condition does not clear, log into the Technical Support Website at http://www.cisco.com/techsupport for more information or call Cisco TAC (1-800-553-2447).
2.5.230 OTUK-AIS
Default Severity: Not Reported (NR), Non-Service-Affecting (NSA)
Logical Object: TRUNK
The Optical Transport Unit (OTUK) AIS condition applies to TXP_MR_10G, TXP_MR_2.5G, TXPP_MR_2.5G, TXP_MR_10E, TXP_MR_10E_C, TXP_MR_10E_L, MXP_2.5G_10G, MXP_2.5G_10E, ADM-10G, and OTU2_XP cards when ITU-T G.709 encapsulation is enabled for the cards. OTUk-AIS is a generic AIS signal with a repeating AIS PN-11 sequence. This pattern is inserted by the card in the ITU-T G.709 frame (Trunk) when a faulty condition is present on the client side.
The detection of an OTUK-AIS on the RX-Trunk port of a near-end TXP or MXP is a secondary condition that indicates a more serious issue occurring on the far-end TXP/MXP card connected upstream, most likely on the client side. OTUK-AIS is reported in the optical transport unit overhead of the digital wrapper.
ITU-T G.709 encapsulation refers to a digital data wrapper that is transparent across networking standards such as SONET and protocols (such as Ethernet or IP).
Note For information about MXP and TXP cards and their monitoring capabilities, refer to the "Card Reference" and "Provision Transponder and Muxponder Cards" chapters in the Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Procedure Guide.
Clear the OTUK-AIS Condition
Step 1 Complete the "Clear the AIS Condition" procedure.
Step 2 If the alarm does not clear, log into the Technical Support Website at http://www.cisco.com/techsupport for more information or call Cisco TAC (1-800-553-2447).
2.5.231 OTUK-BDI
Default Severity: Not Reported (NR), Non-Service-Affecting (NSA)
Logical Object: TRUNK
The Section Monitoring Backward Defect Indication (OTUK BDI) condition applies to TXP_MR_10G, TXP_MR_2.5G, TXPP_MR_2.5G, TXP_MR_10E, TXP_MR_10E_C, TXP_MR_10E_L, MXP_2.5G_10G, MXP_2.5G_10E, ADM-10G, and OTU2_XP cards when ITU-T G.709 encapsulation feature is enabled for the cards. The presence of OTUK-BDI is detected by ITU-T G.709 frame section-monitoring overhead field. The BDI bit is a single bit defined to convey the signal fail status detected in a section termination sink in the upstream direction.
Note If the near-end TXP detects an OTUK-BDI condition on its Trunk-RX port, this means that the far-end TXP has inserted the BDI bit in the transmitted (Trunk-Tx) frame, because a failure such as LOS or SD was detected on the Trunk-RX port. Troubleshoot the failure on the far-end side to clear this condition. For information about various DWDM LOS alarms, refer to the appropriate sections in this chapter. For an OC-N/STM-N LOS failure or an SD, refer to the "Alarm Troubleshooting" chapter of the Cisco ONS 15454 Troubleshooting Guide.
ITU-T G.709 encapsulation refers to a digital data wrapper that is transparent across networking standards such as SONET and protocols (such as Ethernet or IP).
Note For general information about MXP and TXP cards, refer to the "Card Reference" chapter in the Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Reference Manual. For information about provisioning them, refer to the "Provision Transponder and Muxponder Cards" chapter in the Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Procedure Guide.
Clear the OTUK-BDI Condition
Step 1 At the near-end node, use site practices to clean trunk transmitting fiber toward the far-end node and the client receiving fiber. If no site practice exists, complete the procedure in the "Maintain the Node" chapter of the Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Procedure Guide.
Step 2 At the far-end node, determine whether an "OTUK-AIS" condition, page 2-179, is present on the Trunk-RX. If so, the root cause to be investigated is the Trunk-Tx side on the near-end card (the one alarmed for OTUK-BDI) because that is the section where the AIS bit is inserted.
Step 3 If there is no OTUK-AIS at the far-end node, continue to investigate performances of the Trunk-Rx: Look for other OTU-related alarms, such as the "OTUK-LOF" condition on page 2-181 or "OTUK-SD" condition on page 2-182 at the far-end Trunk-RX. If either is present, resolve the condition using the appropriate procedure in this chapter.
Step 4 If the OTUK-BDI alarm does not clear, use an OTN test set such as the Agilent OmniBerOTN tester to to check near-end transmitting signal quality. (For specific procedures to use the test set equipment, consult the manufacturer.)
Step 5 If the condition does not clear, log into the Technical Support Website at http://www.cisco.com/techsupport for more information or call Cisco TAC (1-800-553-2447).
2.5.232 OTUK-IAE
Default Severity: Minor (MN), Non-Service-Affecting (NSA)
Logical Object: TRUNK
The OTUK Section-Monitoring Incoming Alignment Error (IAE) alarm occurs on TXP_MR_10G, TXP_MR_2.5G, TXPP_MR_2.5G, TXP_MR_10E, TXP_MR_10E_C, TXP_MR_10E_L, MXP_2.5G_10G, MXP_2.5G_10E, ADM-10G, and OTU2_XP cards when ITU-T G.709 encapsulation is enabled for the cards and the trunk connection is present. This alarm is raised on the near-end node to indicate that the far-end node it has detected errors in the received OTUK frames, but they are not bad enough to cause an "OTUK-LOF" alarm, page 2-181.
The IAE bit in the section overhead allows the ingress point (in this case, the far-end node) to inform its corresponding egress (near-end) point that the alignment error is detected on the incoming signal OTUK frame alignment errors from NE. The error is an out-of-frame (OOF) alignment, in which the optical transport unit overhead frame alignment (FAS) area is errored for more than five frames.
Note For general information about MXP and TXP cards, refer to the "Card Reference" chapter in the Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Reference Manual. For information about provisioning them, refer to the "Provision Transponder and Muxponder Cards" chapter in the Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Procedure Guide.
Clear the OTUK-IAE Alarm
Step 1 At the near-end and far-end node, use site practices to clean transmitting fiber on near-end node's reporting port and receiving fiber on correspondent far-end port. If no site practice exists, complete the procedure in the "Maintain the Node" chapter of the Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Procedure Guide.
Step 2 If the OTUK-IAE alarm does not clear, look for other OTU-related alarm, such as the "OTUK-LOF" alarm, page 2-181, at the far-end node and resolve it using the appropriate procedure in this guide.
Step 3 If the OTUK-IAE alarm does not clear, use an OTN test set such as the Agilent OmniBerOTN tester to to check near-end transmitting signal quality. For specific procedures to use the test set equipment, consult the manufacturer.
Step 4 If the alarm does not clear, log into the Technical Support Website at http://www.cisco.com/techsupport for more information or call Cisco TAC (1-800-553-2447).
2.5.233 OTUK-LOF
Default Severity: Critical (CR), Service-Affecting (SA)
Logical Object: TRUNK
The OTUK-LOF alarm applies to TXP_MR_10G, TXP_MR_2.5G, TXPP_MR_2.5G, TXP_MR_10E, TXP_MR_10E_C, TXP_MR_10E_L, MXP_2.5G_10G, MXP_2.5G_10E, GE-XP, 10GE-XP, ADM-10G, and OTU2_XP cards when ITU-T G.709 encapsulation is enabled for the cards. The alarm indicates that the card has lost frame delineation on the input data. Loss of frame occurs when the optical transport unit overhead frame alignment (FAS) area is errored for more than five frames and that the error persists more than three milliseconds.
ITU-T G.709 encapsulation refers to a digital data wrapper that is transparent across networking standards such as SONET and protocols (such as Ethernet or IP).
Note For general information about MXP and TXP cards, refer to the "Card Reference" chapter in the Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Reference Manual. For information about provisioning them, refer to the "Provision Transponder and Muxponder Cards" chapter in the Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Procedure Guide.
Clear the OTUK-LOF Alarm
Step 1 Verify cabling continuity to the port reporting the alarm.
Always use the supplied electrostatic discharge wristband when working with a powered ONS system. Plug the wristband cable into the ESD jack located on the lower-right edge of the shelf assembly. To verify cable continuity, follow site practices.
Step 2 At the far-end node, verify the cabling of the Trunk-TX port of the TXP or MXP connected to alarmed card in the near-end. Clean the fibers according with site practice.(If no site practice exists, refer to the "Maintain the Node" chapter of the Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Procedure Guide for procedures.)
Step 3 At the far-end node, verify the ITU-T G.709 encapsulation configuration of the Trunk-TX of the TXP/MXP connected to alarmed card in the near end.
Step 4 Look for other OTU-related alarms at the far-end Trunk-TX and resolve them if necessary using the appropriate procedure in this guide.
Step 5 If the OTUK-LOF alarm does not clear on the near end, use an OTN test set such as the Agilent OmniBer OTN tester to check far-end ITU-T G.709 transmitting signal quality. (For specific procedures to use the test set equipment, consult the manufacturer.)
Step 6 If the alarm does not clear, log into the Technical Support Website at http://www.cisco.com/techsupport for more information or call Cisco TAC (1-800-553-2447).
2.5.234 OTUK-SD
Default Severity: Not Alarmed (NA) Non-Service-Affecting (NSA)
Logical Object: TRUNK
The OTUK-SD condition applies to TXP_MR_10G, TXP_MR_2.5G, TXPP_MR_2.5G, TXP_MR_10E, TXP_MR_10E_C, TXP_MR_10E_L, MXP_2.5G_10G, MXP_2.5G_10E, ADM-10G, and OTU2_XP cards when ITU-T G.709 encapsulation is enabled. The condition indicates that incoming signal quality is poor, but the incoming line BER has not passed the fail threshold. The BER value is calculated on the Trunk-Rx port's incoming ITU-T G.709 encapsulation frame. If FEC or E-FEC feature is enabled, the BER is a pre-FEC measurement.
ITU-T G.709 encapsulation refers to a digital data wrapper that is transparent across networking standards such as SONET and protocols (such as Ethernet or IP).
Note For general information about MXP and TXP cards, refer to the "Card Reference" chapter in the Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Reference Manual. For information about provisioning them, refer to the "Provision Transponder and Muxponder Cards" chapter in the Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Procedure Guide.
Clear the OTUK-SD Condition
Step 1 Ensure that the fiber connector for the card is completely plugged in. For more information about fiber connections and card insertion, refer to the "Turn Up a Node" chapter in the Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Procedure Guide.
Step 2 If the BER threshold is correct and at the expected level, use an optical test set to measure the power level of the line to ensure it is within guidelines. For specific procedures to use the test set equipment, consult the manufacturer.
Step 3 If the optical power level is good, verify that optical receive levels are within the acceptable range.
Step 4 If receive levels are good, clean the fibers at both ends according to site practice. If no site practice exists, complete the procedure in the "Maintain the Node" chapter in the Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Procedure Guide.
Step 5 If the condition does not clear, verify that single-mode fiber is used.
Step 6 If the fiber is of the correct type, verify that a single-mode laser is used at the far-end node.
Step 7 Clean the fiber connectors at both ends for a signal degrade according to site practice.
Step 8 Verify that a single-mode laser is used at the far end.
Step 9 If the problem does not clear, the transmitter at the other end of the optical line could be failing and require replacement. Refer to the "Physical Card Reseating, Resetting, and Replacement" section.
Step 10 If the condition does not clear, log into the Technical Support Website at http://www.cisco.com/techsupport for more information or call Cisco TAC (1-800-553-2447).
2.5.235 OTUK-SF
Default Severity: Not Alarmed (NA), Non-Service-Affecting (NSA)
Logical Object: TRUNK
The OTUK-SF condition applies to TXP_MR_10G, TXP_MR_2.5G, TXPP_MR_2.5G, TXP_MR_10E, TXP_MR_10E_C, TXP_MR_10E_L, MXP_2.5G_10G, MXP_2.5G_10E, ADM-10G, and OTU2_XP cards when ITU-T G.709 encapsulation is enabled. The condition indicates that incoming signal quality is poor and that the BER for the incoming line has passed the fail threshold. The BER value is calculated on the Trunk-Rx port's incoming ITU-T G.709 encapsulation frame. If FEC or E-FEC feature is enabled, the BER is a pre-FEC measurement.
ITU-T G.709 encapsulation refers to a digital data wrapper that is transparent across networking standards such as SONET and protocols (such as Ethernet or IP).
Note For general information about MXP and TXP cards, refer to the "Card Reference" chapter in the Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Reference Manual. For information about provisioning them, refer to the "Provision Transponder and Muxponder Cards" chapter in the Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Procedure Guide.
Clear the OTUK-SF Condition
Step 1 Complete the "Clear the OTUK-SD Condition" procedure.
Step 2 If the condition does not clear, log into the Technical Support Website at http://www.cisco.com/techsupport for more information or call Cisco TAC (1-800-553-2447).
2.5.236 OTUK-TIM
Default Severity: Critical (CR), Service-Affecting (SA)
Logical Object: TRUNK
The OTUK-TIM alarm applies to TXP_MR_10G, TXP_MR_2.5G, TXPP_MR_2.5G, TXP_MR_10E, TXP_MR_10E_C, TXP_MR_10E_L, MXP_2.5G_10G, MXP_2.5G_10E, ADM-10G, and OTU2_XP cards when ITU-T G.709 encapsulation is enabled and section trace mode is set to manual. The alarm indicates that the expected section-monitoring trail trace identifier (TT1) string does not match the received TTI string and raises a Trace Identifier Mismatch (TIM) alarm. The TIM alarm in turn, triggers an "OTUK-BDI" alarm, page 2-179.
ITU-T G.709 encapsulation refers to a digital data wrapper that is transparent across networking standards such as SONET and protocols (such as Ethernet or IP).
Note For general information about MXP and TXP cards, refer to the "Card Reference" chapter in the Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Reference Manual. For information about provisioning them, refer to the "Provision Transponder and Muxponder Cards" chapter in the Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Procedure Guide.
Clear the OTUK-TIM Condition
Step 1 Complete the "Clear the TIM Alarm" procedure.
Step 2 If the condition does not clear, log into the Technical Support Website at http://www.cisco.com/techsupport for more information or call Cisco TAC (1-800-553-2447).
2.5.237 OUT-OF-SYNC
Default Severity: Major (MJ), Service-Affecting (SA); Not Alarmed (NA), Non-Service-Affecting (NSA) for ISC
Logical Objects: FC, GE, ISC, TRUNK
The Ethernet Out of Synchronization condition occurs on TXP_MR_2.5, TXPP_MR_2.5, GE-XP, 10GE-XP, and ADM-10G cards when the PPM (SFP) port is not correctly configured for the Gigabit Ethernet payload rate.
Note For general information about MXP and TXP cards, refer to the "Card Reference" chapter in the Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Reference Manual. For information about provisioning them, refer to the "Provision Transponder and Muxponder Cards" chapter in the Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Procedure Guide.
Clear the OUT-OF-SYNC Condition
Step 1 In node view (single-shelf mode) or shelf view (multishelf mode), double-click the alarmed card to open the card view.
Step 2 Click the Provisioning > Pluggable Port Modules tabs.
Step 3 Delete the provisioning for the PPM (SFP) by completing the following steps:
a. Click the PPM (SFP) in the Selected PPM area.
b. Click Delete.
Step 4 Recreate the PPM (SFP):
a. In the Pluggable Port Modules area, click Create.
b. In the Create PPM dialog box, choose the PPM (SFP) number you want to create.
c. Click OK.
Step 5 After the PPM (SFP) is created, provision the port's data rate:
a. In the Pluggable Ports area, click Create.
b. In Create Port dialog box, choose ONE_GE from the Port Type drop-down list.
c. Click OK.
Step 6 If the condition does not clear, log into the Technical Support Website at http://www.cisco.com/techsupport for more information or call Cisco TAC (1-800-553-2447).
2.5.238 PARAM-MISM
Default Severity: Not Alarmed (NA), Non-Service-Affecting (NSA)
Logical Objects: AOTS, OCH, OCH-TERM, OMS, OTS
The Plug-in Module Range Settings Mismatch condition is raised an amplifier card (OPT-BST , OPT-PRE, OPT-AMP-C, and OPT-AMP-17-C), optical add-drop multiplexer (OADM) card (AD-1C-xx.x, AD-2C-xx.x, AD-4C-xx.x, AD-1B-xx.x, and AD-4B-xx.x), multiplexer card (32MUX-O, 32WSS, 40WSS-C, and 40WXC), or demultiplexer cards (32DMX-O, 32DMX, 40-DMX-C, and 40DMX-CE) when the parameter range values stored on the card are different from the parameters stored in TCC2/TCC2P card database. The condition is not user-serviceable. Log into the Technical Support Website at http://www.cisco.com/techsupport for more information or call Cisco TAC (1-800-553-2447).
2.5.239 PDI-P
Default Severity: Not Alarmed (NA), Non-Service-Affecting (NSA)
Logical Object: STSMON, STSTRM
PDI-P is a set of application-specific codes indicating a signal label mismatch failure (SLMF) in the ONS 15454 STS path overhead. The condition indicates to downstream equipment that there is a defect in one or more of the directly mapped payloads contained in that STS synchronous payload envelope (SPE). For example, the mismatch could occur in the overhead to the path selector in a downstream node configured as part of a path protection. The PDI-P codes appear in the STS Signal Label (C2 byte).
An SLMF often occurs when the payload (for example, ATM) does not match what the signal label is reporting. The "AIS" condition, page 2-26 often accompanies a PDI-P condition. If the PDI-P is the only condition reported with the AIS, clearing PDI-P clears the AIS. PDI-P can also occur during an upgrade, but usually clears itself and is not a valid condition.
A PDI-P condition reported on an OC-N port supporting a G-Series card circuit could result from the end-to-end Ethernet link integrity feature of the G-Series card. If the link integrity is the cause of the path defect, it is typically accompanied by the TPTFAIL (G1000) or the CARLOSS (G1000) reported against one or both Ethernet ports terminating the circuit. If this is the case, clear the TPTFAIL and CARLOSS alarms to resolve the PDI-P condition.
A PDI-P condition reported on an OC-N port supporting an ML-Series card circuit could result from the end-to-end Ethernet link integrity feature of the ML-Series card. If the link integrity is the cause, it is typically accompanied by the TPTFAIL (ML100T, ML1000, MLFX) reported against one or both POS ports terminating the circuit. If TPTFAIL is reported against one or both of the POS ports, troubleshooting the accompanying alarm clears the PDI-P condition. Refer to the Ethernet Card Software Feature and Configuration Guide for the Cisco ONS 15454, Cisco ONS 15454 SDH, and Cisco ONS 15327 for more information about ML-Series cards.
|
Warning Use of controls, adjustments, or performing procedures other than those specified could result in hazardous radiation exposure. Statement 1057
|
Note For more information about Ethernet cards, refer to the Ethernet Card Software Feature and Configuration Guide for the Cisco ONS 15454, Cisco ONS 15454 SDH, and Cisco ONS 15327.
Clear the PDI-P Condition
Step 1 Verify that all circuits terminating in the reporting card are DISCOVERED:
a. Click the Circuits tab.
b. Verify that the Status column lists the circuit as active.
c. If the Status column lists the circuit as PARTIAL, wait 10 minutes for the ONS 15454 to initialize fully. If the PARTIAL status does not change after full initialization, log into the Technical Support Website at http://www.cisco.com/techsupport for more information or call Cisco TAC to report a Service-Affecting (SA) problem (1-800-553-2447).
Step 2 After determining that the circuit is DISCOVERED, ensure that the signal source to the card reporting the alarm is working.
Always use the supplied electrostatic discharge wristband when working with a powered ONS 15454. Plug the wristband cable into the ESD jack located on the lower-right edge of the shelf assembly.
Step 3 If traffic is affected, complete the "Delete a Circuit" procedure.
Deleting a circuit can affect existing traffic.
Step 4 Recreate the circuit with the correct circuit size. Refer to the "Create Circuits and VT Tunnels" chapter in the Cisco ONS 15454 Procedure Guide for detailed procedures to create circuits.
Step 5 If circuit deletion and re-creation does not clear the condition, verify that there is no problem stemming from the far-end OC-N card providing STS payload to the reporting card.
Step 6 If the condition does not clear, confirm the cross-connect between the OC-N card and the reporting card.
Step 7 If the condition does not clear, clean the far-end optical fiber according to site practice. If no site practice exists, complete the procedure in the "Maintain the Node" chapter of the Cisco ONS 15454 Procedure Guide.
Step 8 If the condition does not clear, complete the "Physically Replace a Card" procedure for the optical/electrical cards.
Step 9 If the condition does not clear, log into the Technical Support Website at http://www.cisco.com/techsupport for more information or call Cisco TAC (1-800-553-2447).
2.5.240 PEER-NORESPONSE
Default Severity: Major (MJ), Non-Service-Affecting (NSA)
Logical Object: EQPT
The switch agent raises a Peer Card Not Responding alarm if either traffic card in a protection group does not receive a response to the peer status request message. PEER-NORESPONSE is a software failure and occurs at the task level, as opposed to a communication failure, which is a hardware failure between peer cards.
Clear the PEER-NORESPONSE Alarm
Step 1 Complete the "Reset a Card in CTC" procedure for the reporting card.
Step 2 Verify that the reset is complete and error-free and that no new related alarms appear in CTC. Verify the LED appearance: A green ACT/SBY LED indicates an active card. An amber ACT/SBY LED indicates a standby card.
Step 3 If the alarm does not clear, log into the Technical Support Website at http://www.cisco.com/techsupport for more information or call Cisco TAC (1-800-553-2447).
2.5.241 PMI
Default Severity: Not Alarmed (NA), Non-Service-Affecting (NSA)
Logical objects: OCH, OMS, OTS
The Payload Missing Indication (PMI) condition is part of MSTP network-level alarm correlation. It is raised at the far end when OTS or OMS optical payload is missing due to an LOS, LOS-P, or OPWR-LFAIL alarm root cause. A single PMI condition is sent when every channel on the aggregated port is lost--that is, when there are no pass-through channels or active added channels in service.
An LOS, LOS-P, or OPWR-LFAIL alarm on an MSTP circuit causes multiple alarms for each channel. R7.0 correlation simplifies troubleshooting by reporting a single alarm for multiple alarms having one root cause, then demoting the root alarms so that they are only visible in the Conditions window (with Not Reported [NR] severity.)
PMI clears when the optical channel is working on the aggregated or single-channel optical port.
Note Network-level alarm correlation is only supported for MSTP communication alarms. It is not supported for equipment alarms.
Clear the PMI Condition
Step 1 Clear the root-cause service-affecting alarm by using one of the following procedures, as appropriate:
•"Clear the LOS (OTS) Alarm" procedure
•"Clear the LOS (TRUNK) Alarm" procedure
•"Clear the LOS-P (OCH) Alarm" procedure
•"Clear the LOS-P (AOTS, OMS, OTS) Alarm" procedure
•"Clear the LOS-P (TRUNK) Alarm" procedure
•"Clear the OPWR-LFAIL Alarm" procedure
Step 2 If the alarm does not clear, log into the Technical Support Website at http://www.cisco.com/techsupport for more information or call Cisco TAC (1-800-553-2447).
2.5.242 PORT-FAIL
Default Severity: Critical (CR), Service-Affecting (SA)
Logical Object: OCH
The APC Port Failure alarm occurs when amplifier margins and VOA are saturated for a port, so APC cannot apply any control. For example, it is raised if APC attempts to set an OPT-BST or OPT-AMP-x-C port's gain higher than 20 dBm (the maximum setpoint) or its attenuation on Express VOA lower than 0 dBm (the minimum setpoint).
Note For more information about provisioning VOA setpoints, refer to the "Network Reference" chapter of the Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Reference Manual.
Clear the PORT-FAIL Alarm
Step 1 If a maintenance operation such as fiber repair, adding a card, or replacing a card has just been performed on the optical network (whether at the node raising the PORT-FAIL alarm or at any other node), determine whether this operation has added extra loss. This can happen if the repair is imperfect or if a patchcord is dirty. To test for signal loss, refer to procedures in the "Network Reference" chapter of the Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Reference Manual.
Step 2 If there is loss added and fiber has been repaired or removed, first try cleaning the fiber by completing the procedures in the "Maintain the Node" chapter of the Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Procedure Guide.
Step 3 If the alarm does not clear and fiber has been repaired, perform the repair again with new fiber if necessary. For fibering procedures, refer to the "Turn Up a Node" chapter in the Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Procedure Guide. If the alarm does not clear, go to Step 4.
Note Before disconnecting any optical amplifier card fiber for troubleshooting, ensure that the optical amplifier card is unplugged.
Step 4 If a maintenance operation has not been recently executed on the network, the alarm indicates that the network has consumed all of its allocated aging margins. In this case, log into the Technical Support Website at http://www.cisco.com/techsupport for more information or call Cisco TAC (1-800-553-2447) in order to report a Service-Affecting (SA) problem.
2.5.243 PROTNA
Default Severity: Minor (MN), Non-Service-Affecting (NSA)
Logical Object: EQPT
The Protection Unit Not Available alarm is caused by an OOS (or Locked) protection card when a TCC2/TCC2P card or cross-connect card that has been provisioned as part of a protection group is not available. The alarm clears if the device or facility is brought back in service.
Clear the PROTNA Alarm
Step 1 If the PROTNA alarm occurs and does not clear, and if it is raised against a controller card, ensure that there is a redundant TCC2/TCC2P card installed and provisioned in the chassis.
Step 2 If the alarm is raised against a line card, verify that the ports have been taken out of service (OOS,MT or Locked,maintenance):
a. In node view (single-shelf mode) or shelf view (multishelf mode), double-click the reporting card to open the card view.
b. Click the Provisioning tab.
c. Click the administrative state of any in-service (IS or Unlocked) ports.
d. Choose OOS,MT (or Locked,maintenance) to take the ports out of service.
Step 3 Complete the "Reset a Card in CTC" procedure for the reporting card.
Step 4 Verify that the reset is complete and error-free and that no new related alarms appear in CTC. Verify the LED appearance: A green ACT/SBY LED indicates an active card. An amber ACT/SBY LED indicates a standby card.
Step 5 If the alarm does not clear, complete the "Remove and Reinsert (Reseat) Any Card" procedure for the reporting card.
Step 6 If the alarm does not clear, log into the Technical Support Website at http://www.cisco.com/techsupport for more information or call Cisco TAC (1-800-553-2447).
2.5.244 PROV-MISMATCH
Default Severity: Minor (MN), Non-Service-Affecting (NSA)
Logical Object: PPM
The Provisioning Mismatch for a PPM alarm is raised against a PPM connector on MXP_2.5G_10E, MXP_2.5G_10E_C, MXP_2.5G_10E_L, MXP_2.5G_10G, MXP_MR_2.5G, MXPP_MR_2.5G, TXP_MR_2.5G, TXP_MR_10E, TXP_MR_10E_C, TXP_MR_10E_L, TXPP_MR_2.5G, GE_XP, 10GE_XP, ADM-10G, and OTU2_XP under one of the following circumstances:
•The physical PPM's range or wavelength does not match the provisioned value. PPMs have static wavelength values which must match the wavelengths provisioned for the card in the case of non-DWDM PPMs.
•The PPM's reach (loss) value does not meet the reach value needed for the card.
•The reach of the inserted PPM does not match the physical PPM.
This alarm is raised on GE_XP and 10GE_XP cards, if the following settings are configured:
•Double Add and Translate Add selective modes
•CVLAN Ingress CoS
•MAC address learning on SVLAN
Until this alarm is cleared, provisioning on the GE_XP and 10GE_XP cards is not possible.
Clear the PROV-MISMATCH Alarm
To clear the alarm when the physical PPM's range or wavelength does not match the provisioned value, perform the following steps:
Step 1 Determine what the PPM wavelength range should be by viewing the frequency provisioned for the card:
a. In node view (single-shelf mode) or shelf view (multishelf mode), double-click the card to open the card view.
b. Click the Maintenance > Info tabs.
c. Record the value shown in the Value column.
Step 2 Remove the incorrect PPM connector:
a. Unplug the PPM connector and fiber from the reporting card.
b. If the PPM connector has a latch securing the fiber cable, pull the latch upward to release the cable.
c. Pull the fiber cable straight out of the connector.
Step 3 Replace the unit with the correct PPM connector:
a. Plug the fiber into a Cisco-supported PPM connector. For more information about supported PPMs, refer to the "Hardware Specifications" appendix of the Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Reference Manual.
b. If the new PPM connector has a latch, close the latch over the cable to secure it.
c. Plug the cabled PPM connector into the card port until it clicks.
To clear the alarm when the PPM's reach (loss) value does not meet the reach value needed for the card, perform the following steps:
Step 1 Determine what the reach distance of the PPM should be by viewing the reach value provisioned for the card:
a. In node view (single-shelf mode) or shelf view (multishelf mode), double-click the card to open the card view.
b. Click the Provisioning > Line tabs.
Note In GE_XP cards, click Provisioning > Ether Ports tabs.
c. Record the value shown in the Reach column.
Step 2 Check the reach value of the PPM:
a. In the node view (single-shelf mode), click the Inventory tab.
b. Check the reach distance in the Product ID column.
Step 3 If there is a mismatch in the values recorded in step1c and step2b, change the PPM to match the provisioned value or reprovision the card.
Step 4 If the alarm does not clear, log into the Technical Support Website at http://www.cisco.com/techsupport for more information or call Cisco TAC (1-800-553-2447).
To clear the alarm on GE_XP or 10GE_XP cards with Double Add and Translate Add selective modes, CVLAN Ingress CoS, or MAC address learning on SVLAN configuration, perform the following steps:
Step 1 Remove Double Add and Translate Add selective modes, CVLAN Ingress CoS, or MAC address learning on SVLAN configuration.
Step 2 If the alarm does not clear, log into the Technical Support Website at http://www.cisco.com/techsupport for more information or call Cisco TAC (1-800-553-2447).
2.5.245 PTIM
Default Severity: Major (MJ), Non-Service-Affecting (NSA)
Logical Object: TRUNK, EQPT
The Payload Type Identifier Mismatch alarm occurs when there is a mismatch between the way the ITU-T G.709 encapsulation option is configured on MXP_2.5G_10G, TXP_MR_10G, TXP_MR_2.5G, TXP_MR_10E, TXP_MR_10E_C, TXP_MR_10E_L, TXPP_MR_2.5G, ADM-10G, or OTU2_XP card at each end of the optical span.
Note For general information about MXP and TXP cards, refer to the "Card Reference" chapter in the Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Reference Manual. For information about provisioning them, refer to the "Provision Transponder and Muxponder Cards" chapter in the Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Procedure Guide.
Clear the PTIM Alarm
Step 1 In node view (single-shelf mode) or shelf view (multishelf mode), double-click the alarmed MXP_2.5G_10G, TXP_MR_10G, TXP_MR_2.5G, TXP_MR_10E, TXP_MR_10E_C, TXP_MR_10E_L, or TXPP_MR_2.5G, ADM-10G, or OTU2_XP card to open the card view.
Step 2 Click the Provisioning > OTN > OTN Lines tabs.
Step 3 Ensure that the G.709 OTN check box is checked. If not, check it and click Apply.
Step 4 If the alarm does not clear, log into the Technical Support Website at http://www.cisco.com/techsupport for more information or call Cisco TAC (1-800-553-2447).
2.5.246 PWR-FAIL-A
Default Severity: Minor (MN), Non-Service-Affecting (NSA)
Logical Object: EQPT
The Equipment Power Failure at Connector A alarm occurs when there is no power supply from the main power connector to the equipment. This alarm occurs on the electrical interface assemblies (EIA), TCC2/TCC2P, or I/O cards.
Clear the PWR-FAIL-A Alarm
Step 1 If a single card has reported the alarm, take the following actions depending on the reporting card:
•If the reporting card is an active traffic line port in a 1+1 protection group or part of a path protection configuration, ensure that an APS traffic switch has occurred to move traffic to the protect port.
Note Removing a card that currently carries traffic on one or more ports can cause a traffic hit. To avoid this, perform an external switch if a switch has not already occurred. See the "Protection Switching, Lock Initiation, and Clearing" section for commonly used traffic-switching procedures.
•If the alarm is reported against a TCC2/TCC2P card, complete the "Reset an Active TCC2/TCC2P Card and Activate the Standby Card" procedure.
•If the alarm is reported against an OC-N/STM-N card, complete the "Reset a Card in CTC" procedure.
Step 2 If the alarm does not clear, complete the "Remove and Reinsert (Reseat) Any Card" procedure.
Step 3 If the alarm does not clear, complete the "Physically Replace a Card" procedure for the reporting card.
Step 4 If the single card replacement does not clear the alarm, or if multiple cards report the alarm, verify the office power. Refer to the "Install the Shelf and Common Control Cards" chapter in the Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Procedure Guide for procedures. See the "Power Supply Problems" section as necessary.
Step 5 If the alarm does not clear, reseat the power cable connection to the connector.
Step 6 If the alarm does not clear, physically replace the power cable connection to the connector.
Step 7 If the alarm does not clear, log into the Technical Support Website at http://www.cisco.com/techsupport for more information or call Cisco TAC (1-800-553-2447).
2.5.247 PWR-FAIL-B
Default Severity: Minor (MN), Non-Service-Affecting (NSA)
Logical Object: EQPT
The Equipment Power Failure at Connector B alarm occurs when there is no power supply from the main power connector to the equipment. This alarm occurs on the electrical interface assemblies (EIA), TCC2/TCC2P, or I/O cards.
Clear the PWR-FAIL-B Alarm
Step 1 Complete the "Clear the PWR-FAIL-A Alarm" procedure.
Step 2 If the alarm does not clear, log into the Technical Support Website at http://www.cisco.com/techsupport for more information or call Cisco TAC (1-800-553-2447).
2.5.248 PWR-FAIL-RET-A
Default Severity: Minor (MN), Non-Service-Affecting (NSA)
Logical Object: EQPT
The Equipment Power Failure at Connector A alarm occurs when there is no power supplied to the backup power connector on the shelf. This alarm occurs on the electrical interface assemblies (EIA) or TCC2/TCC2P.
Clear the PWR-FAIL-RET-A Alarm
Step 1 Complete the "Clear the PWR-FAIL-A Alarm" procedure.
Step 2 If the alarm does not clear, log into the Technical Support Website at http://www.cisco.com/techsupport for more information or call Cisco TAC (1-800-553-2447).
2.5.249 PWR-FAIL-RET-B
Default Severity: Minor (MN), Non-Service-Affecting (NSA)
Logical Object: EQPT
The Equipment Power Failure at Connector B alarm occurs when there is no power supplied to the backup power connector on the shelf. This alarm occurs on the electrical interface assemblies (EIA) or TCC2/TCC2P.
Clear the PWR-FAIL-RET-A Alarm
Step 1 Complete the "Clear the PWR-FAIL-A Alarm" procedure.
Step 2 If the alarm does not clear, log into the Technical Support Website at http://www.cisco.com/techsupport for more information or call Cisco TAC (1-800-553-2447).
2.5.250 PWR-PROT-ON
Default Severity: Major (MJ), Service-Affecting (SA)
SONET Logical Objects: OTS
The Raman Power Protection On alarm occurs only on the OPT-RAMP-C card when the Raman amplifier is used on fiber span that is too short for Raman power.
Clear the PWR-PROT-ON Alarm
Step 1 To clear the alarm, check if the Raman amplifier is connected to the wrong span. If it is, check patch cords setup and fix it.
Step 2 Alternatively, review the network configuration to see Raman amplifier has been wrongly used. If is, remove it.
Step 3 If the condition does not clear, log into the Technical Support Website at http://www.cisco.com/techsupport for more information or call Cisco TAC (1-800-553-2447).
2.5.251 RFI
Default Severity: Not Reported (NR), Non-Service-Affecting (NSA)
Logical Object: TRUNK
The Remote Failure Indication condition is raised against an MXP_2.5G_10G, TXP_MR_10G, TXP_MR_2.5G, TXP_MR_10E, TXP_MR_10E_C, TXP_MR_10E_L, TXPP_MR_2.5G, or ADM-10G card when the card has the "AIS" condition, page 2-26. The MXP or TXP cards only raise AIS (or remote failure indication [RFI]) when they are in line or section termination mode, that is, when the MXP or TXP cards in line termination mode or section termination mode have improperly terminated overhead bytes.
Note For general information about MXP and TXP cards, refer to the "Card Reference" chapter in the Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Reference Manual. For information about provisioning them, refer to the "Provision Transponder and Muxponder Cards" chapter in the Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Procedure Guide.
Clear the RFI Condition
Step 1 Complete the "Delete a Circuit" procedure and then recreate the circuit.
Step 2 If the condition does not clear, log into the Technical Support Website at http://www.cisco.com/techsupport for more information or call Cisco TAC (1-800-553-2447).
2.5.252 RFI-L
Default Severity: Not Reported (NR), Non-Service-Affecting (NSA)
Logical Object: TRUNK
A RFI Line condition occurs when the ONS 15454 detects an RFI in OC-N card SONET overhead because of a fault in another node. Resolving the fault in the adjoining node clears the RFI-L condition in the reporting node. RFI-L indicates that the condition is occurring at the line level.
Clear the RFI-L Condition
Step 1 Log into the node at the far-end node of the reporting ONS 15454.
Step 2 Identify and clear any alarms, particularly the LOS (OCN) alarm.
Step 3 If the condition does not clear, log into the Technical Support Website at http://www.cisco.com/techsupport for more information or call Cisco TAC (1-800-553-2447).
2.5.253 RFI-P
Default Severity: Not Reported (NR), Non-Service-Affecting (NSA)
Logical Object: STSMON, STSTRM
The RFI Path condition occurs when the ONS 15454 detects an RFI in the an STS-1 signal SONET overhead because of a fault in another node. Resolving the fault in the adjoining node clears the RFI-P condition in the reporting node. RFI-P occurs in the terminating node in that path segment.
Clear the RFI-P Condition
Step 1 Verify that the ports are enabled and in service (IS-NR or Unlocked,enabled) on the reporting ONS 15454:
a. Confirm that the LED is correctly illuminated on the physical card.
A green ACT/SBY LED indicates an active card. An amber ACT/SBY LED indicates a standby card.
b. To determine whether the OC-N port is in service, double-click the card in CTC to open the card view.
c. Click the Provisioning > Line tabs.
d. Verify that the Admin State column lists the port as IS or Unlocked.
e. If the Admin State column lists the port as OOS,MT or Locked,maintenance or Locked,disabled, click the column and choose IS or Unlocked. Click Apply.
Note If ports managed into IS or Unlocked admin state are not receiving signals, the LOS alarm is either raised or remains, and the port service state transitions to OOS-AU,FLT.
Step 2 To find the path and node failure, verify the integrity of the SONET STS circuit path at each of the intermediate SONET nodes.
Step 3 Clear alarms in the node with the failure, especially the "UNEQ-P" alarm on page 2-226.
Step 4 If the condition does not clear, log into the Technical Support Website at http://www.cisco.com/techsupport for more information or call Cisco TAC (1-800-553-2447).
2.5.254 RLS
Default Severity: Not Alarmed (NA), Non-Service-Affecting (NSA)
Logical Object: OTS
The Raman Laser Shutdown (RLS) condition is raised during the Raman link turn-up phase on RAMAN-TX port of the OPT-RAMP-C card when excessive back reflection is detected. When the RLS alarm is raised, the Raman pump laser inside the card is shut down automatically and the optical link turn-up procedure is terminated. The RLS condition must be cleared before proceeding with further provisioning.
Clear the RLS Condition
Step 1 Disconnect the LINE-RX port cable.
Step 2 Clean the optical connectors. To do this, refer to the "Install Hardware" chapter in the Cisco ONS 15454 Procedure Guide.
Step 3 Reconnect the LINE-RX port cable. Wait five minutes for the Raman link restart procedure to be completed on OPT-RAMP-C card.
Step 4 If the RLS condition does not clear, replace the optical cable connected to the LINE-TX port. Repeat Step 3.
Step 5 If the RLS condition persists, call the Cisco TAC (1 800 553-2447) to open a Return Material Authorization (RMA) case.
2.5.255 ROUTE-OVERFLOW
Default Severity: Minor (MN), Non-Service-Affecting (NSA)
Logical Object: NE regardless of MSTP or MSPP
The ROUTE-OVERFLOW indicates the condition when the OSPF routing table exceeds 700 routes. The symptoms for this condition are loss of visibility to a node or network, inability to access a node using CTC, CTM, Telnet, Ping, and so on.
Clear the ROUTE-OVERFLOW Condition
Step 1 Reconfigure the OSPF network to less than 700 routes.
2.5.256 RS-EOC
Default Severity: Minor (MN), Non-Service-Affecting (NSA)
Logical Object: TRUNK
The SONET Data Communications Channel (DCC) Termination Failure alarm occurs when the ONS 15454 loses its data communications channel. Although this alarm is primarily SONET, it can apply to DWDM. For example, the OSCM card can raise this alarm on its STM-1 section overhead.
The RS-DCC consists of three bytes, D1 through D3, in the SONET overhead. The bytes convey information about operation, administration, maintenance, and provisioning (OAM&P). The ONS 15454 uses the DCC on the SONET section overhead to communicate network management information.
|
Warning Class 1 laser product. Statement 1008
|
|
Warning Class 1M laser radiation when open. Do not view directly with optical instruments. Statement 1053
|
|
Warning Use of controls, adjustments, or performing procedures other than those specified could result in hazardous radiation exposure. Statement 1057
|
Note If a circuit shows an incomplete state when this alarm is raised, the logical circuit is in place. The circuit is able to carry traffic when the connection issue is resolved. You do not need to delete the circuit when troubleshooting this alarm.
Clear the RS-EOC Alarm
Step 1 If the alarm does not clear on the reporting node, verify the physical connections between the cards and that the fiber-optic cables are configured to carry RS-DCC traffic. If they are not, correct them. For more information about OC-N fiber connections and terminations, refer to the "Install Cards and Fiber-Optic Cable" chapter in the Cisco ONS 15454 Procedure Guide.
Always use the supplied electrostatic discharge wristband when working with a powered ONS 15454. Plug the wristband cable into the ESD jack located lower-right edge of the shelf assembly.
If the physical connections are correct and configured to carry DCC traffic, ensure that both ends of the fiber span have unlocked ports. Verify that the ACT/SBY LED on each card is green.
Step 2 When the LEDs on the cards are correctly illuminated, complete the "Verify or Create Node RS-DCC Terminations" procedure to verify that the DCC is provisioned for the ports at both ends of the fiber span.
Step 3 Repeat Step 2 at the adjacent nodes.
Step 4 If DCC is provisioned for the ends of the span, verify that the port is active and in service by completing the following steps:
a. Confirm that the card shows a green LED in CTC or on the physical card.
A green ACT/SBY LED indicates an active card. An amber ACT/SBY LED indicates a standby card.
b. To determine whether the port is in service, double-click the card in CTC to display the card view.
c. For an OC-N card, click the Provisioning > Line tabs. For the OSCM card, click the Provisioning > STM-1 Line tabs.
d. Verify that the Admin State column lists the port as IS or Unlocked.
e. If the Admin State column lists the port as OOS,MT or Locked,maintenance or Locked,disabled, click the column and click IS or Unlocked from the drop-down list. Click Apply.
Note If a port in the unlocked admin state does not receive a signal, the LOS alarm is raised and the port service state transitions to Locked-disabled, automaticInService & failed.
Step 5 For all nodes, if the card is in service, use an optical test set to determine whether signal failures are present on fiber terminations. For specific procedures to use the test set equipment, consult the manufacturer.
Using an optical test set disrupts service on an OC-N card. It could be necessary to manually switch traffic carrying circuits over to a protection path. Refer to the
"Protection Switching, Lock Initiation, and Clearing" section for commonly used switching procedures.
Step 6 If no signal failures exist on terminations, measure power levels to verify that the budget loss is within the parameters of the receiver.
Step 7 If budget loss is within parameters, ensure that fiber connectors are securely fastened and properly terminated. For more information refer to "Install Cards and Fiber-Optic Cables" chapter in the Cisco ONS 15454 Procedure Guide.
Step 8 If fiber connectors are properly fastened and terminated, complete the "Reset an Active TCC2/TCC2P Card and Activate the Standby Card" procedure.
Wait ten minutes to verify that the card you reset completely reboots and becomes the standby card.
Resetting the active TCC2/TCC2P card switches control to the standby TCC2/TCC2P card. If the alarm clears when the ONS 15454 node switches to the standby TCC2/TCC2P card, the user can assume that the previously active card is the cause of the alarm.
Step 9 If the TCC2/TCC2P card reset does not clear the alarm, delete the problematic RS-DCC termination by completing the following steps:
a. From card view, click View > Go to Previous View if you have not already done so.
b. Click the Provisioning > Comm Channels > RS-DCC tabs.
c. Highlight the problematic DCC termination.
d. Click Delete.
e. Click Yes in the Confirmation Dialog box.
Step 10 Recreate the RS-DCC termination. Refer to the "Turn Up Network" chapter in the Cisco ONS 15454 Procedure Guide for procedures.
Step 11 Verify that both ends of the DCC have been recreated at the optical ports.
Step 12 If the alarm has not cleared, log into the Technical Support Website at http://www.cisco.com/techsupport for more information or log into http://www.cisco.com/warp/public/687/Directory/DirTAC.shtml to obtain a directory of toll-free Technical Support numbers for your country. If the Technical Support technician tells you to reseat the card, complete the "Remove and Reinsert (Reseat) Any Card" procedure. If the Technical Support technician tells you to remove the card and reinstall a new one, follow the "Physically Replace a Card" procedure.
2.5.257 RS-TIM
Default Severity: Critical (CR), Service-Affecting (SA)
Logical Object: STMN
The Regenerator Section TIM alarm occurs when the expected J0 path trace string does not match the received string.
If the alarm occurs on a port that has been operating with no alarms, the circuit path has changed or someone entered a new incorrect value into the Current Transmit String field. Follow the procedure below to clear either instance.
Clear the RS-TIM Alarm
Step 1 Complete the "Clear the TIM Alarm" procedure for the J0 byte.
Step 2 If the alarm does not clear, log into the Cisco Technical Support Website at http://www.cisco.com/techsupport for more information or log into http://www.cisco.com/warp/public/687/Directory/DirTAC.shtml to obtain a directory of toll-free Technical Support numbers for your country in order to report a Service-Affecting (SA) problem.
2.5.258 SD (TRUNK)
Default Severity: Not Alarmed (NA), Non-Service-Affecting (NSA)
Logical Object: TRUNK
A Signal Degrade (SD) condition on the trunk occurs when the quality of an optical signal to the MXP_2.5G_10G, TXP_MR_10G, TXP_MR_2.5G, TXP_MR_10E, TXP_MR_10E_C, TXP_MR_10E_L, TXPP_MR_2.5G, GE-XP, 10GE-XP, and ADM-10G card has BER on the incoming optical line that passes the signal degrade threshold. The alarm applies to the card ports and the trunk carrying optical or electrical signals to the card.
Signal degrade is defined by Telcordia as a soft failure condition. SD and SF both monitor the incoming BER and are similar, but SD is triggered at a lower BER than SF. The BER threshold on the ONS system is user-provisionable and has a range for SD from 1E-9 dBm to 1E-5 dBm.
Note For more information about MXP and TXP cards and their thresholds, refer to the "Card Reference" chapter and the "Hardware Specifications" appendix respectively in the Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Reference Manual.
Clear the SD (TRUNK) Condition
Step 1 Ensure that the fiber connector for the card is completely plugged in. For more information about fiber connections and card insertion, refer to the "Turn Up a Node" chapter in the Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Procedure Guide.
Step 2 If the BER threshold is correct and at the expected level, use an optical test set to measure the power level of the line to ensure it is within guidelines. For specific procedures to use the test set equipment, consult the manufacturer.
Step 3 If the optical power level is good, verify that optical receive levels are within the acceptable range.
Step 4 If receive levels are good, clean the fibers at both ends according to site practice. If no site practice exists, complete the procedure in the "Maintain the Node" chapter in the Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Procedure Guide.
Step 5 If the condition does not clear, verify that single-mode fiber is used.
Step 6 If the fiber is of the correct type, verify that a single-mode laser is used at the far-end node.
Step 7 Clean the fiber connectors at both ends for a signal degrade according to site practice.
Step 8 Verify that a single-mode laser is used at the far end.
Step 9 If the problem does not clear, the transmitter at the other end of the optical line could be failing and require replacement. Refer to the "Physical Card Reseating, Resetting, and Replacement" section.
Step 10 If the condition does not clear, log into the Technical Support Website at http://www.cisco.com/techsupport for more information or call Cisco TAC (1-800-553-2447).
2.5.259 SD-L
Default Severity: Not Alarmed (NA), Non-Service-Affecting (NSA)
Logical Object: STMN
An SD Line condition is similar to the "SD (TRUNK)" condition, page 2-200. It applies to the line level of the SONET signal and travels on the B2 byte of the SONET overhead.
An SD-L on an Ethernet or OC-N card does not cause a protection switch. If the alarm is reported on a card that has also undergone a protection switch, the SD BER count continues to accumulate. The condition is superseded by higher-priority alarms such as the LOF and LOS alarms.
Note For more information about Ethernet cards, refer to the Ethernet Card Software Feature and Configuration Guide for the Cisco ONS 15454, Cisco ONS 15454 SDH, and Cisco ONS 15327.
Clear the SD-L Condition
Step 1 Complete the "Clear the SD (TRUNK) Condition" procedure.
Step 2 If the condition does not clear, log into the Technical Support Website at http://www.cisco.com/techsupport for more information or call Cisco TAC (1-800-553-2447).
2.5.260 SD-L (TRUNK)
Default Severity: Not Alarmed (NA), Non-Service-Affecting (NSA)
Logical Object: TRUNK
A Signal Degrade (SD) condition on the trunk occurs when the quality of an optical signal to the MXP_2.5G_10G, TXP_MR_10G, TXP_MR_2.5G, TXP_MR_10E, TXP_MR_10E_C, TXP_MR_10E_L, TXPP_MR_2.5G, GE-XP, 10GE-XP, and ADM-10G card has bit error rate (BER) on the incoming optical line that passes the signal degrade threshold. The alarm applies to the card ports and the trunk carrying optical or electrical signals to the card.
Clear the SD-L (TRUNK) Condition
Step 1 Complete the "Clear the SD (TRUNK) Condition" procedure.
Step 2 If the condition does not clear, log into the Technical Support Website at http://www.cisco.com/techsupport for more information or call Cisco TAC (1-800-553-2447).
2.5.261 SD-P
Default Severity: Not Alarmed (NA), Non-Service-Affecting (NSA)
Logical Object: STSMON, STSTRM
An SD Path condition is similar to the "SD (TRUNK)" condition, page 2-200, but it applies to the path (STS) layer of the SONET overhead. A path or STS-level SD alarm travels on the B3 byte of the SONET overhead.
For path protection protected circuits, the BER threshold is user-provisionable and has a range for SD from 1E-9 dBm to 1E-5 dBm. For BLSR 1+1 and unprotected circuits, the BER threshold value is not user-provisionable and the error rate is hard-coded to 1E-6 dBm.
On path protection configurations, an SD-P condition causes a switch from the working card to the protect card at the path (STS) level. On BLSR, 1+1, and on unprotected circuits, an SD-P condition does not cause switching.
The BER increase that causes the condition is sometimes caused by a physical fiber problem such as a poor fiber connection, a bend in the fiber that exceeds the permitted bend radius, or a bad fiber splice.
The SD clears when the BER level falls to one-tenth of the threshold level that triggered the alarm.
Clear the SD-P Condition
Step 1 Complete the "Clear the SD (TRUNK) Condition" procedure.
Step 2 If the condition does not clear, log into the Technical Support Website at http://www.cisco.com/techsupport for more information or call Cisco TAC (1-800-553-2447).
2.5.262 SDBER-EXCEED-HO
Default Severity: Not Alarmed (NA), Non-Service-Affecting (NSA)
Logical Object: VCMON-HP, VCTRM-HP
The Signal Degrade Threshold Exceeded for High Order condition indicates that the signal degrade BER threshold has been exceeded for a high-order (VC-4) path on optical (traffic) cards. SDBER-EXCEED-HO occurs when the signal BER falls within the degrade threshold (typically 1E-7 dBm) set on the node.
|
Warning Class 1 laser product. Statement 1008
|
|
Warning Class 1M laser radiation when open. Do not view directly with optical instruments. Statement 1053
|
Clear the SDBER-EXCEED-HO Condition
Step 1 Determine the BER threshold. Complete the "Clear an MXP, TXP, GE-XP, 10GE-XP, and ADM-10G Card Loopback Circuit" procedure.
Step 2 If adjustment is acceptable in site practices, adjust the threshold.
Using an optical test set, measure the input power level of the line and ensure that the level is within the guidelines. For specific procedures to use the test set equipment, consult the manufacturer.
Step 3 Verify the input fiber cable connections to the reporting card.
Step 4 Clean the input fiber cable ends according to site practice. If no site practice exists, complete the procedure in the "Maintain the Node" chapter of the Cisco ONS 15454 Procedure Guide.
If the condition does not clear, log into the Cisco Technical Support Website at http://www.cisco.com/techsupport for more information or log into http://www.cisco.com/warp/public/687/Directory/DirTAC.shtml to obtain a directory of toll-free Technical Support numbers for your country. If the condition applies to VCMON-HP, it is Service-Affecting (SA).
2.5.263 SF (TRUNK)
Default Severity: Not Alarmed (NA), Non-Service-Affecting (NSA)
Logical Object: TRUNK
A Signal Fail (SF) condition for the trunk occurs when the quality of an optical signal to the MXP_2.5G_10G, TXP_MR_10G, TXP_MR_2.5G, TXP_MR_10E, TXP_MR_10E_C, TXP_MR_10E_L, TXPP_MR_2.5G, GE-XP, 10GE-XP, or ADM-10G card has BER on the incoming optical line that passes the signal fail threshold. The alarm applies to the card ports and the trunk carrying optical or electrical signals to the card.
Signal fail is defined by Telcordia as a hard failure condition. SF monitors the incoming BER and is triggered when the BER surpasses the default range.
|
Warning Use of controls, adjustments, or performing procedures other than those specified could result in hazardous radiation exposure. Statement 1057
|
Note For more information about MXP and TXP cards and their thresholds, refer to the "Card Reference" chapter and the "Hardware Specifications" appendix respectively in the Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Reference Manual.
Clear the SF (TRUNK) Condition
Step 1 Complete the "Clear the SD (TRUNK) Condition" procedure.
Always use the supplied electrostatic discharge wristband when working with a powered ONS system. Plug the wristband cable into the ESD jack located on the lower-right edge of the shelf assembly.
Step 2 If the condition does not clear, log into the Technical Support Website at http://www.cisco.com/techsupport for more information or call Cisco TAC (1-800-553-2447).
2.5.264 SF-L
Default Severity: Not Alarmed (NA), Non-Service-Affecting (NSA)
Logical Object: EQPT
An SF Line condition is similar to the "SD (TRUNK)" condition, page 2-200, but it applies to the line layer B2 overhead byte of the SONET signal. It can trigger a protection switch.
The SF-L condition clears when the BER level falls to one-tenth of the threshold level that triggered the condition. A BER increase is sometimes caused by a physical fiber problem, including a poor fiber connection, a bend in the fiber that exceeds the permitted bend radius, or a bad fiber splice.
The condition is superseded by higher-priority alarms such as the LOF and LOS alarms.
Clear the SF-L Condition
Step 1 Complete the "Clear the SD (TRUNK) Condition" procedure.
Step 2 If the condition does not clear, log into the Technical Support Website at http://www.cisco.com/techsupport for more information or call Cisco TAC (1-800-553-2447).
2.5.265 SF-L (TRUNK)
Default Severity: Not Alarmed (NA), Non-Service-Affecting (NSA)
Logical Object: TRUNK
A Signal Fail (SF) condition is raised on the trunk when the quality of an incoming optical signal to the MXP_2.5G_10G, TXP_MR_10G, TXP_MR_2.5G, TXP_MR_10E, TXP_MR_10E_C, TXP_MR_10E_L, TXPP_MR_2.5G, or ADM-10G card has high BER due to bent or degraded fiber connected to the trunk, on the incoming optical line that passes the signal fail threshold. The alarm applies to the card ports and the trunk carrying optical or electrical signals to the card.
The SF-L condition monitors the incoming BER and is triggered when the BER surpasses the default range.
Clear the SF-L (TRUNK) Condition
Step 1 Complete the "Clear the SD (TRUNK) Condition" procedure.
Always use the supplied electrostatic discharge wristband when working with a powered ONS system. Plug the wristband cable into the ESD jack located on the lower-right edge of the shelf assembly. For detailed instructions on how to wear the ESD wristband, refer to the Cisco ONS Electrostatic Discharge and Grounding Guide.
Step 2 If the condition does not clear, log into the Technical Support Website at http://www.cisco.com/techsupport for more information or call Cisco TAC (1-800-553-2447).
2.5.266 SF-P
Default Severity: Not Alarmed (NA), Non-Service-Affecting (NSA)
Logical Object: STSMON, STSTRM
An SF Path condition is similar to the "SF (TRUNK)" condition, page 2-204, but it applies to the path (STS) layer B3 byte of the SONET overhead. It can trigger a protection switch.
The SF-P condition clears when the BER level falls to one-tenth of the threshold level that triggered the condition. A BER increase is sometimes caused by a physical fiber problem, including a poor fiber connection, a bend in the fiber that exceeds the permitted bend radius, or a bad fiber splice.
Clear the SF-P Condition
Step 1 Complete the "Clear the SF (TRUNK) Condition" procedure.
Step 2 If the condition does not clear, log into the Technical Support Website at http://www.cisco.com/techsupport for more information or call Cisco TAC (1-800-553-2447).
2.5.267 SFTWDOWN
Default Severity: Minor (MN), Non-Service-Affecting (NSA)
Logical Object: EQPT
A Software Download in Progress alarm occurs when the TCC2/TCC2P card is downloading or transferring software.
If the active and standby TCC2/TCC2P cards have the same versions of software, it takes approximately three minutes for software to be updated on a standby TCC2/TCC2P card.
If the active and standby TCC2/TCC2P cards have different software versions, the transfer can take up to 30 minutes. Software transfers occur when different software versions exist on the two cards. After the transfer completes, the active TCC2/TCC2P card reboots and goes into standby mode after approximately three minutes.
No action is necessary. Wait for the transfer or the software download to complete. If the alarm does not clear, log into the Technical Support Website at http://www.cisco.com/techsupport for more information or call Cisco TAC (1-800-553-2447).
Note SFTWDOWN is an informational alarm.
2.5.268 SHELF-COMM-FAIL
Default Severity: Major (MJ), Service-Affecting (SA)
Logical Object: SHELF
The Shelf Communication Failure alarm applies to optical equipment when an NC shelf is unable to communicate with an SS shelf. Typically this occurs when there is a fiber disconnection. But the alarm can also occur if an SS shelf is resetting.
Clear the SHELF-COMM-FAIL Alarm
Step 1 Determine whether an SS shelf controller is being reset. If it is being reset, you must wait for the shelf to reset for this alarm to clear.
Step 2 If the alarm does not clear or if no shelf is being reset, check the cabling between the TCC2/TCC2P and the MS-ISC card. Correct it if necessary.
Step 3 If the alarm does not clear, log into the Technical Support Website at http://www.cisco.com/techsupport for more information or call Cisco TAC (1-800-553-2447) to report a Service-Affecting (SA) problem.
2.5.269 SH-IL-VAR-DEG-HIGH
Default Severity: Minor (MN), Non-Service-Affecting (NSA)
Logical Object: OTS
The Switch Insertion Loss Variation Degrade High alarm occurs as the OSC-CSM card optical switch ages and slowly increases its insertion loss. This alarm indicates that the insertion loss has crossed the high degrade threshold. The card must eventually be replaced.
Note For more information about insertion loss, refer to the APC section of the "Network Reference" chapter of the Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Reference Manual.
Clear the SH-IL-VAR-DEG-HIGH Alarm
Step 1 For the alarmed card, complete the "Physically Replace a Card" procedure as appropriate.
Step 2 If the alarm does not clear, log into the Technical Support Website at http://www.cisco.com/techsupport for more information or call Cisco TAC (1-800-553-2447).
2.5.270 SH-IL-VAR-DEG-LOW
Default Severity: Minor (MN), Non-Service-Affecting (NSA)
Logical Object: OTS
The Switch Insertion Loss Variation Degrade Low alarm occurs as the OSC-CSM card optical switch ages and slowly decreases its insertion loss. This alarm indicates that the insertion loss has crossed the low degrade threshold. The card must eventually be replaced.
Note For more information about insertion loss, refer to the APC section in the "Network Reference" chapter of the Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Reference Manual.
Clear the SH-IL-VAR-DEG-LOW Alarm
Step 1 For the alarmed card, complete the "Physically Replace a Card" procedure as appropriate.
Step 2 If the alarm does not clear, log into the Technical Support Website at http://www.cisco.com/techsupport for more information or call Cisco TAC (1-800-553-2447).
2.5.271 SHUTTER-OPEN
Default Severity: Not Alarmed (NA), Non-Service-Affecting (NSA)
Logical Object: OTS
The SHUTTER-OPEN condition occurs if an OSC-CSM card laser shutter remains open after the "LOS (OTS)" alarm on page 2-135 is detected. A laser shutter remains open if an optical safety issue is present and closes when the OSC-CSM card LINE-RX port receives OSC power for three consecutive seconds.
Clear the SHUTTER-OPEN Condition
Step 1 Complete the "Clear the LOS (OTS) Alarm" procedure.
Step 2 If the SHUTTER-OPEN condition still does not clear, it indicates that the unit shutter is not working properly. Complete the "Physically Replace a Card" procedure.
Step 3 If the condition does not clear, log into the Technical Support Website at http://www.cisco.com/techsupport for more information or call Cisco TAC (1-800-553-2447).
2.5.272 SIGLOSS
Default Severity: Major (MJ), Service-Affecting (SA)
Logical Objects: FC, GE, ISC, TRUNK
The Signal Loss on Data Interface alarm is raised on XP and MXP cards FC and ISC client data ports when there is a loss of signal. (Loss of Gigabit Ethernet client signal results in a CARLOSS [GE], not SIGLOSS.) SIGLOSS can also be raised on the XP and MXP trunk port.
The Signal Loss on Data Interface alarm is raised on OTU2_XP card 10GE and 10G FC client data ports when there is a loss of signal.
If the SYNCLOSS alarm was previously raised on the port, the SIGLOSS alarm will demote it.
Clear the SIGLOSS Alarm
Step 1 Ensure that the port connection at the near end of the SONET or SDH (ETSI) link is operational.
Step 2 Verify fiber continuity to the port. To verify fiber continuity, follow site practices.
Step 3 Check the physical port LED on the card. The port LED looks clear (that is, not lit green) if the link is not connected.
Step 4 If the alarm does not clear, log onto http://www.cisco.com/techsupport for more information or call Cisco TAC (1-800-553-2447) in order to report a Service-Affecting (SA) problem.
2.5.273 SNTP-HOST
Default Severity: Minor (MN), Non-Service-Affecting (NSA)
Logical Object: NE
The Simple Network Timing Protocol (SNTP) Host Failure alarm indicates that an ONS system serving as an IP proxy for the other ONS system nodes in the ring is not forwarding SNTP information to the other nodes in the network. The forwarding failure can result from two causes: either the IP network attached to the ONS system proxy node is experiencing problems, or the ONS system proxy node itself is not functioning properly.
Clear the SNTP-HOST Alarm
Step 1 Ping the SNTP host from a workstation in the same subnet to ensure that communication is possible within the subnet by completing the "1.6.8 Verify PC Connection to the ONS 15454 (ping)" procedure.
Step 2 If the ping fails, contact the network administrator who manages the IP network that supplies the SNTP information to the proxy and determine whether the network is experiencing problems, which could affect the SNTP server/router connecting to the proxy ONS system.
Step 3 If no network problems exist, ensure that the ONS system proxy is provisioned correctly:
a. In node view (single-shelf mode) or shelf view (multishelf mode), for the ONS system serving as the proxy, click the Provisioning > General > General tabs.
b. Ensure that the Use NTP/SNTP Server check box is checked.
c. If the Use NTP/SNTP Server check box is not checked, click it.
d. Ensure that the Use NTP/SNTP Server field contains a valid IP address for the server.
Step 4 If proxy is correctly provisioned, refer to the "Timing" chapter in the Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual for more information on SNTP Host.
Step 5 If the alarm does not clear, log into the Technical Support Website at http://www.cisco.com/techsupport for more information or call Cisco TAC (1-800-553-2447).
2.5.274 SPANLEN-OUT-OF-RANGE
Default Severity: Minor (MN), Non-Service-Affecting (NSA)
Logical Object: OTS
The SPANLEN-OUT-OF-RANGE alarm is raised when span loss measured by CTC is higher than the maximum expected span loss (or lower than the minimum expected span loss).
The TCC2/TCC2P automatically measures span loss every hour, or it calculates it when you perform the "Calculate Span Loss" operation. (For procedures to perform this operation, refer to the "Manage the Node" chapter in the Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Procedure Guide.)
To create its span calculation, CTC compares far-end POSC power with the near-end OSC power to create the span length measurement. The loss is recalculated in each MSTP node, since the OSC channel is regenerated in each MSTP node.
Clear the SPANLEN-OUT-OF-RANGE Alarm
Step 1 Determine the maximum and minimum expected span loss values provided by Cisco TransportPlanner and confirm that they are correctly entered in CTC.
Step 2 Determine whether the measured span length falls between these two values.
Note Cisco TransportPlanner determines the span length range according to span length and allocated margins. If this value is set to zero in CTC, the SPANLEN-OUT-OF-RANGE alarm is never raised.
Step 3 If the value falls outside this range, check the following factors in the fibering:
•Clearance
•Integrity
•Connection
Step 4 Determine whether any site variations are present which conflict with the Cisco TransportPlanner design and correct them.
Step 5 If the alarm does not clear, log into the Technical Support Website at http://www.cisco.com/techsupport for more information or call Cisco TAC (1-800-553-2447).
2.5.275 SPAN-NOT-MEASURED
SPAN-NOT-MEASURED is a transient condition. For more information about it, refer to Chapter 3 "Transient Conditions."
2.5.276 SQUELCHED
Default Severity: Not Alarmed (NA), Non-Service-Affecting (NSA)
Logical Objects: 2R, ESCON, FC, GE, ISC, OCN/STMN, TRUNK
The Client Signal Squelched condition is raised by a TXP_MR_10G, TXP_MR_10E, TXP_MR_10E_C, TXP_MR_10E_L, TXP_MR_2.5G, TXPP_MR_2.5G, MXP_2.5G_10G, MXP_2.5G_10E, MXP_2.5G_10E_C, MXP_2.5G_10E_L, MXP_MR_2.5G, MXPP_MR_2.5G, GE-XP, 10GE-XP, ADM-10G, and OTU2_XP card.
The condition can be raised in the following situations:
•An MXP or TXP client facility detects that an upstream receive facility has experienced a loss of signal (such as an Ethernet CARLOSS, DWDM SIGLOSS, or optical LOS). In response, the facility's transmit is turned off (SQUELCHED). The upstream receive facilities are the trunk receive on the same card as the client, as well as the client receive on the card at the other end of the trunk span.
•The client will squelch if the upstream trunk receive (on the same card) experiences a SIGLOSS, Ethernet CARLOSS, LOS, or LOS (TRUNK) alarm. In some transparent modes, the client is squelched if the trunk detects an AIS condition or a TIM alarm.
•The client will squelch if the upstream client receive (on the card at the other end of the DWDM span) experiences CARLOSS, SIGLOSS, or LOS.
In an example situation, an upstream MXP_2.5G_10G client port receive experiences a "loss of light," and this port raises CARLOSS, SIGLOSS, or LOS (determined by the payload type) locally.
The local client raises SQUELCHED if it also raises one of the following alarms for the client, all of which are signalled by the upstream node:
On the MXP_MR_10G, the local client raises a SQUELCHED condition if the upstream client detects one of the following alarms. Note that no corresponding local alarm is raised to indicate which of these conditions is present upstream.
•LOS for the clients including the "LOS (2R)" alarm on page 2-132, the "LOS (ESCON)" alarm on page 2-133, and the "LOS (ISC)" alarm on page 2-135
•CARLOSS for the clients including the "CARLOSS (FC)" alarm on page 2-53, the "CARLOSS (GE)" alarm on page 2-53, and the "CARLOSS (ISC)" alarm on page 2-54
The local client raises a SQUELCHED condition if the local trunk raises one of the following alarms:
•OTUK-TIM (squelching enabled)
•ODUK-TIM-PM (squelching enabled)
•TIM (for the OCN/STMN, squelching enabled)
•LOF (OCN/STMN) alarm in the "Alarm Troubleshooting" chapter of the Cisco ONS 15454 Troubleshooting Guide or Cisco ONS 15454SDH Troubleshooting Guide
•LOS (OCN/STMN) alarm the "Alarm Troubleshooting" chapter of the Cisco ONS 15454 Troubleshooting Guide or Cisco ONS 15454SDH Troubleshooting Guide
•WVL-MISMATCH (client or trunk)
When troubleshooting the SQUELCHED condition locally, look for failures progressing upstream in the following order. (If you are troubleshooting this alarm remotely, reverse the order of progress.)
•Local client alarms, as previously listed
•Local trunk alarms, as previously listed
•Remote (upstream) client receive alarms, as previously listed
Note If you see a SQUELCHED condition on the trunk, this can only be caused by a transponder (TXP) card.
Clear the SQUELCHED Condition
Step 1 If the object is reported against any object besides ESCON, determine whether the remote node and local node reports and LOF or the LOS alarm (for the client trunk, as listed here). If it does, turn to the relevant section in this chapter and complete the troubleshooting procedure.
Step 2 If no LOF or LOS is reported, determine whether any other listed remote node or local node conditions as listed here have occurred. If so, turn to the relevant section of this chapter and complete the troubleshooting procedure.
Step 3 If none of these alarms is reported, determine whether the local port reporting the SQUELCHED condition is in loopback. (You will see LPBKFACILITY OR LPBKTERMINAL in the condition window for this port.) If it is in loopback, complete the following steps:
a. In node view (single-shelf mode) or shelf view (multishelf mode), double-click the client card to open the card view.
b. Click the Maintenance > Loopback > Port tabs.
c. If the port Admin State column says OOS,MT (or Locked,maintenance) or OOS,DSBLD (or Locked,disabled), click the cell to highlight it and choose IS , or Unlocked, from the drop-down list. Changing the state to IS (or Unlocked) also clears any loopback provisioned on the port.
Step 4 If the condition does not clear, log into the Technical Support Website at http://www.cisco.com/techsupport for more information or call Cisco TAC (1-800-553-2447).
2.5.277 SSM-DUS
Default Severity: Not Alarmed (NA), Non-Service-Affecting (NSA)
Logical Object: TRUNK
The Synchronization Status (SSM) Message Quality Changed to Do Not Use (DUS) condition occurs on ADM-10G and MXP trunk ports when the synchronization status message (SSM) quality level degrades to DUS or is manually changed to DUS.
The signal is often manually changed to DUS to prevent timing loops from occurring. Sending a DUS prevents the timing from being reused in a loop. The DUS signal can also be sent for line maintenance testing.
Note SSM-DUS is an informational condition and does not require troubleshooting.
2.5.278 SSM-FAIL
Single Failure Default Se verity: Minor (MN), Non-Service-Affecting (NSA); Double Failure Default Severity: Major (MJ), Service-Affecting (SA)
Logical Object: TRUNK
The SSM Failed alarm occurs on ADM-10G and MXP trunk ports when the synchronization status messaging received by the system fails. The problem is external to the ONS system. This alarm indicates that although the ONS system is set up to receive SSM, the timing source is not delivering valid SSM messages.
Clear the SSM-FAIL Alarm
Step 1 Verify that SSM is enabled on the external timing source.
Step 2 If timing is enabled, use an optical test set to determine that the external timing source is delivering SSM. For specific procedures to use the test set equipment, consult the manufacturer.
Step 3 If the alarm does not clear, log into the Technical Support Website at http://www.cisco.com/techsupport for more information or call Cisco TAC (1-800-553-2447).
2.5.279 SSM-LNC
Default Severity: Not Alarmed (NA), Non-Service-Affecting (NSA)
Logical Object: TRUNK
The SSM Local Node Clock (LNC) Traceable condition occurs on ADM-10G and MXP trunk ports when the SSM (S1) byte of the SONET overhead multiplexing section has been changed to signify that the line or BITS timing source is the LNC.
Note SSM-LNC is an informational condition and does not require troubleshooting.
2.5.280 SSM-OFF
Default Severity: Not Alarmed (NA), Non-Service-Affecting (NSA)
Logical Object: TRUNK
The SSM Off condition applies to references used for timing related to the ADM-10G and MXP trunk ports. It occurs when the SSM for the reference has been turned off. The node is set up to receive SSM, but the timing source is not delivering SSM messages.
Clear the SSM-OFF Condition
Step 1 Complete the "Clear the SSM-FAIL Alarm" procedure.
Step 2 If the condition does not clear, log into the Technical Support Website at http://www.cisco.com/techsupport for more information or call Cisco TAC (1-800-553-2447).
2.5.281 SSM-PRC
Default Severity: Not Alarmed (NA), Non-Service-Affecting (NSA)
Logical Object: TRUNK
The SSM Primary Reference Clock (PRC) Traceable condition occurs when the SONET transmission level for ADM-10G and MXP trunk ports is PRC.
Note SSM-PRC is an informational condition and does not require troubleshooting.
2.5.282 SSM-PRS
Default Severity: Not Alarmed (NA), Non-Service-Affecting (NSA)
Logical Object: TRUNK
The SSM Primary Reference Source (PRS) Traceable condition occurs when the SSM transmission level for ADM-10G and MXP trunk ports is Stratum 1 Traceable.
Note SSM-PRS is an informational condition and does not require troubleshooting.
2.5.283 SSM-RES
Default Severity: Not Alarmed (NA), Non-Service-Affecting (NSA)
Logical Object: TRUNK
The SSM Reserved (RES) For Network Synchronization Use condition occurs when the synchronization message quality level for ADM-10G and MXP trunk ports is RES.
Note SSM-RES is an informational condition and does not require troubleshooting.
2.5.284 SSM-SMC
Default Severity: Not Alarmed (NA), Non-Service-Affecting (NSA)
Logical Object: TRUNK
The SSM SONET Minimum Clock (SMC) Traceable condition occurs when the synchronization message quality level for ADM-10G and MXP trunk ports is SMC. The login node does not use the clock because the node cannot use any reference beneath its internal level, which is ST3.
Note SSM-SMC is an informational condition and does not require troubleshooting.
2.5.285 SSM-ST2
Default Severity: Not Alarmed (NA), Non-Service-Affecting (NSA)
Logical Object: TRUNK
The SSM Stratum 2 (ST2) Traceable condition occurs when the synchronization message quality level for ADM-10G and MXP trunk ports is ST2.
Note SSM-ST2 is an informational condition and does not require troubleshooting.
2.5.286 SSM-ST3
Default Severity: Not Alarmed (NA), Non-Service-Affecting (NSA)
Logical Object: TRUNK
The SSM Stratum 3 (ST3) Traceable condition occurs when the synchronization message quality level for ADM-10G and MXP trunk ports is ST3.
Note SSM-ST3 is an informational condition and does not require troubleshooting.
2.5.287 SSM-ST3E
Default Severity: Not Alarmed (NA), Non-Service-Affecting (NSA)
Logical Object: TRUNK
The SSM Stratum 3E (ST3E) Traceable condition indicates that the synchronization message quality level for ADM-10G and MXP trunk ports is ST3E. SSM-ST3E is a Generation 2 SSM and is used for Generation 1.
Note SSM-ST3E is an informational condition and does not require troubleshooting.
2.5.288 SSM-ST4
Default Severity: Not Alarmed (NA), Non-Service-Affecting (NSA)
Logical Object: TRUNK
The SSM Stratum 4 (ST4) Traceable condition occurs when the synchronization message quality level is ST4 for ADM-10G and MXP trunk ports. The message quality is not used because it is below ST3.
Note SSM-ST4 is an informational condition and does not require troubleshooting.
2.5.289 SSM-STU
Default Severity: Not Alarmed (NA), Non-Service-Affecting (NSA)
Logical Object: TRUNK
The SSM Synchronization Traceability Unknown (STU) condition occurs when the reporting node is timed to a reference that does not support SSM, but the ONS system has SSM support enabled (for the ADM-10G and MXP trunk ports). SSM-STU can also occur if the timing source is sending out SSM messages but SSM is not enabled on the ONS system.
Clear the SSM-STU Condition
Step 1 In node view (single-shelf mode) or shelf view (multishelf mode), click the Provisioning > Timing > BITS Facilities tabs.
Step 2 Complete one of the following depending upon the status of the Sync Messaging Enabled check box:
•If the Sync. Messaging Enabled check box for the BITS source is checked, uncheck the box.
•If the Sync. Messaging Enabled check box for the BITS source is not checked, check the box.
Step 3 Click Apply.
Step 4 If the condition does not clear, log into the Technical Support Website at http://www.cisco.com/techsupport for more information or call Cisco TAC (1-800-553-2447).
2.5.290 SSM-TNC
Default Severity: Not Alarmed (NA), Non-Service-Affecting (NSA)
Logical Object: TRUNK
The SSM Transit Node Clock (TNC) Traceable condition occurs when the synchronization message quality level is TNC for ADM-10G and MXP trunk ports.
Note SSM-TNC is an informational condition and does not require troubleshooting.
2.5.291 SW-MISMATCH
Default Severity: Not Alarmed (NA), Non-Service-Affecting (NSA)
Logical Object: EQPT
The Software Mismatch condition occurs during software upgrade when there is a mismatch between software versions. The card connecting to the TCC2/TCC2P card is running an older version than the TCC2/TCC2P card is.
Clear the SW-MISMATCH Condition
Step 1 Complete the "Reset a Card in CTC" procedure for the errored card.
Step 2 If the condition does not clear, log into the Technical Support Website at http://www.cisco.com/techsupport for more information or call Cisco TAC (1-800-553-2447).
2.5.292 SWTOPRI
Default Severity: Not Alarmed (NA), Non-Service-Affecting (NSA)
Logical Objects: EXT-SREF, NE-SREF
The Synchronization Switch to Primary Reference condition occurs when the ONS system switches to the primary timing source (reference 1). The ONS system uses three ranked timing references. The timing references are typically two BITS-level or line-level sources and an internal reference.
Note SWTOPRI is an informational condition and does not require troubleshooting.
2.5.293 SWTOSEC
Default Severity: Not Alarmed (NA), Non-Service-Affecting (NSA)
Logical Objects: EXT-SREF, NE-SREF
The Synchronization Switch to Secondary Reference condition occurs when the ONS system has switched to a secondary timing source (reference 2).
Clear the SWTOSEC Condition
Step 1 To clear the condition, clear alarms related to failures of the primary source, such as the "SYNCPRI" alarm on page 2-219.
Step 2 If the condition does not clear, log into the Technical Support Website at http://www.cisco.com/techsupport for more information or call Cisco TAC (1-800-553-2447).
2.5.294 SWTOTHIRD
Default Severity: Not Alarmed (NA), Non-Service-Affecting (NSA)
Logical Objects: EXT-SREF, NE-SREF
The Synchronization Switch to Third Reference condition occurs when the ONS system has switched to a third timing source (reference 3).
Clear the SWTOTHIRD Condition
Step 1 To clear the condition, clear alarms related to failures of the primary source, such as the "SYNCPRI" alarm on page 2-219 or the "SYNCSEC" alarm on page 2-219.
Step 2 If the condition does not clear, log into the Technical Support Website at http://www.cisco.com/techsupport for more information or call Cisco TAC (1-800-553-2447).
2.5.295 SYNC-FREQ
Default Severity: Not Alarmed (NA), Non-Service-Affecting (NSA)
Logical Object: TRUNK
The Synchronization Reference Frequency Out of Bounds condition is reported against any reference that is out of the bounds for valid references. The login node fails the reference and chooses another internal or external reference to use.
Clear the SYNC-FREQ Condition
Step 1 Use an optical test set to verify the timing frequency of the line or BITS timing source and ensure that it falls within the proper frequency. For specific procedures to use the test set equipment, consult the manufacturer.
For BITS, the proper timing frequency range is approximately -15 PPM to 15 PPM. For optical line timing, the proper frequency range is approximately -16 PPM to 16 PPM.
Step 2 If the reference source frequency is not outside of bounds, complete the "Physically Replace a Card" procedure for the TCC2/TCC2P card.
Note It takes up to 30 minutes for the TCC2/TCC2P card to transfer the system software to the newly installed TCC2/TCC2P card. Software transfer occurs in instances where different software versions exist on the two cards. When the transfer completes, the active TCC2/TCC2P card reboots and goes into standby mode after approximately three minutes.
Step 3 If the SYNC-FREQ condition continues to report after replacing the TCC2/TCC2P card, log into the Technical Support Website at http://www.cisco.com/techsupport for more information or call Cisco TAC (1-800-553-2447).
2.5.296 SYNCLOSS
Default Severity: Major (MJ), Service-Affecting (SA)
Logical Objects: FC, GE, ISC, TRUNK, EQPT
The Loss of Synchronization on Data Interface alarm is raised on MXP card client and trunk ports when there is a loss of signal synchronization on the port. The SYNCLOSS alarm is raised on OTU2_XP card 10GE and 10G FC client data ports when there is a loss of signal synchronization on the port. This alarm is demoted by the SIGLOSS alarm.
Clear the SYNCLOSS Alarm
Step 1 Ensure that the data port connection at the near end of the SONET or SDH (ETSI) link is operational.
Step 2 Verify fiber continuity to the port. To do this, follow site practices.
Step 3 View the physical port LED to determine whether the alarm has cleared.
•If the LED is green, the alarm has cleared.
•If the port LED is clear (that is, not lit green), the link is not connected and the alarm has not cleared.
•If the LED is red, this indicates that the fiber is pulled.
Step 4 If the alarm does not clear, log into the Technical Support Website at http://www.cisco.com/techsupport for more information or call Cisco TAC (1-800-553-2447) to report a service-affecting problem.
2.5.297 SYNCPRI
Default Severity:
Minor (MN), Non-Service-Affecting (NSA) for EXT-SREF; Major (MJ), Service-Affecting (SA) for NE-SREF (For SONET)
Minor (MN), Non-Service-Affecting (NSA) for EXT-SREF; Major (MJ), Non-Service-Affecting (NSA) for NE-SREF (For SDH)
Logical Objects: EXT-SREF, NE-SREF
A Loss of Timing on Primary Reference alarm occurs when the ONS system loses the primary timing source (reference 1). The ONS system uses three ranked timing references. The timing references are typically two BITS-level or line-level sources and an internal reference. If SYNCPRI occurs, the ONS system should switch to its secondary timing source (reference 2). Switching to the secondary timing source also triggers the "SWTOSEC" alarm, page 2-217.
Clear the SYNCPRI Alarm
Step 1 In node view (single-shelf mode) or shelf view (multishelf mode), click the Provisioning > Timing > General tabs.
Step 2 Verify the current configuration for REF-1 of the NE Reference.
Step 3 If the primary timing reference is a BITS input, complete the "Clear the LOS (BITS) Alarm" procedure.
Step 4 If the primary reference clock is an incoming port on the ONS system, complete the "Clear the LOS (OCN/STMN) Alarm" procedure located in the "Alarm Troubleshooting" chapter of the Cisco ONS 15454 Troubleshooting Guide or Cisco ONS 15454SDH Troubleshooting Guide.
Step 5 If the condition does not clear, log into the Technical Support Website at http://www.cisco.com/techsupport for more information or call Cisco TAC (1-800-553-2447).
2.5.298 SYNCSEC
Default Severity: Minor (MN), Non-Service-Affecting (NSA)
Logical Objects: EXT-SREF, NE-SREF
A Loss of Timing on Secondary Reference alarm occurs when the ONS system loses the secondary timing source (reference 2). If SYNCSEC occurs, the ONS system should switch to a third timing source (reference 3) to obtain valid timing for the ONS system. Switching to a third timing source also triggers the "SWTOTHIRD" alarm, page 2-217.
Clear the SYNCSEC Alarm
Step 1 In node view (single-shelf mode) or shelf view (multishelf mode), click the Provisioning > Timing > General tabs.
Step 2 Verify the current configuration of REF-2 for the NE Reference.
Step 3 If the secondary reference is a BITS input, complete the "Clear the LOS (BITS) Alarm" procedure.
Step 4 Verify that the BITS clock is operating properly.
Step 5 If the secondary timing source is an incoming port on the ONS system, complete the "Clear the LOS (OCN/STMN) Alarm" procedure located in the "Alarm Troubleshooting" chapter of the Cisco ONS 15454 Troubleshooting Guide or the Cisco ONS 15454SDH Troubleshooting Guide.
Step 6 If the alarm does not clear, log into the Technical Support Website at http://www.cisco.com/techsupport for more information or call Cisco TAC (1-800-553-2447).
2.5.299 SYNCTHIRD
Default Severity: Minor (MN), Non-Service-Affecting (NSA)
Logical Objects: EXT-SREF, NE-SREF
A Loss of Timing on Third Reference alarm occurs when the ONS system loses the third timing source (reference 3). If SYNCTHIRD occurs and the ONS system uses an internal reference for source three, the TCC2/TCC2P card could have failed. The ONS system often reports either the "FRNGSYNC" condition on page 2-88 or the "HLDOVRSYNC" condition on page 2-102 after a SYNCTHIRD alarm.
Clear the SYNCTHIRD Alarm
Step 1 In node view (single-shelf mode) or shelf view (multishelf mode), click the Provisioning > Timing > General tabs.
Step 2 Verify that the current configuration of REF-3 for the NE Reference. For more information about references, refer to the "Timing" chapter in the Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual.
Step 3 If the third timing source is a BITS input, complete the "Clear the LOS (BITS) Alarm" procedure.
Step 4 If the third timing source is an incoming port on the ONS system, complete the "Clear the LOS (OCN/STMN) Alarm" procedure located in the "Alarm Troubleshooting" chapter of the Cisco ONS 15454 Troubleshooting Guide or the Cisco ONS 15454SDH Troubleshooting Guide.
Always use the supplied electrostatic discharge wristband when working with a powered ONS system. Plug the wristband cable into the ESD jack located on the lower-right edge of the shelf assembly.
Step 5 If the third timing source uses the internal ONS system timing, complete the "Reset an Active TCC2/TCC2P Card and Activate the Standby Card" procedure.
Wait ten minutes to verify that the card you reset completely reboots and becomes the standby card.
Step 6 If the reset card has not rebooted successfully, or the alarm has not cleared, call Cisco TAC (1-800-553-2447). If the Cisco TAC technician tells you to reseat the card, complete the "Remove and Reinsert (Reseat) the Standby TCC2/TCC2P Card" procedure. If the Cisco TAC technician tells you to remove the card and reinstall a new one, follow the "Physically Replace a Card" procedure.
2.5.300 SYSBOOT
Default Severity: Major (MJ), Service-Affecting (SA)
Logical Object: NE
The System Reboot alarm indicates that new software is booting on the TCC2/TCC2P card. No action is required. The alarm clears when all cards finish rebooting the new software. The reboot takes up to 30 minutes.
If the alarm does not clear, log into the Technical Support Website at http://www.cisco.com/techsupport for more information or call Cisco TAC (1-800-553-2447) in order to report a Service-Affecting (SA) problem.
Note SYSBOOT is an informational alarm. It only requires troubleshooting if it does not clear.
2.5.301 TEMP-MISM
Default Severity: Not Alarmed (NA), Non-Service-Affecting (NSA)
Logical Object: NE
Temperature Reading Mismatch Between Control Cards is raised when the temperature readings on the two TCC2/TCC2P cards are out of range of each other by more than some predefined difference (such as 5 degrees C). A message containing power monitoring and temperature information is exchanged between the two TCC2/TCC2P cards, allowing the values to be compared. The temperature of each TCC2/TCC2P card is read from a system variable.
This condition can be caused by a clogged fan filter or by fan tray stoppage.
Clear the TEMP-MISM Condition
Step 1 Complete the "Inspect, Clean, and Replace the Reusable Air Filter" procedure.
Step 2 If the condition does not clear, complete the "Remove and Reinsert a Fan-Tray Assembly" procedure.
Step 3 If the alarm does not clear, log into the Technical Support Website at http://www.cisco.com/techsupport for more information or call Cisco TAC (1-800-553-2447).
2.5.302 TIM
Default Severity: Critical (CR), Service-Affecting (SA)
Logical Object: TRUNK
The Section TIM alarm occurs when the expected J0 section trace string does not match the received section trace string. This occurs because the data being received is not correct, and the receiving port could not be connected to the correct transmitter port.
If the alarm occurs on a port that has been operating with no alarms, the circuit path has changed due to a fibering misconnection, a TL1 routing change, or to someone entering an incorrect value in the Current Transmit String field.
TIM occurs on a port that has previously been operating without alarms if someone switches optical fibers that connect the ports. TIM is usually accompanied by other alarms, such as the LOS (OCN/STMN) or UNEQ-P (or HP-UNEQ) alarms. (For instructions to clear these alarms, refer to the "Alarm Troubleshooting" chapter of the Cisco ONS 15454 Troubleshooting Guide and the Cisco ONS 15454SDH Troubleshooting Guide.) If these alarms accompany a TIM alarm, reattach or replace the original cables/fibers to clear the alarms. If a Transmit or Expected String was changed, restore the original string.
Clear the TIM Alarm
Step 1 Ensure that the physical fibers are correctly configured and attached. To do this, consult site documents. For more information about cabling an ONS system DWDM node, refer to the "Turn Up a Node" chapter in the Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Procedure Guide.
Step 2 If the alarm does not clear, you can compare the J0 expected and transmitted strings and, if necessary, change them:
a. Log into the circuit source node and click the Circuits tab.
b. Select the circuit reporting the condition, then click Edit.
c. In the Edit Circuit window, check the Show Detailed Circuit Map check box and click Apply.
d. On the detailed circuit map, right-click the source circuit port and choose Edit J0 Path Trace (port) from the shortcut menu.
e. Compare the Current Transmit String and the Current Expected String entries in the Edit J0 Path Trace dialog box.
f. If the strings differ, correct the Transmit or Expected strings and click Apply.
g. Click Close.
Step 3 If the alarm does not clear, ensure that the signal has not been incorrectly routed. (Although the ONS system routes circuits automatically, the circuit route could have been changed using TL1.) If necessary, manually correct the routing using TL1. For instructions, refer to the Cisco ONS SONET TL1 Reference Guide and the Cisco ONS SONET TL1 Command Guide.
Step 4 If the alarm does not clear, log into the Technical Support Website at http://www.cisco.com/techsupport for more information or call Cisco TAC (1-800-553-2447) in order to report a Service-Affecting (SA) problem if necessary.
2.5.303 TIM-MON
Default Severity: Minor (MN), Non-Service-Affecting (NSA)
Logical Object: TRUNK
The TIM Section Monitor TIM alarm is similar to the "TIM" alarm on page 2-221, but it applies to TXP_MR_10G, TXP_MR_2.5G, TXPP_MR_2.5G, TXP_MR_10E, TXP_MR_10E_C, TXP_MR_10E_L, and MXP_2.5G_10G cards when they are configured in transparent mode. (In transparent termination mode, all SONET overhead bytes are passed through from client ports to the trunk ports or from trunk ports to client ports.)
Note For general information about MXP and TXP cards, refer to the "Card Reference" chapter in the Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Reference Manual. For information about provisioning them, refer to the "Provision Transponder and Muxponder Cards" chapter in the Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Procedure Guide.
Clear the TIM-MON Alarm
Step 1 Complete the "Clear the TIM Alarm" procedure.
Step 2 If the alarm does not clear, log into the Technical Support Website at http://www.cisco.com/techsupport for more information or call Cisco TAC (1-800-553-2447).
2.5.304 TIM-P
Default Severity: Critical (CR), Service-Affecting (SA) for STSTRM; Default Severity: Minor (MN), Non-Service-Affecting (NSA) for STSMON
Logical Object: STSMON, STSTRM
The TIM Path alarm occurs when the expected path trace string does not match the received path trace string. Path Trace Mode must be set to Manual or Auto for the TIM-P alarm to occur.
In manual mode at the Path Trace window, the user types the expected string into the Current Expected String field for the receiving port. The string must match the string typed into the Transmit String field for the sending port. If these fields do not match, the login node raises the TIM-P alarm. In Auto mode on the receiving port, the card sets the expected string to the value of the received string. If the alarm occurs on a port that has been operating with no alarms, the circuit path has changed or someone entered a new incorrect value into the Current Transmit String field. Complete the following procedure to clear either instance.
Clear the TIM-P Alarm
Step 1 Complete the "Clear the TIM Alarm" procedure. (The option will say "Edit J1 Path Trace" rather than "Edit J0 Path Trace.")
Step 2 If the alarm does not clear, log into the Technical Support Website at http://www.cisco.com/techsupport for more information or call Cisco TAC (1-800-553-2447). If the alarm applies to the STSTRM object, it is Service-Affecting (SA).
2.5.305 TIM-S
Default Severity: Critical (CR), Service-Affecting (SA)
Logical Object: OCN
The TIM for Section Overhead alarm occurs when there is a mismatch between the expected and received J0 section overhead strings in either Manual or Auto mode.
In manual mode at the DS3/EC1-48 card Section Trace window, the user enters the expected string into the Current Expected String field for the receiving port. The string must match the string typed into the Transmit String field for the sending port. If these fields do not match, the login node raises the TIM-S alarm.
In Auto mode on the receiving port, the card sets the expected string to the value of the received string. If the alarm occurs on a port that has been operating with no alarms, the circuit path has changed or someone entered a new incorrect value into the Current Transmit String field. Complete the following procedure to clear either problem.
TIM-S also occurs on a port that has previously been operating without alarms if someone switches the cables or optical fibers that connect the ports. If TIM-S is enabled on the port, the "AIS-L" alarm on page 2-27 can be raised downstream and the "RFI-L" alarm on page 2-195 can be raised upstream.
Note AIS-L and RFI-L are disabled or enabled in the Provisioning > EC1 > Section Trace tab Disable AIS/RDI on TIM-S? check box.
Clear the TIM-S Alarm
Step 1 Double-click the DS3/EC1-48 card to open the card view.
Step 2 Click the Provisioning > EC1 > Section Trace tabs.
Step 3 Choose the port from the Port pull-down.
Step 4 In the Expected area, enter the correct string into the Current Expected String field.
Step 5 Click Apply.
Step 6 If the alarm does not clear, log into the Technical Support Website at http://www.cisco.com/techsupport for more information or call Cisco TAC (1-800-553-2447). If the alarm applies to the STSTRM object, it is Service-Affecting (SA).
2.5.306 TRAIL-SIGNAL-FAIL
Default Severity: Not Alarmed (NA), Non-Service-Affecting (NSA)
Logical Objects: OCH, TRUNK
The Trail Signal Fail condition is raised on a DWDM trunk port or OCH port to correlate with the "LOS-P (TRUNK)" alarm on page 2-144 when the trunk port's administrative state is set to OOS,DSBLD (or Locked,disabled).
Clear the TRAIL-SIGNAL-FAIL Condition
Step 1 Switch the OCHNC administrative state of the errored OCH or trunk port to IS , or Unlocked.:
Step 2 If the condition does not clear, log into the Technical Support Website at http://www.cisco.com/techsupport for more information or call Cisco TAC (1-800-553-2447).
2.5.307 UNC-WORD
Default Severity: Not Alarmed (NA), Non-Service-Affecting (NSA)
Logical Object: TRUNK
The Uncorrected FEC Word condition indicates that the FEC capability could not sufficiently correct the frame.
Note For general information about MXP and TXP cards, refer to the "Card Reference" chapter in the Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Reference Manual. For information about provisioning them, refer to the "Provision Transponder and Muxponder Cards" chapter in the Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Procedure Guide.
Clear the UNC-WORD Condition
Step 1 Ensure that the fiber connector for the card is completely plugged in. For more information about fiber connections and card insertion, refer to the "Turn Up a Node" chapter in the Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Procedure Guide.
Step 2 Ensure that the ports on the far end and near end nodes have the same port rates and FEC settings. For more information about port rates and FEC settings, refer to the "Provision Transponder and Muxponder Cards" chapter in the Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Procedure Guide.
Step 3 If the BER threshold is correct and at the expected level, use an optical test set to measure the power level of the line to ensure it is within guidelines. For specific procedures to use the test set equipment, consult the manufacturer.
Step 4 If the optical power level is good, verify that optical receive levels are within the acceptable range.
Step 5 If receive levels are good, clean the fibers at both ends according to site practice. If no site practice exists, complete the procedure in the "Maintain the Node" chapter in the Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Procedure Guide.
Step 6 If the condition does not clear, verify that single-mode fiber is used.
Step 7 If the fiber is of the correct type, verify that a single-mode laser is used at the far-end node.
Step 8 Clean the fiber connectors at both ends for a signal degrade according to site practice.
Step 9 Verify that a single-mode laser is used at the far end.
Step 10 If the problem does not clear, the transmitter at the other end of the optical line could be failing and require replacement. Refer to the "Physical Card Reseating, Resetting, and Replacement" section.
Step 11 If the condition does not clear, log into the Technical Support Website at http://www.cisco.com/techsupport for more information or call Cisco TAC (1-800-553-2447).
2.5.308 UNEQ-P
Default Severity: Critical (CR), Service-Affecting (SA)
Logical Object: STSMON, STSTRM
An SLMF UNEQ Path alarm occurs when the path does not have a valid sender. The UNEQ-P indicator is carried in the C2 signal path byte in the SONET overhead. The source of the problem is the node that is transmitting the signal into the node reporting the UNEQ-P.
The alarm could result from a PARTIAL circuit or an empty VT tunnel. UNEQ-P occurs in the node that terminates a path.
Note If a newly created circuit has no signal, a UNEQ-P alarm is reported on the OC-N cards and the AIS-P condition is reported on the terminating cards. These alarms clear when the circuit carries a signal.
Clear the UNEQ-P Alarm
Step 1 In node view, choose Go to Network View from the View menu.
Step 2 Right-click the alarm to display the Select Affected Circuits shortcut menu.
Step 3 Click Select Affected Circuits.
Step 4 When the affected circuits appear, look in the Type column for VTT, which indicates a VT tunnel circuit. A VT tunnel with no VTs assigned could be the cause of an UNEQ-P alarm.
Step 5 If the Type column does not contain VTT, there are no VT tunnels connected with the alarm. Go to Step 7.
Step 6 If the Type column does contain VTT, attempt to delete these rows:
Note The node does not allow you to delete a valid VT tunnel or one with a valid VT circuit inside.
a. Click the VT tunnel circuit row to highlight it. Complete the "Delete a Circuit" procedure.
b. If an error message dialog box appears, the VT tunnel is valid and not the cause of the alarm.
c. If any other rows contain VTT, repeat Step 6.
Step 7 If all nodes in the ring appear in the CTC network view, determine whether the circuits are complete:
a. Click the Circuits tab.
b. Verify that PARTIAL is not listed in the Status column of any circuits.
Step 8 If you find circuits listed as PARTIAL, use an optical test set to verify that these circuits are not working circuits that continue to pass traffic. For specific procedures to use the test set equipment, consult the manufacturer.
Step 9 If the PARTIAL circuits are not needed or are not passing traffic, delete the PARTIAL circuits.
Complete the "Delete a Circuit" procedure.
Step 10 Recreate the circuit with the correct circuit size. Refer to the "Create Circuits and VT Tunnels" chapter in the Cisco ONS 15454 Procedure Guide.
Step 11 Log back in and verify that all circuits terminating in the reporting card are active:
a. Click the Circuits tab.
b. Verify that the Status column lists all circuits as active.
Step 12 If the alarm does not clear, clean the far-end optical fiber according to site practice. If no site practice exists, complete the procedure in the "Maintain the Node" chapter of the Cisco ONS 15454 Procedure Guide.
|
Warning Use of controls, adjustments, or performing procedures other than those specified could result in hazardous radiation exposure. Statement 1057
|
Always use the supplied electrostatic discharge wristband when working with a powered ONS 15454. Plug the wristband cable into the ESD jack located on the lower-right edge of the shelf assembly.
Step 13 If the alarm does not clear, complete the "Physically Replace a Card" procedure for the OC-N and electrical cards.
Step 14 If the alarm does not clear, log into the Technical Support Website at http://www.cisco.com/techsupport for more information or call Cisco TAC (1-800-553-2447) in order to report a Service-Affecting (SA) problem.
2.5.309 UNQUAL-PPM
Default Severity: Not Reported (NR), Non-Service-Affecting (NSA)
Logical Objects: PPM
The Unqualified PPM Inserted condition occurs when a PPM with a nonqualified product ID is plugged into the card's port; that is, the PPM passes the security code check as a Cisco PPM but is not qualified for use on the particular card.
Clear the UNQUAL-PPM Condition
Step 1 Obtain the correct Cisco PPM and replace the existing PPM with the new one.
Step 2 If the condition does not clear, log into the Technical Support Website at http://www.cisco.com/techsupport for more information or call Cisco TAC (1-800-553-2447).
2.5.310 UNREACHABLE-TARGET-POWER
Default Severity: Minor (MN), Non-Service-Affecting (NSA)
Logical Object: OCH
The Unreachable Port Target Power alarm occurs on WSS32 cards during startup as the card laser attains its correct power level. The condition disappears when the card successfully boots.
Note Card power levels are listed in the "Hardware Specifications" appendix of the Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Reference Manual.
Note UNREACHABLE-TARGET-POWER is an informational condition. It only requires troubleshooting if it does not clear.
2.5.311 UT-COMM-FAIL
Default Severity: Major (MJ), Service-Affecting (SA)
Logical Object: TRUNK
The Universal Transponder (UT) Module Communication Failure alarm is raised on MXP_2.5G_10E and TXP_MR_10E cards when there is a universal transponder communication failure because the universal transponder (UT) has stopped responding to the TCC2/TCC2P card.
Clear the UT-COMM-FAIL Alarm
Step 1 In node view (single-shelf mode) or shelf view (multishelf mode), double-click the card to open the card view.
Step 2 Request a laser restart:
a. Click the Maintenance > ALS tabs.
b. Check the Request Laser Restart check box.
c. Click Apply.
Step 3 If the alarm does not clear, log into the Technical Support Website at http://www.cisco.com/techsupport for more information or call Cisco TAC (1-800-553-2447) in order to report a service-affecting problem.
2.5.312 UT-FAIL
Default Severity: Major (MJ), Service-Affecting (SA)
Logical Object: TRUNK
The Universal Transponder Module Hardware Failure alarm is raised against MXP_2.5G_10E and TXP_MR_10E cards when a UT-COMM-FAIL alarm persists despite being reset.
Clear the UT-FAIL Alarm
Step 1 Complete the "Physically Replace a Card" procedure for the alarmed card.
Step 2 If the alarm does not clear, log into the Technical Support Website at http://www.cisco.com/techsupport for more information or call Cisco TAC (1-800-553-2447) in order to report a service-affecting problem.
2.5.313 VOA-DISABLED
Default Severity: Critical (CR), Service-Affecting (SA)
Logical Object: EQPT
The VOA Disabled alarm indicates that the VOA control loop is disabled due to excessive counter-propagation light. This alarm is raised when there is a mis-cabling of interface cards, that is, when the interface trunk TX port is connected to DMX drop-TX port through the patch-panel.
Clear the VOA-DISABLED Condition
Step 1 To clear the alarm, check and ensure that the patchcords connection to and from the interfaces trunk ports are proper.
Step 2 If the alarm does not clear, log into the Technical Support Website at http://www.cisco.com/techsupport for more information or call Cisco TAC (1 800 553-2447).
2.5.314 VOA-HDEG
Default Severity: Minor (MN), Non-Service-Affecting (NSA)
Logical Objects: AOTS, OCH, OMS, OTS
The VOA High Degrade alarm is raised on DWDM cards when an equipped VOA exceeds the setpoint due to an internal problem. The alarm indicates that the attenuation has crossed the high degrade threshold. The alarmed card should be replaced at the next opportunity.
Note For more information about provisioning VOA setpoints, refer to the "Network Reference" chapter of the Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Reference Manual. For general information about DWDM cards, refer to the "Card Reference" chapter in the same manual.
Clear the VOA-HDEG Alarm
Step 1 Complete the "Physically Replace a Card" procedure for the alarmed card.
Step 2 If the alarm does not clear, log into the Technical Support Website at http://www.cisco.com/techsupport for more information or call Cisco TAC (1-800-553-2447).
2.5.315 VOA-HFAIL
Default Severity: Critical (CR), Service-Affecting (SA)
Logical Objects: AOTS, OCH, OMS, OTS
The VOA High Fail alarm is raised on DWDM cards when an equipped VOA exceeds the setpoint due to an internal problem. The alarm indicates that the attenuation has crossed the high fail threshold. The card must be replaced.
Note For more information about provisioning VOA setpoints, refer to the "Network Reference" chapter of the Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Reference Manual. For general information about DWDM cards, refer to the "Card Reference" chapter in the same manual.
Clear the VOA-HFAIL Alarm
Step 1 Complete the "Physically Replace a Card" procedure for the alarmed card.
Step 2 If the alarm does not clear, log into the Technical Support Website at http://www.cisco.com/techsupport for more information or call Cisco TAC (1-800-553-2447) in order to report a Service-Affecting (SA) problem.
2.5.316 VOA-LDEG
Default Severity: Minor (MN), Non-Service-Affecting (NSA)
Logical Objects: AOTS, OCH, OMS, OTS
The VOA Low Degrade alarm is raised on DWDM cards when an equipped VOA does not reach the setpoint due to an internal problem. The alarm indicates that the attenuation has crossed the low degrade threshold. The alarmed card should be replaced at the next opportunity.
Note For more information about provisioning VOA setpoints, refer to the "Network Reference" chapter of the Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Reference Manual. For general information about DWDM cards, refer to the "Card Reference" chapter in the same manual.
Clear the VOA-LDEG Alarm
Step 1 Complete the "Physically Replace a Card" procedure for the alarmed card.
Step 2 If the alarm does not clear, log into the Technical Support Website at http://www.cisco.com/techsupport for more information or call Cisco TAC (1-800-553-2447).
2.5.317 VOA-LFAIL
Default Severity: Critical (CR), Service-Affecting (SA)
Logical Objects: AOTS, OCH, OMS, OTS
The VOA Low Fail alarm is raised on DWDM cards when an equipped VOA does not reach the setpoint due to an internal problem. The alarm indicates that the attenuation has crossed the low fail threshold. The card must be replaced.
Note For more information about provisioning VOA setpoints, refer to the "Network Reference" chapter of the Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Reference Manual. For general information about DWDM cards, refer to the "Card Reference" chapter in the same manual.
Clear the VOA-LFAIL Alarm
Step 1 Complete the "Physically Replace a Card" procedure for the alarmed card.
Step 2 If the alarm does not clear, log into the Technical Support Website at http://www.cisco.com/techsupport for more information or call Cisco TAC (1-800-553-2447) in order to report a Service-Affecting (SA) problem.
2.5.318 VOLT-MISM
Default Severity: Not Alarmed (NA), Non-Service-Affecting (NSA)
Logical Object: PWR
The Power Monitoring Mismatch Between Control Cards alarm is raised against the shelf when the power voltages of both TCC2/TCC2P cards are out of range of each other by more than 5 VDC.
Clear the VOLT-MISM Condition
Step 1 Check the incoming voltage level to the shelf using a voltmeter. Follow site practices or refer to the "Install the Shelf and Common Control Cards" chapter in the Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Procedure Guide for power installation procedures.
Step 2 Correct any incoming voltage issues.
Step 3 If the alarm does not clear, log into the Technical Support Website at http://www.cisco.com/techsupport for more information or call Cisco TAC (1-800-553-2447).
2.5.319 WKSWPR (2R, EQPT, ESCON, FC, GE, ISC, OTS)
Default Severity: Not Alarmed (NA), Non-Service-Affecting (NSA)
Logical Objects: 2R, EQPT, ESCON, FC, GE, ISC, OTS
This condition is raised when you use the FORCE SPAN, FORCE RING, or MANUAL SPAN command at for a Y-Cable-protected MXP or TXP client port (set for one the above-listed client configurations). WKSWPR is visible on the network view Alarms, Conditions, and History tabs.
Note For more information about protection schemes, refer to the "Manage the Node" chapter of the Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Procedure Guide.
2.5.320 WKSWPR (TRUNK)
Default Severity: Not Alarmed (NA), Non-Service-Affecting (NSA)
Logical Object: TRUNK
This condition is raised when you use the FORCE SPAN, FORCE RING, or MANUAL SPAN command at for a splitter-protection enabled MXP or TXP trunk port. WKSWPR is visible on the network view Alarms, Conditions, and History tabs.
Note For more information about protection schemes, refer to the "Manage the Node" chapter of the Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Procedure Guide.
2.5.321 WTR (2R, ESCON, FC, GE, ISC)
Default Severity: Not Alarmed (NA), Non-Service-Affecting (NSA)
Logical Objects: 2R, ESCON, FC, GE, ISC
The Wait To Restore condition occurs for client ports in the above-listed types of configuration in a Y-cable protection group when the "WKSWPR (TRUNK)" condition, page 2-232, is raised. The condition occurs when the wait-to-restore time has not expired, meaning that the active protect path cannot revert to the working path. The condition clears when the timer expires and traffic switches back to the working path.
Note WTR is an informational condition and does not require troubleshooting.
2.5.322 WTR (TRUNK)
Default Severity: Not Alarmed (NA), Non-Service-Affecting (NSA)
Logical Object: TRUNK
The Wait To Restore condition occurs when the "WKSWPR (TRUNK)" condition, page 2-232, is raised for MXP or TXP splitter protection scheme ports. The condition occurs when the wait-to-restore time has not expired, meaning that the active protect path cannot revert to the working path. The condition clears when the timer expires and traffic switches back to the working path.
Note WTR is an informational condition and does not require troubleshooting.
2.5.323 WVL-MISMATCH
Default Severity: Major (MJ), Service-Affecting (SA)
Logical Object: TRUNK
The Equipment Wavelength Mismatch alarm applies to the following cards: TXP_MR_2.5G, TXPP_MR_2.5G, TXP_MR_10E, TXP_MR_10E_C, TXP_MR_10E_L, MXP_2.5G_10G, MXP_2.5G_10E, MXP_2.5G_10E_C, MXP_2.5G_10E_L, MXP_MR_2.5G, MXPP_MR_2.5G, MXP_MR_10DME_C, MXPP_MR_10DME_C, ADM-10G, and OTU2_XP cards. It occurs when you provision the card in CTC with a wavelength that the card does not support.
Note For more information about supported card wavelengths, refer to the "Hardware Specifications" appendix in the Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Reference Manual.
Clear the WVL-MISMATCH alarm
Step 1 In node view (single-shelf mode) or shelf view (multishelf mode), double-click the TXP or MXP card to open the card view.
Step 2 Click the Provisioning > Line > Wavelength Trunk Provisioning tabs.
Step 3 In the Wavelength field, view the provisioned card wavelength.
Step 4 If you have access to the site, compare the wavelength listed on the card faceplate with the provisioned wavelength. If you are remote, compare this wavelength with the card identification in the inventory:
a. In node view (single-shelf mode) or shelf view (multishelf mode), click the Inventory tab.
b. Locate the slot where the TXP or MXP card is installed and view the card wavelength in the name.
Step 5 If the card was provisioned for the wrong wavelength, double-click the card in node view (single-shelf mode) or shelf view (multishelf mode) to open the card view.
Step 6 Click the Provisioning > Line > Wavelength Trunk Provisioning tabs.
Step 7 In the Wavelength field, click the drop-down list and choose the correct wavelength.
Step 8 Click Apply.
If the wavelength does not appear because the wavelength band of the card, either C or L, differs from the band that was provisioned in CTC, complete the following steps:
a. In the Wavelength field, click the drop-down list and choose First Tunable Wavelength.
b. Click Apply.
c. In the Wavelength field, click the drop-down list and choose the correct wavelength.
d. Click Apply.
Step 9 If the alarm does not clear, log into the Technical Support Website at http://www.cisco.com/techsupport for more information or call Cisco TAC (1-800-553-2447) in order to report a service-affecting problem.
2.6 DWDM Card LED Activity
The following sections list the DWDM card LED sequences during card insertion and reset.
2.6.1 DWDM Card LED Activity After Insertion
When an DWDM card is inserted in the shelf, the following LED activities occur:
1. The FAIL LED illuminates for approximately 35 seconds.
2. The FAIL LED blinks for approximately 40 seconds.
3. All LEDs illuminate and then turn off within 5 seconds.
4. If new software is being downloaded to the card, the ACT and SF LEDs blink for 20 seconds to 3.5 minutes, depending on the card type.
5. The ACT LED illuminates.
6. The SF LED stays illuminated until all card ports connect to their far-end counterparts and a signal is present.
2.6.2 DWDM Card LED Activity During Reset
When an DWDM card resets (by software or hardware), the following LED activities occur:
1. The FAIL LED switches on for few seconds.
2. The FAIL LED on the physical card blinks and turns off.
3. The white LED with the letters "LDG" appears on the reset card in CTC.
4. The green ACT LED appears in CTC.
2.7 Traffic Card LED Activity
ONS system traffic card LED behavior patterns are listed in the following sections. These sections give behavior for card insertion, reset, and side-switch.
2.7.1 Typical Traffic Card LED Activity After Insertion
When a non-DWDM card is inserted, the following LED activities occur:
1. The red FAIL LED turns on and remains illuminated for 20 to 30 seconds.
2. The red FAIL LED blinks for 35 to 45 seconds.
3. All LEDs blink once and turn off for 5 to 10 seconds.
4. The ACT or ACT/SBY LED turns on. The SF LED can persist until all card ports connect to their far-end counterparts and a signal is present.
2.7.2 Typical Traffic Card LED Activity During Reset
While a non-DWDM card resets, the following LED activities occur:
1. The FAIL LED on the physical card blinks and turns off.
2. The white LED with the letters "LDG" appears on the reset card in CTC.
3. The green ACT LED appears in CTC.
2.7.3 Typical Card LED State After Successful Reset
When a non-DWDM card successfully resets, the following LED states are present:
•If you are looking at the physical ONS system, the ACT/SBY LED is illuminated.
•If you are looking at node view (single-shelf mode) or shelf view (multishelf mode) of the ONS system, the current standby card has an amber LED depiction with the initials "SBY," and this has replaced the white "LDG" depiction on the card in CTC.
•If you are looking at node view (single-shelf mode) or shelf view (multishelf mode) of the ONS system, the current active card has a green LED depiction with the initials "ACT," and this has replaced the white "LDG" depiction on the card in CTC.
2.8 Frequently Used Alarm Troubleshooting Procedures
This section gives common procedures that are frequently used when troubleshooting alarms. Most of these procedures are summarized versions of fuller procedures existing elsewhere in the ONS system documentation. They are included in this chapter for the user's convenience. For further information, please refer to the Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Procedure Guide or the Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Reference Manual as appropriate to your purpose
2.8.1 Node and Ring Identification, Change, Visibility, and Termination
The following procedures relate how to identify or change BLSR names and node IDs, and how to verify visibility from other nodes.
Identify a BLSR Ring Name or Node ID Number
Step 1 Log into a node on the network.
Step 2 In node view, choose Go to Network View from the View menu.
Step 3 Click the Provisioning > BLSR tabs.
Step 4 From the Ring Name column, record the ring name, or in the Nodes column, record the Node IDs in the BLSR. The Node IDs are the numbers in parentheses next to the node name.
Change a BLSR Ring Name
Step 1 Log into a node on the network.
Step 2 In node view, choose Go to Network View from the View menu.
Step 3 Click the Provisioning > BLSR tabs.
Step 4 Highlight the ring and click Edit.
Step 5 In the BLSR window, enter the new name in the Ring Name field.
Step 6 Click Apply.
Step 7 Click Yes in the Changing Ring Name dialog box.
Change a BLSR Node ID Number
Step 1 Log into a node on the network.
Step 2 In node view, choose Go to Network View from the View menu.
Step 3 Click the Provisioning > BLSR tabs.
Step 4 Highlight the ring and click Edit.
Step 5 In the BLSR window, right-click the node on the ring map.
Step 6 Select Set Node ID from the shortcut menu.
Step 7 In the Edit Node ID dialog box, enter the new ID. The Node ID is the number in parentheses after the Node Name.
Step 8 Click OK.
Verify Node Visibility for Other Nodes
Step 1 Log into a node on the network.
Step 2 In node view, click the Provisioning > BLSR tabs.
Step 3 Highlight a BLSR.
Step 4 Click Ring Map.
Step 5 In the BLSR Ring Map window, verify that each node in the ring appears on the ring map with a node ID and IP address.
Step 6 Click Close.
2.8.2 Protection Switching, Lock Initiation, and Clearing
The following sections give instructions for port, ring, and span switching and switch-clearing commands, as well as lock-ons and lockouts.
Initiate a 1+1 Protection Port Force Switch Command
The following sections give instructions for port switching and switch-clearing commands.
Step 1 In node view (single-shelf mode) or shelf view (multishelf mode), click the Maintenance > Protection tabs.
Step 2 In the Protection Groups area, select the protection group with the port you want to switch.
Step 3 In the Selected Groups area, select the port belonging to the card you are replacing. You can carry out this command for the working or protect port. For example, if you need to replace the card with the Protect/Standby port, click this port.
Step 4 In the Switch Commands area, click Force.
Step 5 Click Yes in the Confirm Force Operation dialog box.
Step 6 If the switch is successful, the group says "Force to working" in the Selected Groups area.
Initiate a 1+1 Manual Switch Command
This procedure switches 1+1 protection group traffic from one port in the group to the other using a Manual switch.
Note A Manual command switches traffic if the path has an error rate less than the signal degrade. A Manual switch is preempted by a Force switch.
Step 1 In node view (single-shelf mode) or shelf view (multishelf mode), click the Maintenance > Protection tabs.
Step 2 In the Protection Groups area, select the protection group with the port you want to switch.
Step 3 In the Selected Groups area, select the port belonging to the card you are replacing. You can carry out this command for the working or protect port. For example, if you need to replace the card with the protect/standby port, click this port.
Step 4 In the Switch Commands area, click Manual.
Step 5 Click Yes in the Confirm Force Operation dialog box.
Step 6 If the switch is successful, the group now says "Manual to working" in the Selected Groups area.
Initiate a 1:1 Card Switch Command
Note The Switch command only works on the active card, whether this card is working or protect. It does not work on the standby card.
Step 1 In node view, click the Maintenance > Protection tabs.
Step 2 Click the protection group that contains the card you want to switch.
Step 3 Under Selected Group, click the active card.
Step 4 Next to Switch Commands, click Switch.
The working slot should change to Working/Active and the protect slot should change to Protect/Standby.
Clear a 1+1 Force or Manual Switch Command
Note If the 1+1 protection group is configured as revertive, clearing a Force switch to protect (or working) moves traffic back to the working port. In revertive operation, the traffic always switches back to working. There is no revert to the protect. If ports are not configured as revertive, clearing a Force switch to protect does not move traffic back.
Note If the Force Switch was user-initiated, the reversion occurs immediately when the clear command is issued. The five-minute WTR period is not needed in this case. If the Force was system-initiated, allow the five-minute waiting period (during WTR) before the reversion occurs.
Step 1 In node view (single-shelf mode) or shelf view (multishelf mode), click the Maintenance > Protection tabs.
Step 2 In the Protection Groups area, choose the protection group containing the port you want to clear.
Step 3 In the Selected Group area, choose the port you want to clear.
Step 4 In the Switching Commands area, click Clear.
Step 5 Click Yes in the Confirmation Dialog box.
The Force switch is cleared. Traffic immediately reverts to the working port if the group was configured for revertive switching.
Initiate a Lock-On Command
Note For 1:1 and 1:N electrical protection groups, working or protect cards can be placed in the Lock On state. For a 1+1 optical protection group, only the working port can be placed in the Lock On state.
Step 1 In node view (single-shelf mode) or shelf view (multishelf mode), click the Maintenance > Protection tabs.
Step 2 In the Protection Groups list, click the protection group where you want to apply a lock-on.
Step 3 If you determine that the protect card is in standby mode and you want to apply the lock-on to the protect card, make the protect card active if necessary:
a. In the Selected Group list, click the protect card.
b. In the Switch Commands area, click Force.
Step 4 In the Selected Group list, click the active card where you want to lock traffic.
Step 5 In the Inhibit Switching area, click Lock On.
Step 6 Click Yes in the confirmation dialog box.
Initiate a Card or Port Lockout Command
Note For 1:1 or 1:N electrical protection groups, working or protect cards can be placed in the Lock Out state. For a 1+1 optical protection group, only the protect port can be placed in the Lock Out state.
Step 1 In node view (single-shelf mode) or shelf view (multishelf mode), click the Maintenance > Protection tabs.
Step 2 In the Protection Groups list, click the protection group that contains the card you want to lockout.
Step 3 In the Selected Group list, click the card where you want to lock out traffic.
Step 4 In the Inhibit Switching area, click Lock Out.
Step 5 Click Yes in the confirmation dialog box.
The lockout has been applied and traffic is switched to the opposite card.
Clear a Lock-On or Lockout Command
Step 1 In node view (single-shelf mode) or shelf view (multishelf mode), click the Maintenance > Protection tabs.
Step 2 In the Protection Groups list, click the protection group that contains the card you want to clear.
Step 3 In the Selected Group list, click the card you want to clear.
Step 4 In the Inhibit Switching area, click Unlock.
Step 5 Click Yes in the confirmation dialog box.
The lock-on or lockout is cleared.
Initiate a Lockout on a BLSR Protect Span
Step 1 From the View menu choose Go to Network View.
Step 2 Click the Provisioning > BLSR tabs.
Step 3 Choose the BLSR and click Edit.
Step 4 Right-click the BLSR node channel (port) and choose Set West Protection Operation (if you chose a west channel) or Set East Protection Operation (if you chose an east channel).
Step 5 In the Set West Protection Operation dialog box or the Set East Protection Operation dialog box, choose Lockout Protect Span from the drop-down list.
Step 6 Click OK.
Step 7 Click Yes in the two Confirm BLSR Operation dialog boxes.
Clear a BLSR External Switching Command
Step 1 Log into a node on the network.
Step 2 From the View menu, choose Go to Network View.
Step 3 Click the Provisioning > BLSR tabs.
Step 4 Click the BLSR you want to clear.
Step 5 Right-click the west port of the BLSR node where you invoked the switch and choose Set West Protection Operation.
Step 6 In the Set West Protection Operation dialog box, choose Clear from the drop-down list.
Step 7 Click OK.
Step 8 Click Yes in the Confirm BLSR Operation dialog box.
2.8.3 CTC Card Resetting and Switching
This section gives instructions for resetting traffic cards and TCC2/TCC2P cards.
For TXP and MXP cards placed in a Y-cable protection group, do not perform a software reset on both cards simultaneously. Doing so will cause a traffic hit of more than one minute. For more information about Y-cable protection groups, refer to the "Card Reference" chapter of the
Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Reference Manual.
Resetting the active card in a Y-cable group will cause a traffic outage if the standby card is down for any reason.
Note When an AIC-I card is rest in CTC, any subsequent user client operations (such as CTC or TL1 activity) is paused for approximately 5-10 seconds. The reset does not cause any conditions to be raised.
Note For more information about MXP and TXP cards, refer to the "Card Reference" chapter of the Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Reference Manual.
Reset a Card in CTC
Step 1 Log into a node on the network. If you are already logged in, continue with Step 2.
Step 2 In node view (single-shelf mode) or shelf view (multishelf mode), position the cursor over the optical or electrical traffic card slot reporting the alarm.
Step 3 Right-click the card. Choose Reset Card from the shortcut menu.
Step 4 Click Yes in the Resetting Card dialog box.
Reset an Active TCC2/TCC2P Card and Activate the Standby Card
Resetting an active TCC2/TCC2P card can be service-affecting.
Note Before you reset the TCC2/TCC2P card, you should wait at least 60 seconds after the last provisioning change you made to avoid losing any changes to the database.
Step 1 Log into a node on the network. If you are already logged in, continue with Step 2.
Step 2 Identify the active TCC2/TCC2P card:
If you are looking at the physical ONS system shelf, the ACT/SBY LED of the active card is green. The ACT/STBLY LED of the standby card is amber.
Step 3 In node view (single-shelf mode) or shelf view (multishelf mode), right-click the active TCC2/TCC2P card in CTC.
Step 4 Choose Reset Card from the shortcut menu.
Step 5 Click Yes in the Confirmation Dialog box.
The card resets, the FAIL LED blinks on the physical card, and connection to the node is lost. CTC switches to network view.
Step 6 Verify that the reset is complete and error-free and that no new related alarms appear in CTC. For LED appearance, see the "Typical Card LED State After Successful Reset" section.
Step 7 Double-click the node and ensure that the reset TCC2/TCC2P card is in standby mode and that the other TCC2/TCC2P card is active. Verify the following:
•If you are looking at the physical ONS system shelf, the ACT/SBY LED of the active card is green. The ACT/STBLY LED of the standby card is amber.
•No new alarms appear in the Alarms window in CTC.
2.8.4 Physical Card Reseating, Resetting, and Replacement
This section gives instructions for physically reseating and replacing TCC2/TCC2P cards and traffic cards.
Do not physically replace a card without first making provisions to switch or move traffic to a different card or circuit. General procedures for this are located in the
"Protection Switching, Lock Initiation, and Clearing" section.
Remove and Reinsert (Reseat) the Standby TCC2/TCC2P Card
Always use the supplied electrostatic discharge wristband when working with a powered ONS system. Plug the wristband cable into the ESD jack located on the lower-right edge of the shelf assembly.
Do not perform this action without the supervision and direction of Cisco TAC (1-800-553-2447).
The TCC2/TCC2P card reseat could be service-affecting. Refer to the
"Protection Switching, Lock Initiation, and Clearing" section for traffic-switching procedures.
Note Before you reset the TCC2/TCC2P card, you should wait at least 60 seconds after the last provisioning change you made to avoid losing any changes to the database.
Note When a standby TCC2/TCC2P card is removed and reinserted (reseated), all three fan lights could momentarily turn on, indicating that the fans have also reset.
Step 1 Log into a node on the network.
Ensure that the TCC2/TCC2P card you want to reseat is in standby mode. A standby card has an amber ACT/SBY (Active/Standby) LED illuminated.
Step 2 When the TCC2/TCC2P card is in standby mode, unlatch both the top and bottom ejectors on the TCC2/TCC2P card.
Step 3 Physically pull the card at least partly out of the slot until the lighted LEDs turn off.
Step 4 Wait 30 seconds. Reinsert the card and close the ejectors.
Note The TCC2/TCC2P card requires several minutes to reboot and display the amber standby LED after rebooting. Refer to the xxx Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Reference Manual for more information about LED behavior during a card reboot.
Remove and Reinsert (Reseat) Any Card
Always use the supplied electrostatic discharge wristband when working with a powered ONS system. Plug the wristband cable into the ESD jack located on the lower-right edge of the shelf assembly.
Step 1 Open the card ejectors.
Step 2 Slide the card halfway out of the slot along the guide rails.
Step 3 Slide the card all the way back into the slot along the guide rails.
Step 4 Close the ejectors.
Physically Replace a Card
Always use the supplied electrostatic discharge wristband when working with a powered ONS system. Plug the wristband cable into the ESD jack located on the lower-right edge of the shelf assembly.
Removing an active card can cause a traffic hit. To avoid this, perform an external switch if a switch has not already occurred. See the
"Protection Switching, Lock Initiation, and Clearing" section for commonly used traffic-switching procedures.
When you replace a card with the identical type of card, you do not need to make any changes to the database.
Step 1 Open the card ejectors.
Step 2 Slide the card out of the slot.
Step 3 Open the ejectors on the replacement card.
Step 4 Slide the replacement card into the slot along the guide rails.
Step 5 Close the ejectors.
2.8.5 Generic Signal and Circuit Procedures
This section gives instructions for verify BER thresholds, deleting circuits, provisioning SDCC (or MS DCC) terminations, and clearing loopbacks.
Verify the Signal BER Threshold Level
This procedure is used for MXP or TXP cards.
Step 1 Log into a node on the network.
Step 2 In node view (single-shelf mode) or shelf view (multishelf mode), double-click the card reporting the alarm to open the card view.
Step 3 Click the Provisioning > Line > SONET (or SDH) tabs.
Step 4 Under the SD BER (or SF BER) column in the Provisioning window, verify that the cell entry is consistent with the originally provisioned threshold. The default setting is 1E-7.
Step 5 If the entry is consistent with the original provisioning, go back to your original procedure.
Step 6 If the entry is not consistent with what the system was originally provisioned for, click the cell to reveal the range of choices and click the original entry.
Step 7 Click Apply.
Delete a Circuit
Step 1 Log into a node on the network.
Step 2 In node view (single-shelf mode) or shelf view (multishelf mode), click the Circuits tab.
Step 3 Click the circuit row to highlight it and click Delete.
Step 4 Click Yes in the Delete Circuits dialog box.
Verify or Create Node Section DCC Terminations
Step 1 Log into a node on the network.
Step 2 In node view (single-shelf mode) or multishelf view (multishelf mode), click the Provisioning > Comm Channels > SDCC (or Provisioning > Comm Channels > MS DCC) tab.
Step 3 View the Port column entries to see where terminations are present for a node. If terminations are missing, proceed to Step 4.
Step 4 If necessary, create a DCC termination:
a. Click Create.
b. In the Create SDCC Terminations (or Create MS DCC Terminations) dialog box, click the ports where you want to create the DCC termination. To select more than one port, press the Shift key.
c. In the port state area, click the Set to IS or Unlocked (or Set to Unlocked) radio button.
d. Verify that the Disable OSPF on Link check box is unchecked.
e. Click OK.
Clear an MXP, TXP, GE-XP, 10GE-XP, and ADM-10G Card Loopback Circuit
Step 1 Log into a node on the network.
Step 2 In node view (single-shelf mode) or shelf view (multishelf mode), double-click the reporting card in CTC to open the card view.
Step 3 Click the Maintenance > Loopback tabs.
Step 4 In the Loopback Type column, determine whether any port row shows a state other than None.
Step 5 If a row contains another state besides None, click in the column cell to display the drop-down list and select None.
Step 6 In the Admin State column, determine whether any port row shows an administrative state other than IS or Unlocked, for example, OOS,MT or Locked,maintenance.
Step 7 If a row shows an administrative state other than IS or Unlocked, click in the column cell to display the drop-down list and select IS , or Unlocked.
Note If ports managed into IS (or Unlocked) administrative state are not receiving signals, the LOS alarm is either raised or remains, and the port service state transitions to OOS-AU,FLT (or Locked-disabled, automaticInService & failed).
Step 8 Click Apply.
Verify or Create Node RS-DCC Terminations
Note Portions of this procedure are different for ONS 15454 DWDM nodes.
Step 1 Log into a node on the network. If you are already logged in, continue with Step 2.
Step 2 In node view, click the Provisioning > Comm Channels > RS-DCC tab.
Step 3 View the Port column entries to see where terminations are present for a node. If terminations are missing, proceed to Step 4.
Step 4 If necessary, create a DCC termination by completing the following steps:
a. Click Create.
b. In the Create RS-DCC Terminations dialog box, click the ports where you want to create the DCC termination. To select more than one port, press the Shift key.
c. In the port state area, click the Set to Unlocked radio button.
d. Verify that the Disable OSPF on Link check box is unchecked.
e. Click OK.
Clear an STM-N Card XC Loopback Circuit
Step 1 Log into a node on the network. If you are already logged in, continue with Step 2.
Step 2 Double-click the reporting card in CTC to display the card view.
Step 3 Click the Maintenance > Loopback > VC4 tabs.
Step 4 Click Apply.
2.8.6 Air Filter and Fan Procedures
This section gives instructions for cleaning or replacing the air filter and reseating or replacing the fan tray assembly.
Inspect, Clean, and Replace the Reusable Air Filter
To complete this task, you need a vacuum cleaner or detergent and water faucet, a spare filter, and a pinned hex key.
|
Warning Do not reach into a vacant slot or chassis while you install or remove a module or a fan. Exposed circuitry could constitute an energy hazard. Statement 206
|
Although the filter works if it is installed with either side facing up, Cisco recommends that you install it with the metal bracing facing up to preserve the surface of the filter.
Always use the supplied electrostatic discharge wristband when working with a powered ONS system. Plug the wristband cable into the ESD jack located on the lower-right edge of the shelf assembly.
Step 1 Verify that you are replacing a reusable air filter. The reusable filter is made of a gray, open-cell, polyurethane foam that is specially coated to provide fire and fungi resistance. NEBS 3E and later versions of the ONS system use a reusable air filter.
Step 2 If the air filter is installed in the external filter brackets, slide the filter out of the brackets while being careful not to dislodge any dust that could have collected on the filter. If the filter is installed beneath the fan tray and not in the external filter brackets, open and remove the front door assembly by completing the following steps:
a. Open the front door of the shelf assembly by completing the following substeps.(If it is already open or if the shelf assembly does not have a front door, continue with Step 3.)
•Open the front door lock.
•Press the door button to release the latch.
•Swing the door open.
b. Remove the front door by completing the following substeps (optional):
•Detach the ground strap from either the door or the chassis by removing one of the Kepnuts.
•Place the Kepnut back on the stud after the ground strap is removed to avoid misplacement.
•Secure the dangling end of the ground strap to the door or chassis with tape.
Step 3 Push the outer side of the handles on the fan-tray assembly to expose the handles.
Step 4 Pull the handles and slide the fan-tray assembly one inch (25.4 mm) out of the shelf assembly and wait until the fans stop.
Step 5 When the fans have stopped, pull the fan-tray assembly completely out of the shelf assembly.
Step 6 Gently remove the air filter from the shelf assembly. Be careful not to dislodge any dust that could have collected on the filter.
Step 7 Visually inspect the air filter material for dirt and dust.
Step 8 If the reusable air filter has a concentration of dirt and dust, either vacuum or wash the air filter. Prior to washing the air filter, replace the dirty air filter with a clean air filter and also reinsert the fan-tray assembly. Wash the dirty air filter under a faucet with a light detergent.
Spare ONS system filters should be kept in stock for this purpose.
Note Cleaning should take place outside the operating environment to avoid releasing dirt and dust near the equipment.
Step 9 If you washed the filter, allow it to completely air dry for at least eight hours.
Do not put a damp filter back in the ONS system.
Step 10 If the air filter should be installed in the external filter brackets, slide the air filter all the way to the back of the brackets to complete the procedure.
Step 11 If the filter should be installed beneath the fan-tray assembly, remove the fan-tray assembly and slide the air filter into the recessed compartment at the bottom of the shelf assembly. Put the front edge of the air filter flush against the front edge of the recessed compartment. Push the fan tray back into the shelf assembly.
If the fan tray does not slide all the way to the back of the shelf assembly, pull the fan tray out and readjust the position of the reusable filter until the fan tray fits correctly.
Note On a powered-up ONS system, the fans start immediately after the fan-tray assembly is correctly inserted.
Step 12 To verify that the tray is plugged into the backplane, ensure that the LCD on the front of the fan-tray assembly is activated and displays node information.
Step 13 Rotate the retractable handles back into their compartments.
Step 14 Replace the door and reattach the ground strap.
Remove and Reinsert a Fan-Tray Assembly
Step 1 Use the retractable handles embedded in the front of the fan-tray assembly to pull it forward several inches.
Step 2 Push the fan-tray assembly firmly back into the ONS system.
Step 3 Close the retractable handles.
Replace the Fan-Tray Assembly
The 15454-FTA3 fan-tray assembly can only be installed in ONS 15454 system R3.1 and later shelf assemblies (15454-SA-ANSI, P/N: 800-19857; 15454-SA-HD, P/N: 800-24848). It includes a pin that does not allow it to be installed in ONS 15454 shelf assemblies released before ONS 15454 R3.1 (15454-SA-NEBS3E, 15454-SA-NEBS3, and 15454-SA-R1, P/N: 800-07149). Equipment damage can result from attempting to install the 15454-FTA3 in a incompatible shelf assembly.
Do not force a fan-tray assembly into place. Doing so can damage the connectors on the fan tray and/or the connectors on the backplane.
Always use the supplied electrostatic discharge wristband when working with a powered ONS system. Plug the wristband cable into the ESD jack located on the lower-right edge of the shelf assembly.
To replace the fan-tray assembly, it is not necessary to move any of the cable management facilities.
Step 1 Open the front door of the shelf assembly by completing the following steps. If the shelf assembly does not have a front door, continue with Step 3.
a. Open the front door lock.
b. Press the door button to release the latch.
c. Swing the door open.
Step 2 Remove the front door (optional):
a. Detach the ground strap from either the door or the chassis by removing one of the Kepnuts.
b. Place the Kepnut back on the stud after the ground strap is removed to avoid misplacement.
c. Secure the dangling end of the ground strap to the door or chassis with tape.
Step 3 Push the outer side of the handles on the fan-tray assembly to expose the handles.
Step 4 Fold out the retractable handles at the outside edges of the fan tray.
Step 5 Pull the handles and slide the fan-tray assembly one inch (25.4 mm) out of the shelf assembly and wait until the fans stop.
Step 6 When the fans have stopped, pull the fan-tray assembly completely out of the shelf assembly.
Step 7 If you are replacing the fan-tray air filter and it is installed beneath the fan-tray assembly, slide the existing air filter out of the shelf assembly and replace it before replacing the fan-tray assembly.
If you are replacing the fan-tray air filter and it is installed in the external bottom bracket, you can slide the existing air filter out of the bracket and replace it at anytime. For more information on the fan-tray air filter, see the "Inspect, Clean, and Replace the Reusable Air Filter" section.
Step 8 Slide the new fan tray into the shelf assembly until the electrical plug at the rear of the tray plugs into the corresponding receptacle on the backplane.
Step 9 To verify that the tray has plugged into the backplane, check that the LCD on the front of the fan tray is activated.
Step 10 If you replace the door, be sure to reattach the ground strap.
2.8.7 Interface Procedures
This section includes instructions for replacing an AIP.
Replace the Alarm Interface Panel
Do not use a 2A AIP with a 5A fan-tray assembly; doing so causes a blown fuse on the AIP.
If any nodes in an Ethernet circuit are not using Software R4.0 or later, there is a risk of Ethernet traffic disruptions. Contact Cisco TAC at 1 800 553-2447 when prompted to do so in the procedure.
Note Perform this procedure during a maintenance window. Resetting the active TCC2/TCC2P card can cause a service disruption of less then 50 ms to OC-N or DS-N traffic. Resetting the active TCC2/TCC2P card can cause a service disruption of 3 to 5 minutes on all Ethernet traffic due to spanning tree reconvergence if any nodes in the Ethernet circuit are not using Software R4.0 or later.
Do not perform this procedure on a node with live traffic. Hot-swapping the AIP can affect traffic and result in a loss of data. For assistance with AIP replacement contact Cisco TAC (1-800-553-2447).
Always use the supplied electrostatic discharge wristband when working with a powered ONS 15454. Plug the wristband cable into the ESD jack located on the lower-right edge of the shelf assembly.
This procedure replaces an existing AIP with a new AIP on an in-service node without affecting traffic. Ethernet circuits that traverse nodes with a software release prior to R4.0 is affected.
You need a #2 Phillips screwdriver.
Step 1 Ensure that all nodes in the affected network are running the same software version before replacing the AIP and repairing circuits:
a. In network view, click the Maintenance > Software tabs. The working software version for each node is listed in the Working Version column.
b. If you need to upgrade the software on a node, refer to the release-specific software upgrade document for procedures. No hardware should be changed or circuit repair performed until after the software upgrade is complete. If you do not need to upgrade software or have completed the software upgrade, proceed to Step 2.
Step 2 Record the MAC address of the old AIP:
a. Log into the node where you are replacing the AIP. For login procedures, refer to the "Connect the PC and Log into the GUI" chapter in the Cisco ONS 15454 Procedure Guide.
b. In node view, click the Provisioning > Network > General tabs.
c. Record the MAC address.
Step 3 Call Cisco TAC (1-800-553-2447) for assistance in replacing the AIP and maintaining the original MAC address.
Step 4 Unscrew the five screws that hold the lower backplane cover in place.
Step 5 Grip the lower backplane cover and gently pull it away from the backplane.
Step 6 Unscrew the two screws that hold the AIP cover in place.
Step 7 Grip the cover and gently pull away from the backplane.
Note On the 15454-SA-HD (P/N: 800-24848), 15454-SA-NEBS3E, 15454-SA-NEBS3, and 15454-SA-R1 (P/N: 800-07149) shelves the AIP cover is clear plastic. On the 15454-SA-ANSI shelf (P/N: 800-19857), the AIP cover is metal.
Step 8 Grip the AIP and gently pull it away from the backplane.
Step 9 Disconnect the fan-tray assembly power cable from the AIP.
Step 10 Set the old AIP aside for return to Cisco.
The type of shelf the AIP resides in determines the version of AIP that should replace the failed AIP. The 15454-SA-ANSI shelf (P/N: 800-19857) and 15454-SA-HD (P/N: 800-24848) currently use the 5A AIP, (P/N: 73-7665-01). The 15454-SA-NEBS3E, 15454-SA-NEBS3, and 15454-SA-R1 (P/N: 800-07149) shelves and earlier use the 2A AIP (P/N: 73-5262-01).
Do not put a 2A AIP (P/N: 73-5262-01) into a 15454-SA-ANSI (P/N: 800-19857) or 15454-SA-HD (P/N: 800-24848) shelf; doing so causes a blown fuse on the AIP.
Step 11 Attach the fan-tray assembly power cable to the new AIP.
Step 12 Place the new AIP on the backplane by plugging the panel into the backplane using the DIN connector.
Step 13 Replace the AIP cover over the AIP and secure the cover with the two screws.
Step 14 Replace the lower backplane cover and secure the cover with the five screws.
Step 15 In node view, click the Provisioning > Network tabs.
Cisco recommends TCC2/TCC2P card resets be performed in a maintenance window to avoid any potential service disruptions.
Step 16 Reset the standby TCC2/TCC2P card:
a. Right-click the standby TCC2/TCC2P card and choose Reset Card.
b. Click Yes in the Resetting Card dialog box. As the card resets, a loading (Ldg) indication appears on the card in CTC.The reset takes approximately five minutes. Do not perform any other steps until the reset is complete.
Step 17 Reset the active TCC2/TCC2P card:
a. Right click the active TCC2/TCC2P card and choose Reset Card.
b. Click Yes in the Resetting Card dialog box. As the card resets, a Ldg indication appears on the card in CTC. The reset takes approximately five minutes and CTC loses its connection with the node.
Step 18 From the File drop-down list, choose Exit to exit the CTC session.
Step 19 Log back into the node. At the Login dialog box, choose (None) from the Additional Nodes drop-down list.
Step 20 Record the new MAC address:
a. In node view, click the Provisioning > Network > General tabs.
b. Record the MAC address.
Step 21 In node view, click the Circuits tab. Note that all circuits listed are PARTIAL.
Step 22 In node view, choose Repair Circuits from the Tools drop-down list. The Circuit Repair dialog box appears.
Step 23 Read the instructions in the Circuit Repair dialog box. If all the steps in the dialog box have been completed, click Next. Ensure that you have the old and new MAC addresses.
Step 24 The Node MAC Addresses dialog box appears. Complete the following steps:
a. From the Node drop-down list, choose the name of the node where you replaced the AIP.
b. In the Old MAC Address field, enter the old MAC address that was recorded in Step 2.
c. Click Next.
Step 25 The Repair Circuits dialog box appears. Read the information in the dialog box and click Finish.
The CTC session freezes until all circuits are repaired. Circuit repair can take up to five minutes or more depending on the number of circuits provisioned on it.
When the circuit repair is complete, the Circuits Repaired dialog box appears.
Step 26 Click OK.
Step 27 In the node view of the new node, click the Circuits tab. Note that all circuits listed are DISCOVERED. If all circuits listed do not have a DISCOVERED status, call the Cisco TAC (1-800-553-2447) to open a Return Material Authorization (RMA).
Feedback